You are on page 1of 120

COLOURED Goods described can be licenced at national

TYPE discretion for export to the proscribed


countries.

CO(OURifiNT Goods described can be licenced for export.


BA.CKGROUND to the People's.Republic of China only, .
either at nati.onal discretion"or under the
" "favourable consideration' conditions
indicated. '

© Crown Copyright 1990. Not to be reproduced or transmitted in


any form. including photocopying, recording or use on any
information storage and retrieval system.
Consolidated list
of goods subject to
e

o
con
March 1990

Contents
INDUSTRIAL LIST - GROUP 3 MUNITIONS LIST - GROUP I
Page MLI-ML26 98
A Metal-working machinery 5
IL 1001-1093 ATOMIC ENERGY LIST -
B Chemical and petroleum equipment 10 GROUP 2
IL 1110-1145 A. Nuclear materials 107
C Electrical and power-generating 10 AI-A14
equipment B. Nuclear facilities 108
IL 1203-1206 BI-86
o General industrial equipment 12 C. Nuclear-related equipment 109
IL 1301-1399 CI-C6
E Transportation equipment 27
IL 1401-1485
INDEX 110
F and G Electronic equipment including 36
communications, radar, computer
hardware and software IL 1501-1595
H Metals, minerals and their manufactures 92
IL 1601-1675
I Chemicals, metalloids and petroleum 93
products
IL 1702-1781
o
con
Introduction
This booklet is prepared for information and guidance to exporters. These lists reflect agreements reached in
COCOM on goods and technologies which should be controlled for strategic reasons. They do not, in this form,
have the force of law, nor do they cover all goods which may be subject to export control. Legal
prohibition on the export of goods subject to licensing by the Department of Trade and Industry is enforced under
The Export of Goods (Control) Order (1989), which also imposes control on the export of other goods. This Order
is available from Government Bookshops. Amendments to the Order (and consequently these lists) may be made
from time to time. It should be noted that the details of the controls on the export of goods covered by COCOM
Munitions List and Atomic Energy List as given in this booklet may differ fronl the controls as given in the Export
of Goods (Control) Order at Groups 1 and 2 respectively of Part 11 of Schedule 1. The COCOM Munitions List and
Atomic Energy List are reproduced here for information only and not as a guide to the Export of Goods (Control)
Order.

What is COCOM?
The Coordinating Committee for Multilateral Export Control. An informal non-treaty organisation of 17 countries
operating according to the rule of unanimity. It comprises members of NATO, less Iceland plus Japan and
Australia.

Which are the proscribed countries?


Afghanistan, Albania, Bulgaria, People's Republic of China, Czechoslovakia, German Democratic Republic,
Hungary, Mongolia, North Korea, Poland, Romania, the USSR and Vietnam.

Why does the People's Republic of China receive different treabnent?


COCOM agreed in 1985 to maintain a differential in the application of controls of strategic goods to the People's
Republic of China, which reflected improved relations with COCOM countries.

How can you influence changes to the controls?


COCOM reviews the lists on a regular rolling-review basis, covering all items at least once every four years. The
Department consults trade associations, other industry groups and individual companies with a known interest in
forthcoming review items. If you wish to propose any changes and are not currently consulted on these matters,
please write to the Policy Unit (address on back cover).

Do you need a licence?


The inclusion of goods in these lists does not mean necessarily a complete prohibition on their export, even to the
proscribed countries. But it does mean that you require a licence before exporting them to any country. If you are
uncertain whether you require a licence for your proposed export you should contact the Department's Export
Control Organisation, Sensitive Technologies Unit (STU) (Telephone Inquiries: see back cover). If a technical
rating is necessary, you must provide full supporting documentation, including a precise description of the goods
to be exported, complete technical specifications and, if the goods contain any contputer or digital processing
element, a completed computer questionnaire. Technical Officers will then assess your goods against the Export
of Goods (Control) Order and provide a formal statement on their licensing status.
Security export control March 1990 3
If you need a licence
You should fully complete an 'Application for an export licence - form A' and send, together with full supporting
documents, to the appropriate address on the back cover. Where the export involves a computer or digital
processing element and the export is to a proscribed country, a completed computer questionnaire and block
diagram of the complete computer system must be provided. (This applies to any equipment using
microprocessor control. For a comprehensive description of the controls on computers and equipment containing
them, see IL 1565, taking into account the definitions in Note 16 to that item).

Who do you apply to?


Where the export is for goods and technologies on the Industrial List to a proscribed country (ie. Afghanistan,
Albania, Bulgaria, People's Republic of China, Czechoslovakia, German Democratic Republic, Hungary,
Mongolia, North Korea, Poland, Romania, the USSR and Vietnam) applications and inquiries should be addressed
to: Cocom Licensing Unit, Room 640 Kingsgate House, 66-74 Victoria Street, London SW1E 6SW (Telephone
Inquiries: see page 7).
Applications for export licences for goods on the Industrial List to other (non-proscribed countries and for goods
and technologies on the Munitions and Atomic Energy Lists to any country and related inquiries should be
addressed to: Export Licensing Unit, Room 501, Kingsgate House, 66-74 Victoria Street, London SW1E 6SW
(Telephone Inquiries: see back cover.

Export to the proscribed countries


It is the general policy of Her Majesty's Government to consult its COCOM partners before deciding whether to
issue a licence for the export of controlled goods to a proscribed country. However, for administrative reasons,
there are some controlled goods where this is not done. This procedure is called 'National Discretion' and goods
that are agreed as suitable for such treatment are indicated in this booklet by coloured printing on a white
background. National Discretion or Favourable Consideration notes which apply only for exports to the People's
Republic of China are in black print on a colour-tinted background.

The treabnent of technology


In the case of the proscribed destinations a licence is necessary for the export of technical data, and any other
tangible technology applicable to the design, production and use of items as defined in these lists. This applies
equally to technology specific to the integration or use of components in items defined in these lists, even when
the components are themselves unembargoed.
The above does not apply to that technology which is the minimum necessary for the installation, operation,
maintenance (checking) and repair of products whose export has been authorised.

Export for exhibitions etc


Procedures exist for the treatment of applications to export goods temporarily for exhibitions and demonstration
purposes, where any export licences issued will be subject to certain conditions. For further information contact
either Export Licensing Unit or Cocom Licensing Unit (see back cover) depending on the country concerned. In
all cases applications should be submitted on an 'Application for export licence - form A' and as far in advance of
shipment as practicable.

United States re-export controls


Exporters should be aware that the United States Authorities claim control over many exports from other
countries, including the United Kingdom, where the goods are of US origin, include components of US origin, or
were produced using US-origin technology. In such cases, under US export regulations, a US re-export licence is
required whether or not a UK export licence is needed or has been granted.
Although such US regulations are not valid in UK law the US authorities commonly penalise foreign companies
which do not comply, by denying them access to US goods or technology in the future. Where a company has a
presence in the US, legal action may lead to the imposition of fines and other penalties.
Exporters should note that the US regulations changed in 1988. UK exporters seeking guidance on licensable
items or restricted countries under US regulations should contact the Commercial Section, US Embassy, 24
Grosvenor Square, London W1A lEA (tel 01-499 9000). Copies of the US Export Administration Regulations are
available for reference at the Embassy, and a sumlnary of the regulations and licence application forms may be
obtained from the Embassy or from the Office of Export Administration, US Department of Commerce,
Washington DC 20230.
Applications for re-export licences may be made direct to the US Department of Commerce; alternatively UK
exporters may prefer to contact their US suppliers who should be able to advise whether a licence is required
under US law and, if so, whether or not they can apply for such a licence on behalf of their UK principals.
There are additional US licensing requirements for defence equipment of US origin and these are administered
by the Office of Munitions Controls, US Department of State, 22nd and C Streets, NW Washington DC 20521.
Inquiries can also be made at the US Embassy in London.
British companies requiring general advice on US export controls or experiencing difficulties with US
regulations should contact the DTI, OT2/1B, Room 576, 1 Victoria Street, London SW1H OET (tel 01-215 4611).
4 Security export control March 1990
INDUSTRIAL LIST
Group A (i)
(ii)
Surface preparation;
Temperature;
(Hi) Pressure;
(4) "Metal powder compaction" using:
Metal-working (i) "Vacuum hot pressing":
(a) Temperature;
(b) Pressure;
machinery (c) Cycle time;
(ii) "High pressure extrusion":
(a) Temperature;
IL 1001 (b) Pressure;
(c) Cycle time;
Technology for metal-working manufacturing (Hi) "Isostatic pressing":
processes and specially designed "software", as (a) Temperature;
follows: (b) Pressure;
(c) Cycle time;
(5) "Direct-acting hydraulic pressing" of aluminium alloys,
I. Definitions of terms used in this Item:
and titanium alloys:
(i) Pressure;
(a) "Hot die forging" is a deformation process where die
temperatures are at the same nominal temperature as the (ii) Cycle time; .
(6) "Hot isostatic densification" of titanium alloys,
workpiece and exceed 850K (577°C, 1070°F);
(b) "Superplastic forming" is a deformation process using heat for aluminium alloys and superalloys:
(i) Temperature;
metals that are normally characterised by low values of
(ii) Pressure;
elongation (less than 20 per cent) at the breaking point as
determined at room temperature by conventional tensile (Hi) Cycle time.
strength-testing, in order to achieve elongations during
processing which are at least 2 times those values;
(c) "Diffusion bonding" is a solid-state molecular joining of at
least two separate metals into a single piece with a joint IL 1075
strength equivalent to that of the weakest material;
(d) "Metal powder compaction" is a process capable of yielding
Spin-forming and flow-forming machines
parts having a density of 98 per cent or more of the specially designed or adapted for use with
theoretical maximum density; numerical or computer controls and specially
(e) "Direct-acting hydraulic pressing" is a deformation process designed components and software therefore
which uses a fluid-filled flexible bladder in direct contact with
the workpiece;
(f) "Hot isostatic densification" is a process of pressurizing a
casting at temperatures exceeding 375K (102°C, 215.6°F) in a
closed cavity through various media (gas, liquid, solid
IL 1080
particles, etc.) to create equal force in all directions to reduce (I) Specially designed equipment, tooling and
or eliminate internal voids in the casting; fixtures for the manufacture or measuring of gas
(g) "Vacuum hot pressing" is a process which uses a press with turbine blades or vanes, as follows, and specially
heated dies to consolidate metal powder under reduced
atmospheric pressure into a part;
designed components and accessories and
(h) "High pressure extrusion" is a process yielding a single-pass "specially designed software" for the equipment,
reduction ratio of 4 to 1 or greater in a cross-sectional area of components and accessories:
the resulting part;
(i) "Isostatic pressing" is a process which uses a pressurizing (a) Blade or vane aerofoil or root automatic measuring equipment;
medium (gas, liquid, solid particles, etc.) in a closed cavity to (b) Precision vacuum investment casting equipment, including
create equal force in all direction upon a metal powder-filled core-making equipment; _
container for consolidating the powder into a part. (c) Small-hole drilling equipment for producing holes having
depths more than four times their diameter and less than
11. Listed as follows: 0.76mm (0.03 inch) in diameter;
(d) Directional solidification casting equipment and directional
(a) Technology for the design of tools, dies and fixtures specially recrystallization equipment;
designed for the following processes: (e) Segmented cast blade or vane bonding equipment;
(1) "Hot die forging"; (f) Integral blade-and-disc casting equipment;
(2) "SuperpJastic forming"; (g) Blade or vane coating equipment, except furnaces, molten-
(3) "Diffusion bonding"; metal baths and ion-plating baths;
(4) "Metal powder compaction" using: (h) Ceramic blade or vane moulding and finishing machines;
(i) "Vacuum hot pressing"; (i) Moulds, cores and tooling for the manufacture and finishing
(ii) "High pressure extrusion"; or of:
(iii) "Isostatic pressing"; (1) Cast hollow turbine blades or vanes;
(5) "Direct-acting hydraulic pressing"; (2) Turbine blades or vanes produced by powder
(b) Technical data consisting of process parameters as listed compaction;
below used to control: 0) Composite metal turbine blade or vane moulding and
(1) "Hot die forging": finishing machines;
(i) Temperature; (k) Inertial blade or vane welding machines.
(ii) Strain rate;
(2) "Superplastic forming" of aluminium alloys, titanium
alloys and superalloys: (11) Technology (except installation, operation
(i) Surface preparation;
(H) Strain rate;
and maintenance technology) for use of the
(Hi) Temperature; following unembargoed equipment:
(iv) Pressure;
(3) "Diffusion bonding" of superalloys and titanium alloys: (a) Blade or vane belt grinding machines;

Security export con':rol March 1990 E


IL 1080 continued (2) For manufacture and inspection of high-performance gas
turbine bearings;
(b) Blade or vane edge radiusing machines; (3) For rolling specially configured rings such as nacelle
rings;
(c) Blade or vane aerofoil milling or grinding machines;
(4) For forming and finishing turbine discs;
(d) Blade or vane blank preforming machines;
(c) Compressor or turbine disc broaching machines.
(e) Blade or vane rolling machines;
(I) Blade or vane aerofoil shaping machines except metal
removing types;
NOTE:
(g) Blade or vane root grinding machines; This sub-item embargoes only broaching machines specially
(h) Blade or vane aerofoil scribing equipment. designed for the manufacture of aircraft or aircraft derived
gas turbine engines, and not general purpose broaching
Technical Note: machines specially adapted for that purpose.
Manufacture (making) includes refurbishing.

NOTE: IL 1088
This definition also covers machinery and equipment for the
manufacture of blades or vanes in the compressor section of Gear making or finishing machinery, as follows:
aircraft or aircraft-derived gas turbine engines where the
technology is the same as for the manufacture of blades or vanes (a) Bevel gear making machinery:
in the turbine section. (I) Gear grinding machinery (non-generating type);
(2) Other machinery capable of the production of bevel
gears of module finer than 0.5mm (diametrical pitch
finer than 48) and meeting a quality standard better than
IL 1081 DIN 58405 Class 6;

Specially designed or modified equipment, tools, NOTE:


dies, moulds and fixtures for the manufacture or If rated in AGMA or Admiralty standards and not rated in
inspection of aircraft, airframe structures or DIN 58405, AGMA 11 or Admiralty Class 1 shall be
considered to be the equivalent of DIN 58405 Class 6.
aircraft fasteners, as follows, and specially (b) Machinery capable of producing gears in excess of AGMA
designed components and accessories and quality level 13 or equivalent.
"specially designed software" for the equipment,
components and accessories: NOTE:
If not rated in AGMA standards, DIN 3963 Class 4 shall be
(a) Equipment, tools, dies, moulds or fixtures for: considered equivalent to AGMA quality level 13.
(1) Hydraulic stretch forming:
(i) Whose machine motions or forces are digitally
controlled or controlled by electrical analogue
devices; or IL 1091
(ii) Which are capable of thermal-conditioning the
workpiece;
Numerical control units, numerically controlled
(2) The milling of aircraft skins or spars except if they do not machine-tools, dimensional inspection machines,
present an improvement on machinery in production ten direct numerical control systems, specially
years preceding the year of export; designed sub-assemblies, and specially designed
(b) Tools, dies, moulds or fixtures for: "software", as follows:
(1) "Diffusion bonding";
(2) "Superplastic forming";
(3) "Hot die forging"; (a) Units for numerically controlling simultaneously coordinated
(4) Metal powder compaction by vacuum hot pressing, high- (contouring and continuous path) movements of machine-
pressure extrusion or isostatic pressing; tools and dimensional inspection machines in two or more
(5) Direct-acting hydraulic pressing of aluminium alloys and axes, except those having all of the following characteristics:
titanium alloys; (i) No more than three contouring interpolating (any
(6) The manufacture, inspection, inserting or securing of mathematical function including linear and circular) axes
specially designed high-strength aircraft fasteners. can be simultaneously coordinated. Units may have:
(1) One or more additional axes for which rate of
NOTE: movement is not coordinated, varied or modulated
with that of another axis;
For the definition of the processes and control of the metal
(2) One additional set of up to three contouring axes
working manufacturing technologies mentioned above, see Item
provided a separate feed rate number, standard or
IL 1001.
optional, does not control more than any three
contouring axes; or
(3) Up to three contouring axes switchable out of any
IL 1086 number of axes;
(ii) Minimum programmable increment equal to or greater
Specially designed or modified equipment, tools, than 0.001 mm;
(iii) Interfaces limited as follows:
dies, moulds, fixtures and gauges for the (I) No integral interface designed to meet ANSI/IEEE
manufacture or inspection of aircraft and standard 488-1978, IEC publication 625-1; or any
aircraft-derived gas turbine engines, as follows, equivalent standard; and
and specially designed components and (2) No more than two interfaces meeting EIA standard
accessories and "specially designed software" R5-232-C or any equivalent standard;
(iv) On-line (real-time) modification of the tool path, feed rate
for the equipment, components and accessories: and spindle data limited to the following:
(1) Cutter diameter compensation normal to the
(a) Equipment, tools, dies, moulds, fixtures and gauges: centreline path;
(1) For automated production inspection; (2) Automatic acceleration and deceleration for
(2) For automated welding; starting. cornering and stopping;
(b) Tools, dies, fixtures and gauges: (3) Axis transducer compensation including lead screw
(1) For solid-state joining by inertial welding or thermal pitch compensation (measurements on one axis
bonding; may not compensate another axis);

6 Security export control March 1990


(4) Constant surface speed with or without limits; may have non-contouring parallel or non-
(5) Spindle growth compensation; contouring, non-parallel rotary axes in addition
(6) Manual feed rate and spindle speed override; to the three axes capable of simultaneous~y
(7) Fixed and repetitive cycles (does not include coordinated contouring motion. Machines
automatic cut vector generation); having the capability of being simultaneously
(8) Tool and fixture offset; coordinated in more than three axes are not
(9) Part programme tape editing, excluding source excluded from embargo even if the numerical
programme language and centre-line location data control unit attached to the machine limits it to
(CLDATA); three simultaneously coordinated contouring
(10) Tool length compensation; axes. For example, a machine with a control
(11) Part programme storage; unit switchable between any three out of four
(12) Variable pitch threading; contouring axes is not excluded from
(13) Inch/metric conversion; embargo); or
(14) Feed rate override based on spark voltage for (b) Not more than three linear axes plus one rotary
electrical discharge machines; axis, but no tilting axis, capable of
(v) Word size equal to or less than 16 bits (excluding parity simultaneously coordinated contouring motion,
bits); ie the total number of linear plus rotary
(vi) "Software" or "firmware", including "software" or contouring axes cannot exceed four. (A
"firmware" of any programmable unit or device secondary parallel contouring axis, eg W axis
furnished, shall not exceed control unit functions as on horizontal boring mills, is not counted as an
provided in (i) to (v) above, and is restricted as follows: additional contouring axis. A secondary rotary
(1) Only the following application programmes can be table, the centreline of which is parallel to the
furnished which shall be executable without further primary rotary table, is also not counted as an
compilation, assembly, interpretation, or additional contouring axis. Machines may have
processing, other than control unit parameter non-contouring parallel or non-contouring,
initialization, and memory storage loading, and non-parallel rotary axes in addition to the four
each shall be supplied as an entity rather than in axes capable of simultaneously coordinated
modular form: contouring motion. Machines having the
(a) An operating programme to allow the unit to capability of being simultaneously coordinated
perform its normal functions; in more than four axes are not excluded from
(b) One or more diagnostic programmes to verify embargo even if the numerical control unit
control or machine performance and permit attached to the machine limits it to three
localization of hardware malfunctions; simultaneously coordinated contouring axes.
(c) A translator programme with which the end- For example, a machine with a control unit
user can programme the control-to-machine switchable between any three out of five
interface; contouring axes is not excluded from
(2) Programme documentation for application embargo);
programmes shall not contain the following: (2) Maximum slide travel in any axis equal to or less
(a) Listing of programme instructions (except that than 3,000 mm;
necessary for diagnostics for routine hardware (3) Spindle drive motor power equal to or less than
maintenance); 35kW;
(b) Description of programme organization or (4) Single working spindle (the machine may have
function beyond that required for programme multiple tool heads or turrets as standard or
use and for maintenance of hardware with optional, but only one working spindle may be
which these programmes operate; operative at a time). A spindle capable of driving a
(c) Flow charts, logic diagrams or the algorithms multiple drill head is considered as a single spindle;
employed (except those necessary for use of (5) Axial and radial motion measured at the spindle
diagnostics for routine hardware maintenance); axis in one revolution of the spindle equal to or
(d) Any reference to specific memory storage greater than D x 2 x 10-5 mm TIR (peak-to-peak)
locations (except those necessary for where D is the spindle diameter in mm;
diagnostics for routine hardware maintenance); (6) An incremental positioning accuracy equal to or
(e) Any other information about the design or greater (coarser) than ±- 0.002 mm in any 200 mm
function of the "software" which would assist in of travel;
the analysis or modification of all or part of it. (7) Overall positioning accuracy in any axis equal to or
greater (coarser) than:
NOTES: (a) 0.01 mm for machines with total length of
1 For "digital computers" either "incorporated" in or axis travel equal to or less than 300 mm;
"associated" with, but not "embedded" in, (b) (0.01 + (0.0025/300) x (L -300» mm for
controllers, see Item IL 1565. machines with a total length of axis travel, L,
2 Technology for the design and production (except greater than 300 mm and equal to or less 'than
assernbly and testing) of two-axis numerical control 3,300 mm;
units with an "embedded" computer remains (c) ±-0.035 mm for machines with a total length of
embargoed. axis travel greater than 3,300 mm.
3 Not used.
NOTE:
(b) Machine-tools and dimensional-inspection machines which, Positioning accuracy is that accuracy which would
according to the manufacturer's technical specifications, can be obtained in a temperature-controlled
be equipped with numerical control units covered by sub-item environment of 20°C ±- 2°C with any mechanical
(a) above, except: compensation techniques shipped with the machine
(i) Boring mills, milling machines, and machining centres or any electronic compensation described in sub-
having all of the following characteristics: item (a) (iv). Positioning accuracy of machines
(1) (a) Not more than three axes capable of shipped without numerical control units will be that
simultaneously coordinated contouring motion, attained with a control unit used during checkout of
ie the total number of linear plus rotary the machine and with feedback systems identical to
contouring axes cannot exceed three. (A those that \\'ill be used with the machine, or by
secondary parallel contouring axis, eg W axis accuracy previously obtained with an identical
on horizontal boring mills, is not counted in the machine and feedback system and control unit
total of three contouring axes. A secondary which wil! be connected to the machine. (See
rotary table, the centreline of which is parallel Technical Note 6)
. to the primary rotary table, is also not counted
in the total of three contouring axes. Machines

Security export control March 1990


IL 1091 continued one axis. National standards may be used for this measuring
method: eg the German standard VDI "Statistical testing of
(H) Jig grinders having all of the following characteristics: the operational and positioning accuracy of machine-tools
(1) Overall positioning accuracy in any axis equal to or VDI - DGQ3441, March, 1977".
greater (coarser) than: 7 A tilting axis is defined as an axis which alters the angular
(a) ±- 0.005 mm for machines with total length of position of the rotary table centreline with respect to the
axis travel equal to or less than 300 mm; spindle centreline during the machining process.
(b) ±- (0.005 + (0.0021300) (L-300)) mm for
machines with total length of axis travel, L, NOTES:
greater than 300 mm; 1 This Item does not embargo floor-type horizontal boring mills
(2) Not more than two axes capable of simultaneously embargoed by sub-item (b) (i) above provided all the following
coordinated contouring motion; conditions are met:
(Hi) Machine-tools (other than boring mills, milling machines, (a) Maximum transverse (X-axis) travel equal to or less than
machining centres and jig grinders described in (i) and (ii) 15,000 mm;
above and dimensional inspection machines described in (b) Maximum vertical (Y-axis travel equal to or less than
(iv) below) having all of the following characteristics: 5,000 mm;
(1) Radial-axis motion measured at the spindle axis (c) Maximum Z-axis travel equal to or less than 3,000 mm;
equal to or greater than 0.0008 mm TIR (peak-to- (d) Spindle-drive motor power equal to or less than 75 kW;
peak) in one revolution of the spindle (for lathes, (e) Meeting the requirements of sub-items (b) (i) (1) and (b) (i)
turning machines, contour grinding machines, etc.); (4) to (7) above.
(2) Meeting the requirements of (i) (1) (a), (i) (6) and (i) (7) 2 Jig grinders covered by sub-item (b) (ii) above to non-nuclear
above; end-users, pl'ovided all of the following conditions are met:
(iv) Dimensional inspection machines, having all of the (a) Overall positioning accuracy in any axis equal to or
following characteristics: greater (coarser) than:
(1) A linear positioning accuracy equal to or worse (1) .±... 0.002 mm for jig grinders with total length of axis
than: travel equal to or less than 300 mm;
(a) ±-(3 + L/300) micrometre for L shorter than or (2) ±- (0.002 + (0.001/3(0) (L-300)) mm for jig
equal to 3,300 mm; grinders with total length of axis travel, L. greater
(b) ±- 14 micrometre for L longer than 3,300 mm; than 300 mm;
(2) A rotary accuracy of equal to or worse than 5 (b) Not more than two axes capable of simultaneously
second in every 90 degrees; and coordinated contouring motion.
(3) Meeting the requirements of (i) (1) above; 3 Not used.
(For high precision turning machinery, see also Item
IL 1370.)
(c) "Direct numerical control systems" (ONC) consisting of a FOR PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA ONLY:
dedicated stored programme computer acting as a host 4 The shipment of numerical control units, numerically
computer and controlling, on-line or off-line, one or more controlled machine tools, dimensional inspection machines
numerically controlled machine-tools or inspection machines, and specially designed "software" therefor, to civil-end users,
as defined in sub-item (b) above, related "software", and other than nuclear and aerospace, as follows, and specially
interface and communication equipment for data transfer designed sub-assemblies therefore
between the host computer memory, the interpolation (a) Numerical control units having all of the following
functions, and the numerically controlled machine-tools; characteristics:
(d) Specially designed sub-assemblies and "software" which,
according to the manufacturer's technical specifications, can N.B.
upgrade the capabilities of numerical control units and Numerical control :~nits exported separately from
machine-tools either so that they would become embargoed equipment must be fQr use with and specially configured
by sub-items (a), (b) or (c) above, or so that they would cease for equipment permitted by paragraph (b) below.
to be eligible for consideration for export at national Exporters must submit specifications of equipment to
discretion. which the numerical control units will be interfaced.
(1) No more than four contouring interpolating (any
NOTE: mathematical function including linear and circular)
Specially designed printed circuit board sub-assemblies are axes can be simultaneously coordinated. Units may
embargoed by this sub-item. have:
(For machine·tool parts and components, see also Item (i) One or more additional axes in which the rate
IL 1093.) of movement is not coordinated, varied, or
modulated with that of another axis; or
TECHNICAL NOTES: (H) One additional set of four contouring axes
"Numerical control" is defined as the "automatic control of a provided separate feed rate numbers, standard
1
process performed by a device that makes use of numeric or optional, do not control more than any four
data usually introduced as the operation is in progress" (Ref. contouring axes;
ISO 2382). (2) Minimum programmable increment equal to or
"Contouring control" is defined as: "two or more numerically greater than 0.001 mm; ..
2
controlled motions operating in accordance with instructions (3) Interfaces as follows: ;
that specify the next required position and the required feed (i) Nil, more than one integral interface designed
rates to that position. These feed rates are varied in relation . to meet ANSIIIEEE standard 488-1978, IEC
to each other so that a desired contour is generated" (Ref. publication 625-1, or any e?uivalent standard;
ISO/DlS 2806). and
3 For computer-related terms, see Item IL 1565 or IL 1566. (H) ,An unlimited number of interfaces meeting EIA
4 A "direct numerical control system" (ONC) is defined as "a standard RS-232-C or any equivalent standard;
system connecting a set of numerically controlled machines (4) On-line (real-time) modification of the tool path,
to a common memory for part programme or machine pro- feed rate and spindle data limited to the following:
gramme storage with provision for on-demand distribution of (i) Cutter diameter compenslltion normal to the
data to the machines" (Ref. ISO/DlS 2806.2). centr.e line path;
~ (ii) -Alitomatic ..a.cceleration and .. deceleration for
5 Axis nomenclature shall be in accordance 'with international
standard ISO 841, "Numerical Control Machines - Axis and '. starting, cornering and stopping;
Motion Nomenclature". ,.... .,. (Ui) A~is li'ans9ucer compensation including lead
The value of the positioning accuracy does not include the . . ,. S(:r.ew·pi.t~h ... compensation (measurements ot!
6
width of backlash. The value is determined by the usual , ""~:, " .... one axis may· not· compensate another axis);
, .," :<,i·~i.'· (iv) . ; Constant surface. speed with or without limits;
statistical methods (random tests); ie by approaching from
only one direction a minimum of 5 measurement points up to ", Cv) Spindle.Srowth comp«:nsaiion;
a maximum of 25 measurement points as random tests along ;;~ .,(vi)..Feed rate and spindie"speed override;

8 Security export control March 1990


(vii) Fixed and repetitive cycles, including auto- (iv) M~imum horizontal (Z-axis) tra\Jel,equafto or'-
matic cut vector generation; less than 5.000 mm;. '. ". '... ,,~. 1:
(viii) Tool and fixture offset; (v) IJnlimited$Bin<il~d~\¥~ motor-Pb"ef;: '""'~~';;"
(ix) Part programme tape editing, including source (vi) No more tl\lintwo;simultan~~lI~I$ly workfng.
programme language and centreline location spindles (tlifm:achin~may have multiple tool
data (CLDATA); a
heads 01' tUrrets; spi'ndle. 'Capable'of dnVing'a ~
(x) Tool length compensation; multiple drill head is considered. as·.a .sing,~\'
(xi) Part programme storage; s p i n d l e ) ; . ,.' t ;
(xii) Variable pitch threading; (vii) Axial and radial ,axis motions me~u~edat the
(xiii) Inch/metric conversion; and spindle axis in one revolut;on.o(Jhe',spmdle
(xiv)Feed rate override based on spark voltage for equal to or greater than D x 2 x 10'::5·' ;lllpl 'TIR
electrical discharge machines; (peak-to-peak) where D is the spindle.diameter
(5) Word size equal to or less than 32 bits (excluding in mm;
parity bits); (viii) An incremental positioning ac.curacy equal to
(6) "Software" or "firmware", including "software" or or greater (coarser) than.±. 0,002 mm.. in any
"firmware" of any programmable unit or device 200 mm of travel;
furnished, not exceeding control unit functions as (ix) An overall positioning accuracy in ailY. aiis
provided in (a) (I) to (a) (5) above, and restricted as equal to or greater (coarser) than:. .... .
follows: (a) .±. 0.003 mm for machineswitoa total
(i) Application programmes executable without length of axis travel equal to or less than
further compilation, assembly, interpretation 300 mm;
or processing, other than control unit (b) .±.(0.003 + (0.001/300) x (L-300» mm for
parameter initialisation, and storage loading, machines with a total length of axis travel,
and each supplied as an entity rather than in L, greater than 300 mm and, equal· to or
modular form, as follows: less than 3,300 mm; . .
(a) An operating programme to allow the unit (c) .±. 0.013 mm for machines with a total
to perform its normal functions; length of axis travel greater than 3,300
(b) One or more diagnostic programmes to mm;
verify control or machine performance (2) Machine tools, other than boring mills; milling
and to permit localisation of hardware machines and machining centres described in sub-
malfunctions; and paragraph (b) (I) above, and dimensional inspection
(c) A translator programme for programming machines, having all the following characteristics:
the control-to-machine interface; (i) No .more than four axes capable of
(ii) Documentation for application programmes simultaneously coordinated contouring motion,
not containing the following: of which no more than three axes shall be
(a) Listing of programme instructions, except linear and no more than one axis shall be
that necessary for diagnostics for routine rotary;
hardware maintenance;
(b) Description of programme organisation or N.B.
function beyond that required for pro- Up to four secondary contouring axes parallel
gramme use and for maintenance of ex- with the primary axis but not simultaneously
ported hardware and "software"; coordinated with the four primary axes may be
(c) Flow charts, logic diagrams or algorithms permitted.
employed except those necessary for use (ii) No more than two simultaneously 'working
of diagnostics for routine hardware main- spindles (the machine may have multiple tool
tenance; heads or turrets);
(d) Any reference to specific memory storage (iii) Radial axis motion measured at the spindle axis
locations except those necessary for diag- equal to or greater than 0.0008 mm TIR (peak-
nostics for routine hardware maintenance; to-peak) in one revolution of the spindle (fot;'
and lathes, turning machines,. contoutgribding'
(e) Any other information which would assist machines, etc.);
in the analysis or modification of all or of (iv) An incremental positioning accuracy equal to.
part of the "software"; or greater (coarser) than ±. 0.002 mm in any;
(b) Machine tools and dimensional inspection machines 200 mm of travel;
which, according to the manufacturers' technical specifi- (v) An overall positioning accuracy in .any axis,
cations, can be equipped with numerical control units equal to or greater (coarser) than: . ' ',:"
covered by paragraph (a) above, as follows: (a) .±. 0.005 mm for machines with a total'
(I) Boring mills, milling machines and machining length of axis travel equal to',or I~ss';than,
centres having all of the following characteristics: 300 mm; .,,,
(i) No more than four axes capable of (b) .±.(0.005 + (0.002/300) x (L.JOO)) mm for'
simultaneously coordinated contouring motion, machines with a total length ofalcislravel;"
of which no more than three axes shall be L, greater than 300 mm and equaI'-t6 or':';
linear and no more than one axis shall be less than 3,300 mm;
rotary; (c) .±. 0.025 mm for machines with a total
length of axis travel greater than 3,300,"
N.B. mm. ' - ' . : ~..::. X:: ;.~ . ,:",I\t·,
A secondary contouring axis, parallel with a
primary axis, e.g. W-axis on horizontal boring It is understood that software embargoed by Item IL 1091 is
mills, is not counted in the total of four con- defined as follows:
touring axes. A secondary rotary table with the Control "programmes" (') used with CNC or DNC systems,
centreline parallel to the primary rotary table, which are stored in a memory of an electronic computer and
is also not counted in the total of four implement numerical functions including, but not limited to,
contouring axes. Machines may have non- velocity and path generation. on-line adaptive control and special
contouring parallel or non-contouring non- purpose data distribution, recall, and editing "programmes" for
parallel rotary axes in addition to the four axes DNC applications. "Software" used in part programming, eg, APT,
capable of simultaneously coordinated con- EXAPT, IFAPT, postprocessing and similar "programmes" are not
touring motion. considered among the control "programmes" used for CNC and
(ii) Maximum traverse (X-axis) travel equal to or DNC systems.
less than 30,000 mm; "For computer-related terrm, SEe Items IL 1565 & IL 1566.
(iii) Maximum vertical (Y-axis) travel equal to or Point-to-Point Computerised Numerical Control (CNC) systems
less than 8,000 mm; are not covered by Item IL 1091.

Security export cortrol March 1990


IL 1093 FOR PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA ONLY:
Components and specially-designed parts for
machine tools and dimensional inspection NOTE:
machines embargoed by Item IL 1091, as follows: CryoptUllP systems designed to operate at temperatures of higher
than .....260oC measured at atmospheric pressure and intended for
use in the manufacture of compact and video discs.
(a) Spindle assemblies, consisting of spindles and bearings as a
minimal assembly, except those assemblies with axial and
radial axis motion measured along the spindle axis in one
revolution of the spindle equal to or greater (coarser) than the
following:
IL 1131
(i) 0.0008 mm TIR (peak-to-peak) for lathes and turning Pumps (except vacuum pumps - see Item IL 1129)
machines; or designed to move molten metals by electro-
(ii) D x 2 x 10-5 mm TIR (peak-to-peak), where D is the magnetic forces.
spindle diameter in millimetres, for milling machines,
boring mills, jig grinders, and machining centres;
(b) Lead screws, including ball nut screws, except those having
all of the following characteristics:
(i) Accuracy equal to or greater (coarser) than 0.004
mm/300 mm;
IL 1145
(ii) Overall accuracy equal to or greater (coarser) than Containers, jacketed only, specially designed for
(0.0025 + 5 x 10-6 X L) mm, where L is the effective the storage or transportation of liquid fluorine.
length in millimetres of the screw;
(Hi) Concentricity of the centre line of the journal bearing
surface and the centre line of the major diameter of the
screw equal to or greater (coarser) than 0.005 mm. TIR
(peak-to-peak) at a distance of three times the diameter
of the screw or less from the journal bearing surface;
(c) Linear and rotary position feedback units including inductive
type devices, graduated scales, and laser systems, except:
(i) Linear types having an accuracy equal to or greater
Group C
(coarser) than (0.0004 + 13 x 10-6 x L) mm, for L equal
to or less than 100 mm and (0.0015 + 2 x 10-6 X L) mm, Electrical and power-
for L greater than 100 mm, where L is the effective
length in millimetres of the linear measurement; and
(ii) Rotary types having an accuracy equal to or greater
generating equipment
(coarser) than two seconds of arc;
(d) Linear induction motors used as drives for slides, having all IL 1203
the following characteristics:
(1) Stroke greater than 200 mm;
Electric furnaces, as follows, specially designed
(2) Nominal force rating greater than 45 N; components and controls therefor, and
(3) Minimum controlled incremental movement less than "specially designed software" for such furnaces,
0.001 mm. components or controls:

(a) Consumable electrode vacuum arc furnaces with a capacity in


excess of 20,000 kg (44,092 lb);
(b) Skull type vacuum arc furnaces;

Group B (c) "Vacuum induction furnaces" allowing the molten metal to be


poured into a mould within the same vacuum chamber
without breaking the vacuum and having all of the following

Chemical and characteristics:


(1) A capacity in excess of 2,275 kg (5,014 lb);
(2) Designed to operate at pressures lower than 6.67 Pa
petroleum equipment (0.0667 mbar); and
(3) Designed to operate at temperatures in excess of 1,373K
(I,IOO°C);
IL 1110 NOTE:
Equipment for the production of liquid fluorine, "Vacuum induction furnaces" include all portions of the
and specially designed components therefor. furnace system within the vacuum chamber.
(d) Induction furnaces having both of the following
characteristics:
(1) A diameter inside the induction coil of 155 mm or more
(6.1 inches or more); and
IL 1129 (2) Designed to heat a workpiece with a diameter of 130 mm
or more (5.1 inches or more) to a temperature in excess
Vacuum pump systems, as follows, and specially of 2,273K (2,000°C);
designed components, controls and accessories
therefor: NOTE:
This item does not embargo susceptors made of graphite not
(a) Cryopump systems (Le. systems in which the circulation of embargoed elsewhere in these Lists.
cooled or liquefied gas is used to achieve a vacuum, static or 2 This item also covers vacuum furnaces capable of operating
dynamic, by lowering the temperature of the environment) with protective atmospheres.
designed to operate at temperatures of less than -200°C (See also items IL 1080 and IL 1301.)
(-328°F) measured at atmospheric pressure;
(b) Vacuum pump systems capable of evacuating a chamber of
volume greater than one (1) litre to pressures below 10-8 torr
FOR PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA ONtY:
(1.3 x 10-6 pascals) while the temperature in the chamber is 3 Skull type vacuum arc furnaces with a capacity not exceeding
maintained above BOOoC (1,472°F). 500 kg.

10 Security export control March 1 990


IL 1205 (3)
the above techniques;
With a power output of 450mW or more per sq cm under
10 watts per sq cm silicon carbide at 1,750 K (1,477°C,
Electro-chemical, semi-conductor and radio- 2,691°F) illumination;
active devices for the direct conversion of (4) Electromagnetic (induding laser) and ionized particle
chemical, solar or nuclear energy to electrical radiation resistant;
energy, as follows: (c) Power sources based on radio-active materials systems other
than nuclear reactors, except:
(i) Those having an output power of less than 0.5 Wand a
(a) Electr0 chemical devices, as follows and specially designed
8

total weight (force) of more than 890 N (90.7 kg, 200 lb);
components therefor: (ii) Those specially designed and developed for medical use
(1) Fuel cells operating at temperatures of 523K (250°C, within the human body;
482°F) or less, including regenerative cells, ie cells for
generating electric power, to which all the consumable NOTES:
components are supplied from outside the cell:
1 See also Item IL 1570.
NOTE: 2 This Item does not embargo the following cells and power
source devices, and specially designed components therefor
The temperature of 523K or less is intended to refer to (nothing in this Note shall be construed as permitting the
the fuel cell and not to the fuel conditioning equipment, export of technology for such cells, power source devices or
which may be either an ancillary or an integral part of specially designed components):
the fuel cell battery and which may operate at over (a) Fuel cells embargoed by sub-item (a) (1) above, provided
523K. they are not "space qualified", with a maximum output
(2) Primary cells and batteries having any of the following power more than 10 kilowatts and which use gaseous
characteristics: pure hydrogen and oxygen I air reactants, alkaline
(i) Reserve (water, electrolyte or thermally activated) electrolyte and a catalyst supported by carbon either
batteries possessing a means of activation and pressed on a metal mesh electrode or attached to a
having a rated unactivated storage life of three conducting porous plastic;
years or more at an ambient temperature of 297K (b) Lithium primary cells or batteries embargoed by sub-
(24°C, 75°F); item (a) (2) (ii) which:
(ii) Utilizing lithium or calcium (including alloys in (l) Are specially designed for consumer applications
which lithium or calcium are constituents) as and used in watches, pacemakers, calculators or
electrodes and having an energy density at a hearing aids; or
discharge current equal to C/24 hours (C being the (2) Are specially designed for consumer or civil
nominal capacity at 297K (24°C, 75°F) in ampere 8

industrial applications and have a nominal capacity


hours) of more than 250 watt-hours per kilogramme less than or equal to 35 ampere-hours and discharge
(114 watt-hours per pound) at 297K (24°C, 75°F) current of less than Cl 10 hours (C as defined in (a)
and more than 80 watt-hours per kilogramme (36 (2) (ii);
watt-hours per pound) at 244 K (-29°C, - 20°F); (c) Lithium secondary (rechargeable) cells and batteries
embargoed by sub-item (a) (3) (ii) above which:
NOTE: (1) Are specially designed for consumer applications
Energy density is obtained by multiplying the which will have been previously determined by the
average power in watts (average voltage in volts Department of Trade and Industry; or
times average current in amperes) by the duration (2) Have a nominal capacity less than or equal to 0.5
of the discharge in hours to 80 per cent of the open- ampere-hour and an energy density of less than 40
circuit voltage and dividing by the total mass of the watt-hours per kilogramme (18 watt-hours per
cell (or battery) in kilogrammes; pound) at 273K (O°C, 320°F) and a discharge
(iii) Using an air electrode together with either lithium current of less than Cl 10 hours (C as defined in (a)
or aluminium counter-electrodes and having a (3));
power output of 5 kilowatts or more or an energy (d) Sodium secondary (rechargeable) cells and batteries
output of 5 kilowatt-hours or more; embargoed by sub-item (a) (3) (ii) above which are
(3) Secondary (rechargeable) cells and batteries having any specially designed for consumer or civil industrial
of the following characteristics after more than 20 applications which are not "space qualified".
chargeldischarge cycles at a discharge current equal to
C/5 hours (C being the nominal capacity in ampere N.B.
hours); The term "space qualified" used in this Item refers to
(i) Utilizing nickel and hydrogen as the active products which are stated by the manufacturer as
constituents and having an energy density of 55 designed and tested to meet the special el~ctrical,
watt-hours per kilogramme (25 watt-hours per mechanical or environmental requirements for use in
pound) or more at 297K (24°C, 75°F); rockets, satellites or high-altitude flight systems
(ii) Utilizing lithiunl or sodium as electrodes or operating at altitudes of 100 km or more.
reactants and having an energy density of 55 watt-
hours per kilogramme (25 watt-hours per pound) or
more at the rated operating temperature; IL 1206
NOTE: Electric arc devices (or plasma torches) and
Energy density is obtained by multiplying the equipment, as follows, and specially designed
average power in watts (average voltage in volts components, accessories, and controls and
times average current in amperes) by the duration
of the discharge in hours to 75 per cent of the open- "specially designed software" therefor:
circuit voltage and divided by the total mass of the
cell (or battery) in kilogrammes. (a) Electric arc devices for generating a flow of ionized gas in
(4) Molten salt electrolyte cells and batteries which normally which the arc colulnn is constricted except:
operate at temperatures of 773K (500°C, 932°F) or (i) Devices using le~,s than 100 kW arc power for welding,
below; melting, plating or spraying; or
(b) Photo-voltaic cells as follows, and specially designed (ii) Devices with less than 235 kW arc power for cutting;
components therefor: (b) Equipment incorporating electric arc devices with a
(1) With a power output of 14mW or more per sq cm under constricted arc column and capable of having a
100mW per sq cm tungsten 2,800 0 K (2,527°C, 4,581°F) programmable increPlent ,(for the continuou~ movement of
illumination; the device) less (tiner) than 0.01 mm;
(2) All gallium arsenide photo-voltaic cells excluding those (c) Test equipment incorporating electric arc devices embargoed
having a power output of less than 4mW measured by by sub-item (a) above.

Security export control March 1990 1~


IL 1206 continued (i) Wrought or worked materials fabricated by rolling,
drawing, extruding, forging, impact extruding,
pressing, graining, atomising and grinding, i.e.
NOTE: angles, channels, circles, discs, dust, flakes, foils and
This Item does not embargo plasma torches for industrial gas leaf, forging, plate, powder, pressings and
heating which use a non-constricted arc column with an operating stampings, ribbons, rings, rods (including bare
pressure of 1 to 15 bar inclusive. welding rods, wire rods, and rolled wire), sections,
shapes, sheets, strip, pipe and tubes (including tube
rounds, squares, and hollows), drawn or extruded
wire.
(ii) Cast material produced by casting in sand, die,
Group D metal, plaster or other types of moulds, including
high pressure castings, sintered forms, and forms
made by powder metallurgy.
General industrial 4 For materials and manufacturing processes at later
stages in the production process, see also other items, for
example, Items IL 1431 and IL 1460 for gas turbine
equipment engines.

TECHNICAL NOTE:
IL 1301 "Superalloys" are nickel-, cobalt-, or iron-base alloys having
strengths superior to the AISI 300 series (as of the 1st May 1982) at
Equipment and technology for the production of temperatures over 922 K (649°C) under severe environmental and
"superalloys", as follows: operating conditions. Excluded are carbon steels, low-alloy steels
and stainless steels having strengths inferior to the AISI 300 series
(a) Equipment specially designed for the production of (as of the 1st May 1982).
"superalloys";

NOTES:
(1)
Sub-item (a) does not include the following equipment: IL 1305
(a) Electric arc and induction furnaces, basic oxygen
furnaces and remelting equipment using other Metal rolling mills, as follows, and specially
techniques for the production of carbon steels, low- designed components, accessories and controls
alloy steels and stainless steels; and "specially designed software" therefor:
(b) Degassing equipment used for the production of
carbon steels, low-alloy steels and stainless steels; (a) Isothermal rolling mills, except those capable of operating
(c) Hot and cold rolling mills, extrusion presses, and only at ambient temperatures.
swaging and forging machines;
(d) Decarburizing and annealing and pickling TECHNICAL NOTE:
equipment;
(e) Surface finishing equipment; In an isothermal rolling mill a constant instantaneous
(I) Slitting and cutting equipment temperature profile is maintained in the contact area between
(2) Vacuum induction furnaces used in the production of the workpiece and the rolls.
superalloy powders, however, are embargoed by this (b) Other mills specially designed or re-designed for the rolling of
sub-item. metals and alloys with a melting point exceeding 1,900°C
(3) For the embargo status of other electric vacuum (3,452°F).
furnaces, see Item IL 1203;
(b) Technology specific to the production of "superalloys",
regardless of the type of equipment with which it may be
intended to use such technology. IL 1312
NOTES: "Isostatic presses", as follows, and specially
1 Sub-item (b) does not include technology on the
designed dies and moulds (except those used in
equipment excluded by Note 1 to sub-item (a) above. "isostatic presses" operating at ambient
2 Melting, remelting and degassing technology specific to temperatures), components, accessories and
the production of superalloys, however, is embargoed by controls and "specially designed software"
sub-item (b). therefor:
3 This item embargoes equipment specially designed for
and technology specific to the production of "super-
alloys" in the crude and semi-fabricated forms listed (a) Capable of achieving a maximum working pressure of
below: 138MPa (20,000 psi) or more and possessing a chamber cavity
CRUDE FORMS: with an inside diameter in excess of 406 mm (16 inches); or
Anodes, balls, bars (including notched bars and wire (b) Having a controlled thermal environment within the closed
bars), billets, blocks, blooms, brickets, cakes, cathodes, cavity and possessing a chamber cavity with an inside
crystals, cubes, dice, grains, granules, ingots, lumps, diameter of 127 mm (5 inches) or more.
pellets, pigs, powder, rondelles, shot, slabs, slugs,
sponge, sticks. TECHNICAL NOTE:
SEMI-FABRICATED FORMS (whether or not coated, "Isostatic presses" are equipment capable of pressurizing a closed
plated, drilled or punched): cavity through various media (gas, liquid, solid particles, etc.) to
create equal pressure in all directions within the cavity upon a
workpiece or material.
COLOURED Goods described can be Itccnced 31 nallOn<11
TYPE discretion for export to the proscribed NOTES:
countries. "Isl/stalic- pre"s,·s" elllbargo('d hy slIh·items (a) or (b) above.
provid,'c1lh(' l'ljllipl1ll'l1t will be lIs(,d fur specific non,slrategic
COLOUR·TINT' G,06ds described can be licenced for export apphl';lIi,'ns alld \,'illl1ot he used for any nurlear or aerospace
$ACKO!,OVNP,~othe People's Republic of China only, applil'ations alld provided Ihal:
either at n.ational diljcretion or under the (a) "lsosl:lIi,' presses" having controlled thermal
, ~f8vourable consideration' conditions cllvim/lInent within the closed ('avity are limited as
,'-.'
ifldcated. .' -" follows:
(I) Maximlllll working pressurc 1101 exceeding 207 MPa

12 Security export control March 1990


(2)
(30,000 psi); alld
Chamber cavity with an inside diameter (ie the IL 1354
maximum inside diameter of the working chamber)
not exceeding 406 mm (16 inches). when the con-
Equipment designed for the manufacture or
trolled thermal environment which can be achieved testing of printed circuit boards, as follows, and
and maintained does not exceed 1.500°C; specially designed components and accessories,
(3) Having no facility for hydrocarbon impregnation and "specially designed software" therefor:
and removal of resultant gaseous degradation
products;
(b) "Isostatic presses" nther than those dealt with under sub- (a) Equipment specially designed for removal of resists or printed
paragraph (a) above are limited as follows: circuit board materials by dry (eg plasma) methods;
(I) Maximum working pressure not exceeding 414 MPa (b) Computer-aided design (CAD) equipment for printed circuit
(60.000 psi); alld boards, having any of the following functions;
(1) Generation of artwork design with an interactive
(2) Chamber cavity with an inside diameter (ie the
maximum inside diameter of the working chamber) capability;
not exceeding 508 mm (20 inches). (2) Generation of test string lists for multi-layer boards;
(3) Generation of data or "programmes" for "stored-
FOR PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA ONLY: programme controlled" printed circuit board drilling
equipment;
2 The shipment of presses having no controlled thermal (4) Generation of data or "programmes" for "stored-
environment within the closed cavity and which are used for programme controlled" printed circuit board shaping
the manufacture of industrial refractory and ceramic and profiling equipment; or
products. (5) Generation of data for control of the sequencing of
processes of the equipment for printed circuit board
NB: manufacture embargoed by (c) below;
The inside chamber dimension referenced in sub-paragraphs (a) (2) (c) High-speed automated continuous panel processors for
and (b) (2) above is the chamber in which both the working plating capable of delivering more than or equal to 860 A/m2
temperature and the working pressure are achieved. That (80 A/ft2) of plate current. (This does not include processors
dimension will be the smaller of either the inside diameter of the specially designed for, and restricted to, plating tab (edge)
pressure chamber or the inside diameter of the insulate.d furnace connectors);
chamber. depending on which of the two chambers IS located (d) "Stored-programme controlled" inspection equipment for the
inside the other. For "isostatic presses" having a controlled detection of defects in printed circuit boards using optical
thermal environment, the insertion of fixturing leaves a diameter pattern comparison or other machine scanning techniques;
of less than 406 mm (16 inches) in the chamber for the piece to be (e) "Stored-programme controlled" electrical test equipment for
pressed. For "isostatic presses" operating at ambient the identification of open and short circuits on bare printed
temperatures, the insertion of fixturing leaves a diameter of less circuit boards, capable of:
than 508 mm (20 inches) in the chamber for the piece to be (1) Continuity testing (less than or equal to 4 ohm) at a rate
pressed. of 2,500 or more measurements per second; or
(2) High voltage testing (greater than or equal to 50 volts) at
a rate of 10,000 or more measurements per minute;
IL 1352 (I) "Stored-programme controlled" multi-spindle drills and
routers having any of the following characteristics:
Nozzles, dies and extruder barrels specially (1) Absolute positioning accuracy of .±. 10 micrometres
designed for the processing of the fluorocarbon (0.0004 inch) or better;
(2) Minimum time needed for drill bit changes less than or
materials covered by Item IL 1754 (a) (2). equal to 5 seconds; or
(3) X and Y positioning speeds higher than or equal to 0.125
m/sec (300 inch/min) for drilling or for routing;
(g) "Stored-programme controlled" cyclic voltametric stripping
IL 1353 equipment specially designed for printed circuit board plating
bath monitoring and analysis.
Manufacturing and testing equipment for optical
TECHNICAL NOTE:
fibre, optical cable and other cables, as follows,
"Stored-programme controlled" is defined as a control using
and specially designed components and instructions stored in an electronic storage which a processor can
"specially designed software" therefor: execute in order to direct the performance of predetermined
(a) Equipment specially designed to manufacture cable functions.
embargoed by Item IL 1526 (a) or (d);
(b) Equipment specially designed to manufacture optical fibre or NB:
optical cable embargoed by Item IL 1526; Equipment may be "stored-programme controlled" whether the
(c) Equipment specially designed to manufacture optical electronic storage is internal or external to the equipment.
preforms embargoed by Item IL 1767;
(d) Optical fibre and preform characterisation equipment using NOTES:
semiconductor lasers for the testing of optical fibres or optical (I) See also Item IL 1522 (b) for the embargo of printed circuit
preforms at operating wavelengths exceeding 850 nm; board manufacturing equipment incorporating a laser.
NB:
The status of optical fibre and optical preform
characterisation equipment which contain lasers is defined in
this Item.

NOTES:
1. Equipment specially designed for the insertion of optical
fibres in an optical cable embargoed by Item IL 1526 (b).

FOR PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA ONLY:.;


2. (8) Qptical fibre o'rpreform' characterisation' eq\liprrteht
. usIng semico,nductor I~rs with a wavelength of 1;370
,, ,nm or iess;····, " .,' " " ',,' . . .'~ ....
, (b( "Equlpp-.entsR~la\ly',<lesigned (or;·}t~~ manufact lire .of,
,...•• silica.b~ed opt.ieal-preforms, fibre orcable.. ' " ';, ;;,,~»;j

Security export control March 1990 13


IL 1354 continued TECHNICAL NOTE:
Discrete semi-conductor devices include, for
example. diodes, transistors, thyristors, photocells
and solar cells.
(ii) "Stored programme controlled" equipment
specially designed for testing integrated circuits,
and "assemblies" thereof. capable of performing
any of the following functions:
(a) Functional (truth table) testing at a pattern rate
greater than 2 MHz;
(b) Resolution of currents of less than I nano-
ampere;
(c) Testing of integrated circuits (not mounted on
IL 1355 circuit boards) in packages having more than a
total of 24 terminals; or
Equipment for the manufacture or testing of
electronic components and materials, as follows, NOTE:
and specially designed components, accessories (b) (7) (ii) (c) does not embargo equipment
and "specially designed software" therefor: specially designed for and dedicated to the
testing of integrated circuits not embargoed by
(a) Equipment specially designed for the manufacture or testing Item IL 1564.
(d) Measurement of rise times, fall times and edge
of electron tubes, optical elements and specially designed
placement times with a resolution of less than
components therefor embargoed by Items IL 1541, IL 1542,
20 ns;
IL 1555, IL 1556, IL 1558 or IL 1559;
(b) Equipment specially designed for the manufacture or testing
of semiconductor devices, integrated circuits and
"assemblies", as follows, and systems incorporating or having TECHNICAL NOTE:
the characteristics of such equipment: The terms "integrated circuits" and "assembly" are
defined in Item IL 1564.
NOTE:
This sub-item also embargoes such equipment used or NOTES:
modified for use in the manufacture or testing of other 1 Test equipment which is not of a general-
devices such as: imaging devices, electro-optical devices, purpose nature and which is specially designed
acoustic wave devices, film memory devices. for, and dedicated to, testing "assemblies" or a
(1) Equipment for the processing of materials for the
class of "assemblies" for home and enter-
manufacture of devices and components as specified in tainment applications is not embargoed by (b)
the heading of this sub-item; (7) (ii).
2 Test equipment which is not of a general-
NOTE: purpose nature and which is specially designed
This item does not embargo quartz crucibles specially for, and dedicated to, testing electronic
designed for equipment embargoed by (b) (I). components, "assemblies" and integrated
(2) Masks, mask substrates, mask-making equipment and circuits specifically excluded by Item IL 1564 is
image-transfer equipment for the manufacture of devices not embargoed by (b) (7) (ii), provided such test
and components as specified in the heading of this sub- equipment does not incorporate computing
item; facilities with user-accessible programming
capabilities;
NOTE: (iii) Equipment specially designed for determining the
The term 'masks' refers to those used in electron beam performance of focal-plane arrays at wavelengths
lithography, X-ray lithography, and ultra-violet more than 1,200 nm, using "stored programme
lithography, as well as the usual ultra-violet and visible controlled" measurements or computer aided
photo-lithography. evaluation and having any of the following
(3) "Stored programme controlled" inspection equipment characteristics:
for the detection of defects in processed wafers, (a) Using scanning light spot diameters of less than
substrates or chips using optical pattern comparison or 0.12 mm (0.005 inch);
other machine scanning techniques; (b) Designed for measuring photosensitive
performance parameters and for evaluating
NOTE: frequency response, modulation transfer
Conventional scanning electron microscopes. except function, uniformity of responsivity or noise; or
when specially designed and instrumented for automatic (c) Designed for evaluating arrays c'ipable of
pattern inspection, are not embargoed by this sub-item. creating images of greater than 32 x 32 line
(4) Specially designed "stored programme controlled" elements;
measuring and analysis equipment; (iv) Specially designed for bubble memories;
(5) Equipment for the assembly of integrated circuits; (8) Class 10 filters capable of providing an environment of
(6) "Stored programme controlled" wafer probing 10 or less particles of 0.3 micrometre or more per
equipment; 0.02832 m 3 (1 cubic foot) and filter materials therefor;
(7) Test equipment as follows (for standard test instruments. (9) Electron-beam test systems (capable of operating at or
see Item IL 1529): below 3,000 eV), for non-contactive probing of powered-
(i) "Stored programme controlled" equipment up semiconductor devices having any of the following:
specially designed for testing discrete semi- (a) Stroboscopic capability with either beam blanking
conductor devices and unencapsulated dice, capable or detector strobing;
of performing any of the following functions: (b) An electron spectrometer for voltage measurements
(a) Measurement of time intervals of less than with a resolution of less than one-half (0.5) volt; or
10 ns; (c) Electrical tests fixtures for performance analysis of
(b) Measurement of parameters (eg fT, S-para- integrated circuits.
meters, noise figure) at frequencies greater
than 250 MHz; NOTE:
(c) Resolution of currents of less than 100 pico- Scanning electron microscopes. except when specially
amperes; or designed and instrumented for non-contactive probing of a
(d) Measurements of spectral response at wave- powered-up semiconductor device, are not embargoed by this
lengths outside the range from 450 to 950 nm; sub-item.

14 Security export control March 1990


NOTES: TECHNICAL NOTE:
(1) For equipment which is used in the manufacture and HMagnetically-enhanced" refers to equipment
processing of semiconductors and semiconductor incorporating a cathode assembly having an
materials and which is specially designed to employ integral magnetic structure for enhancing the
lasers or laser technology, see Item IL 1522. plasma intensity.
(2) For the purpose of this item Hstored programme (g) Equipment designed for ion implantation, or for ion-
controlled" is defined as a control using instructions enhanced or photo-enhanced diffusion;
stored in an electronic storage which a processor can (h) Equipment for selective or non-selective removal by
execute in order to direct the performance of dry methods of passivation layers, dielectrics,
predetermined functions. semiconductor materials, resists or metals except
horizontal, cylindrical plasma etchers without
NB: "stored programme controlled", end-point
Equipment may be Hstored programme controlled" detection, automatic loading or rotating
whether the electronic storage is internal or external to mechanisms and not having the capability for
the equipment. parallel plate etching as used in semiconductor
(3) Equipment embargoed by sub-item (b) (1) above is device manufacture;
defined as follows:
NB:
(a) Equipment for producing polycrystalline silicon This sub-paragraph does not include vacuum
embargoed by Item IL 1757 (f) having a purity of sputtering equipment designed to operate in the
99.99 per cent or more in the form of rods (ingots, sputter etch mode.
boules), pellets, sheets, tubes or small particles; (i) Equipment for semiconductor device fabrication
(b) Equipment specially designed for purifying or operating below 1 x 105 pascal (1 atmosphere
processing III-V and II-VI semiconductor materials absolute) for the chemical vapour deposition of
covered by Item IL 1757, except crystal pullers, for oxides, nitrides, metals and polysilicon;
which see (c) below;
(c) Crystal pullers, furnaces, and gas systems, as follows: NB:
(1) Types with specially designed "stored pro- This sub-paragraph d~es not cover reactive
gramme controlled" temperature, power input sputtering equipment.
or gas, liquid or vapour flow; 0) Electron beam systems (including scanning electron
(2) Diffusion, oxidation and annealing furnaces for microscopes), capable of mask making or
operation at pressures above 1 atmosphere semiconductor device processing and having any of
(nominal); the following characteristics:
(3) Annealing or re-crystallizing equipment other (1) Electrostatic beam deflection;
than constant temperature furnaces employing (2) Shaped, non-Gaussian beam profile;
high rates of energy transfer capable of (3) Beam blanking capability;
processing wafers at a rate greater than 50 cm 2 (4) Digital-to-analogue conversion rate greater
per minute; than 3MHz;
(4) Plasma-enhanced or photo-enhanced chemical (5) Digital-to-analogue conversion accuracy
reactor equipment; greater than 12 bits; or
(5) Equipment for automatic control of crystal (6) Target-to-beam position feedback control
taper and diameter, except taper and diameter precision of 1 micrometre or finer;
control mechanisms using any of the following NB:
equipment techniques: This sub-paragraph does not cover electron beam
(i) Radiation pyroIlleters; deposition systems, and (3) above does not cover
(H) Thermocouples; scanning electron microscopes equipped for Auger
(Hi) RF power sensors; or analysis.
(iv) Mass weighing (without digital or anomaly (k) Surface finishing equipment, specially designed for
control permitting the growth of semicon- the processing of semiconductor wafers and having
ductors); any of the following characteristics:
(6) Crystal pullers having any of the following (1) Waxless or non-adhesive mounting;
characteristics: (2) Double-sided simultaneous polishing or
(i) Rechargeable without replacing the lapping;
crucible container; (3) Capable of polishing and lapping wafers
(ii) Capable of operation at pressures above exceeding 76.2 mm· (3 inches) in diameter; or
2.5 x 105 pascal (2.5 atmospheres absolute) (4) Lapping or polishing in two stages on the same
or below 1 x 105 pascal (1 atmosphere machine; .
absolute); (I) Interconnection equipment which may include
(Hi) Capable of pulling crystals of a diameter common single or multiple vacuum chambers
greater than 76.2 mm (3 inches); specially designed to permit the integration of
(iv) Specially designed to minimize convection equipment embargoed by this Item into a complete
currents in the melt by the use of magnetic system.
fields or multiple crucibles; or (4) Equipment embargoed by sub-item (b) (2) above is
(v) Capable of pulling sheet or ribbon crystals; defined as follows:
(7) Vacuum induction-heated zone-refining equip- (a) Finished masks, reticles and designs, therefor;
ment for operation at a pressure of 0.01 pascal (b) Hard surface (eg chromium, silicon, iron oxide)
or less; coated "substrates" (eg glass, quartz, sapphire) for
(d) Equipment for epitaxial growth having any of the the preparation of masks having dimensions
following characteristics: exceeding 76.2 x 76.2 mm (3 x 3 inches);
(1) Operation at pressures below 1 x 105 pascal (1 (c) Computer-aided design (CAD) equipment, for
atmosphere absolute); transforming schematic or logic diagrams into
(2) "Stored programme controlled"; designs for producing semiconductor devices or
(3) Rotating vertical-support, radiant-heated integrated circuits, having any of the following
reactors; functions:
(4) Specially designed for processing bubble (1) Storage of pattern cells for subdivision of
memories; integrated circuits;
(5) Metal-organic chemical vapour deposition (2) Scaling, positioning, or rotation of pattern cells;
reactors; or (3) Interactive graphic capabilities;
(6) For liquid phase epitaxy; (4) Design rule and circuit checking; or
(e) Molecular beam epitaxial growth equipment; (5) Circuit layout modification ot' the arrangement
(f) "Magnetically-enhanced" sputtering equipment; of the elements;

Security export control March 1990 15


IL 1355 continued (a) Specially designed for the measurement of oxygen
or carbon content in semiconductor materials;
(b) Equipment for concurrent etching and doping
NB: profile analysis (employing capacitance-voltage or
"Software" which performs any of the functions in current-voltage analysis techniques);
this sub-paragraph, or which can be used for (c) Equipment for linewidth measurement with a
transient analysis, for logic analysis or logic resolution of 1.0 micrometre or finer;
checking, for automatic routing or cell placement, (d) Specially designed flatness measurement
for the generation of test vectors or for process instruments capable of measuring deviations from
simulation is "specially designed software" flatness of 10 micrometres or less with a resolution
embargoed by the heading of this Item. of I micrometre or finer.
(d) Mask fabrication machines using photo-optical (6) Equipment covered by sub-item (b) (5) above is defined
methods as follows: as follows:
(I) Step and repeat cameras capable of producing (a) "Stored programme controlled" die (chip) mounters
arrays larger than 63.5 x 63.5 mm (2.5 x 2.5 and bonders with a positioning accuracy finer than
inches), or capable of producing a single 50 micrometres or incremental steps finer than 6.4
exposure larger than 3.75 x 3.75 mm (0.15 x micrometres;
0.15 inch) in the focal plane, or capable of (b) "Stored programme controlled" wire bonders and
producing useful line widths of 3.5 micrometres welders for performing consecutive bonding
or less; operations;
(2) Pattern generators specially designed for the (c) Equipment for producing multiple bonds in a single
generation or manufacture of masks or the operation (eg beam lead bonders, chip carrier
creation of patterns in photosensitive layers bonders, tape bonders);
and with placement precision finer than 10 (d) Semi-automatic or automatic hot cap sealers, in
micrometres; which the cap is heated locally to a higher tem-
(3) Mask fabrication equipment containing perature than the body of the package, specially
automatic adjustment of focus or adjustment of designed for ceramic microcircuit packages em-
the mask material into the focal plane; bargoed by Item IL 1564 (b) and which have a
(4) Equipment and holders for altering masks or throughput equal to or greater than one package
reticles or adding pellicles to remove defects; per minute.
(For electron-beam systems, see note (3) Ul
above.) NB:
(e) Mask, reticle or pellicle inspection equipment, as I General purpose resistance type spot welders are
follows: not covered by sub-item IL 1355 (b) (5).
(I) For comparison with a precision of 0.75 2 Thermal compression bonders, also known as
micrometre or finer over an area of 63.5 x 63.5 nailhead bonders, are embargoed under the terms
mm (2.5 x 2.5 inches) or more; of this Item.
(2) "Stored programme controlled" equipment (7) Equipment embargoed by sub-item (b) (6) above is
with a resolution of 0.25 micrometre or finer defined as that which has any of the following:
and with a precision of 0.75 micrometre or (a) Positioning accuracy finer than 50 micrometres, or
finer over a distance in one or two coordinates incremental steps finer than 6.4 micrometres;
of 63.5 mm (2.5 inches) or more; (b) Individual die location read-out (X-Y position
(3) "Stored programme controlled" defect information) during testing;
inspection equipment; (c) Capable of testing devices having more than a total
of 24 terminals;
NB: (d) Automatic slice (wafer) alignment.
Conventional scanning electron microscopes,
except when specially designed and FOR PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA ONLY:
instrumented for automatic pattern inspection,
(8) The shipment of equipment as follows for use in silicon
are not covered by this sub-paragraph.
semiconductor manufacturing:
(f) Align and expose equipment using photo-optical
(a) Equipment for the production of polycrystalline
methods, including projection image transfer equip-
silicon
ment, capable of performing any of the following
(b) Crystal pullers, except those which:
functions:
(I) Are rechargeable without replacing the
(I) Production of useful pattern size of less than 5
crucible; or
micrometres;
(2) Operate at pressures above 2.5 x 105 pascal (2.5
(2) Alignment with a precision finer than I
atmosphere absolute) and have any of the
micrometre; following features:
(3) Field coverage exceeding 76.2 x 76.2 mm (3 x
3 inches); NB:'
(4) Wafer backside alignment;
(5) Automatic alignment by the sensing of patterns No process technology to be supplied.
or index marks on the substrate; (i) Two or more temperature 'zones;
(6) Projection image transfer for processing slices (H) "Stored programme controlled";
(wafers) of 50.8 mm (2 inches) or larger in (Hi) Anomaly shape control;
diameter; (iv) Produce ingots of.more than 50.8 mm (2
inches) in diameter; qt
NB: (v) Produce ingots of more than Ikg in mass;
(c) Diffusion furnaces, except those which-use
Non-contacting (proximity) image transfer computer feedback control operated from an
equipment is embargoed only by (I) to (5) "associated" computer; .
above.
(g) Electron beam, ion beam, or X-ray equipment for NB:
projection image transfer;
(For laser equipment, see Note I above). "AssOciated" with equipment or systems means:
(h) Photo-optical or non-photo-optical step and repeat .• (a) Can feasibly' be either:
or partial field equipment for the transfer of the (i) Removed from the equipment or systems;
image on to the wafer; or
(i) Mask contact transfer equipment for imaging a field (ii) Used for o.ther purposes; and ..
larger than 76.2 x 76.2 mm (3 x 3 inches). " (b) Is not·essentialto ~ the operation of such
, .. ,,': ;equipmentl)f'Systems."'" ,:.. . • • . .'
(5) Equipment embargoed by sub-item (b) (4) above is
defined as follows: . ,(a) ",VaQuuln inductioh-beat~d zone refJningequiprrlent;

16 Security export control March 1 990


" . ../'.. ,.
(e) Epitaxial reactors, except those which are: equipment which doe~ nOI irlclude UioCIit-elt ,fe't-. .
(1) For molecular beam epitaxy; or equipment or drive' drcUltry' other than' thQSe'"
(2) Specially designed for organo-metallic identified In (u)or(v) below;- .;.~. '.:~~. .',
deposition or liquid-phase epitaxy. (u) Test equipment for:'·, . .. ;i . Of·
(f) Magnetically enhanced multiple-wafer sputtering (1) Television circuit testing;' . •. ~"
equipment; (2) Operational amplifier testing; .' 'T' ~ f~ •
(g) Ion implantation, ion-enhanced or photo-enhanced (3) Voltage regulator testiQg; . ' _ 0.,
diffusion equipment, except that having any of the (4) Analogue-tcHligltal an4·· dlgital-ta-analogue
following characteristics: converter testing; o r . . ". ,;.: ':•.
(I) Patterning capability; (5) Discrete semiconductor testing at frequencies •
(2) Accelerating voltage for more than 200 keV; or of 18 GHz or less; : .' .•.' ....;:.
(3) Capable of high energy oxygen implant into a (v) "Stored programme controlled'~· ~UJpment for'
heated substrate; functional testing t!ruth table) of integrated circ91ts ..
(h) Dry etching equipment embargoed by sub-item (b) or integrated circuit assembljes capable of either: .
(1), as follows: (1) Generating a basic pattern rate of 10 MHz of
(I) Batch types not having: less; or "",. ....
(i) end point detection other than optical (2) Generating a basic pattern rate of rilor6.than 10·
emission spectroscopy types; or MHz but not more than 20 MHz and .limited to
(ii) cryogenic or turbo molecular pumps; testing integrated circuits with 64 or fewerpios\"
(2) Single wafer types not having: (9) Licence applications for the following equipment, for the...··
(i) end point detection other than optical People's Republic of China only, will receive favQuraj)le.
emission spectroscopy types; consideration: .'. ...'
(ii) cryogenic or turbomolecular pumps; or Equipment embargoed by sub-items (b) (I) o.r (2) which "'"
(iii) load locks; can produce patterns finer than 3 micrometres ·bIiUtot"·.
finer than 2 micrometres. • '.'
NB:
1. 'Batch types' refers to dry etching machines which
are not specially designed for production processing
of single wafers. Such machines can process two or
IL 1356
more wafers simultaneously with common process Equipment specially designed or incorporating
parameters, eg, RF power. temperature, etch gas modifications for the continuous coating of
species,f1ow rates.
2. 'Single wafer types' refers to dry etching machines polyester-base magnetic tape embargoed by Item
which are specially designed for production IL 1572, and specially designed components
processing of single wafers. These machines may therefor.
use automatic wafer handling techniques to load a NOTE:
single wafer into the equipment for processing. The
This Item does not embargo general purpose continuous coating
definition includes equipment that can load and
equipment.
process several wafers but where the etching
parameters, eg, RF power or end point. can be
independently determined for each individual
wafer. IL 1357
(i) Low-pressure chemical vapour deposition
equipment. except equipment capable of metal Equipment for the production of fibres
deposition; embargoed by Item IL 1763 or their composites,
(j) Not used; as follows, and specially designed components
(k) Single-side lapping and polishing equipment for and accessories and "specially designed
wafer surface finishing;
(I) Hard surface (e.g. chromium, silicon. iron oxide) software" therefor:
coated substrates (e.g. glass, quartz. sapphire) for
the preparation of masks having dimensions greater (a) Filament winding machines of which the motions for
than 12.5 cm x 12.5 cm; positioning, wrapping and winding fibres are coordinated and
(m) Mask fabrication equipment using photo-optical programmed in three or more axes, specially designed to
methods which was either commercially available fabricate composite structures or laminates from fibrous and
before the 1st January, 1980, or has a performance filamentary materials; coordinating and programming
no better than such equipment; controls therefor;
(n) Manually operated mask inspection equipment; (b) Tape-laying machines of which the motions for positioning
(0) (I) Photo-optical contact and proximity mask align and laying tape and sheets are coordinated and programmed
and expose equipment, defined in Note 4 (f); in two or more axes, specially designed for the manufacture
(2) Projection aligners. defined in Note 4 (f). of composite airframes and missile structures;
provided such equipment cannot produce (c) Multidirectional, multidimensional weaving machines and
patterns sizes finer than 3 micro metres; interlacing machines. including adapters and modification
(3) Wafer steppers, defined in Note 4 (h). provided kits. for weaving. interlacing or braiding fibres to
they have all of the following characteristics: manufacture composite structures, except textile machinery
(i) Cannot produce pattern sizes finer than 3 which has not been modified for the above end-uses;
micrometres; (d) Specially designed or adapted equipment for the production
(ii) An alignment accuracy no better than ±. of fibrous and filamentary materials covered by Item IL 1763
0.25 micrometres (3 sigma); and (a) or (b), as follows:
(iii) Machine-to-machine overlay no better (1) Equipment for converting polymeric fibres (such as
then ±. 0.3 micrometres; polyacrylonitrile, rayon. or polycarbosilane) including
(p) Contact image transfer equipment; special provi~;ion to strain the fibre during heating;
(q) Wafer and chip inspection equipment which was (2) Equipment for the vapour deposition of elements or
either commercially available before the 1st compounds on heated filamentary substrates; and
January, 1981, or has a performance no better than (3) Equipment for the wet-spinning of refractory ceramics
such equipment; (such as aluminium oxide);
(r) Equipment for concurrent etching and doping (e) Specially designed or adapted equipment for special fibre
profile analysis employing capacitance-,voltage or surface treatment or for producing prepregs and preforms
current-voltage analysis techniques; covered by Item IL 1763 (c):
(s) "Stored programme controlled" wire or die
bonders; NOTE:
(t) "Stored programme controlled" wafer probing Equipment embargoed by this sub-item includes but is not

Security export control March 1990 l'


IL 1357 continued 2
final unloading of material from the machine.
Equipment embargoed by sub-item (d) above, provided:
(a) The equipment is used for a legitimate civil end-use and
limited to rollers, tension stretchers, coating equipment, is reasonable for that use;
cutting equipment and clicker dies. (b) Not used.
(c) The equipment cannot produce recording media for
NOTES: computer flexible disk cartridges exceeding a "gross
1. Specially designed or adapted components and accessories capacity" of 17 million bit.
for the machines embargoed by this item include, but are not
limited to, moulds, mandrels, dies, fixtures and tooling for FOR PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA ONLY:
pressing, curing, carbonising, graphitising, casting, sintering 3 The shipment of:
or bonding of preforms, composite structures, laminates and (a) "Automatic" equipment for monitoring, grading,
manufactures thereof embargoed by Item IL 1763 (d). exercising or testing recording media embargoed by
2. Not used. Item IL 1572 (d) having the following characteristics:
(I) For digital recording tape, a maximum recording
density of less than 3,937 bit per cm; or
(2) For analogue recording tape, a coating thickness
IL 1358 greater than 2.54 micrometres;
(b) Diskette unit test equipment.
Equipment specially designed for the manufac· (For the definition of "stored programme controlled", see Item IL
ture or testing of devices and assemblies thereof 1355).
embargoed by Item IL 1588 or magnetic
recording media described in Item IL 1572, as
follows, and specially designed components and
"specially designed software" therefor: IL 1359
Specially designed tooling and fixtures for the
TECHNICAL NOTE: manufacture of fibre-optic connectors and
For this Item, single aperture forms described in Item IL 1588 (b) couplers embargoed by Item IL 1526 (e).
with a maximum dimension less than 0.76 mm (30 mils) are
considered embargoed types.
FOR PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA ONLY:
(a) Equipment for the manufacture of single and multi-aperture The shipment of tooling and fixtures for the manufacture of fibre-
forms embargoed by sub-items IL 1588 (b), (c) or (d), as optic connectors and couplers embargoed by Item IL 1526 (e),
follows: provided the tooling and fixtures are not specially designed to
(I) "Automatic" presses to produce embargoed types; manufacture fibre-optic connectors and couplers for use with:
(2) Press dies to produce embargoed types; (a) Non-silicon-based fibre or cable; or
(3) "Automatic" equipment for monitoring, grading, sorting, (b) Fibre-optic bulkhead or hull penetrators in ships or vessels.
exercising or testing of embargoed types;
(b) Equipment for the manufacture of thin film memory storage
or switching devices having square hysteresis loops and
"automatic" equipment for monitoring, grading, sorting, IL 1360
exercising or testing of devices embargoed by sub-item IL
1588 (e); "Stored-programme controlled" equipment
(c) "Automatic" equipment for monitoring, exercising or testing capable of automatic X·ray orientation and angle
assemblies of devices embargoed by sub-items IL 1588 (b), correction of double-rotated stress-compensated
(c), (d) or (e); (SC) quartz crystals embargoed by Item IL 1587
(d) Equipment which incorporates specially designed with a tolerance of 10 seconds of arc maintained
modifications for the application of magnetic coating to
flexible disk recording media with a "packing density" simultaneously in both angles of rotation.
exceeding 2,460 bit per cm (6,250 bit per inch);
(For the definition of "stored-programme controlled" see Item IL
NOTE: 1355.)
This sub-item does not embargo general purpose coating
equipment.
(e) Equipment specially designed for the application of magnetic
coating to non-flexible (rigid) disk type recording media as IL 1361
described in Item IL 1572 (d);
(I) "Stored programme controlled" equipment for monitoring, Test facilities and equipment for the design or
grading, exercising or testing recording media, other than development of aircraft or gas turbine aero-
tape, embargoed by Item IL 1572 (d). engines, as follows, and specially designed
components, accessories and "specially
NOTES: designed software" therefor:
I The term "automatic" refers to machinery not requiring the
assistance of a human operator to complete its "function(s)"
during each complete cycle of operations. (a) Supersonic (Mach lA to Mach 5), hypersonic (Mach 5 to Mach
15) and hypervelocity (above Mach 15) wind tunnels, except:
NB: (i) Supersonic (Mach lA to Mach 5) wind tunnels not
The term "function(s)" does not include the initial loading or specially designed for, or fitted with means of,
preheating the air; or
(ii) Wind tunnels specially designed for educational
COLOURED Goods described can be licenced at national purposes and having a "test section size" (measured
TYPE discretion for export to the proscribed internally) of less than 25 cm (10 inches);
countries.
TECHNICAL NOTE:
COLOUR·TINT Goods described can be licenced for export By "test section size" is understood the diameter of the
BACKGROUND to the People's Republic of China only, circle, or the side of the square, or the longest side of the
either at national discretion or under the rectangle constituting possible shapes of the test section.
'favourable consideration' conditions (b) Devices for simulating flow-environments of Mach 5 and
indicated. above, regardless of the actual Mach number at which the
devices operate, including hot shot tunnels, plasma arc

18 Security export control March 1990


tunnels, shock tubes, shock tunnels, gas tunnels and light gas
guns; IL 1363
(c) Wind tunnels and devices, other than two dimensional (2-D)
sections, that have unique capabilities for simulating Specially designed water tunnel equipment,
Reynolds number flow in excess of 25 x 106 , at transonic components, accessories and "databases" for the
velocities; design and development of vessels, as follows,
(d) Automated control systems, instrumentation (including and "specially designed software" therefor:
sensors), and automated data-acquisition equipment, specially
designed for use with wind tunnels and devices embargoed
by (a), (b) or (c) above; (a) Automated control systems, instrumentation (including
(e) Models, specially designed for use with wind tunnels or with sensors) and data acquisition equipment specially designed
the devices covered by (b) or (c) above, of embargoed aircraft, for water tunnels;
helicopters, airfoils, spacecraft, space-launch vehicles, rockets (b) Automated equipment to control air pressure acting on the
or surface-effect vehicles. surface of the water in the test section during the operation of
the water tunnel;
TECHNICAL NOTE: (c) Components and accessories for water tunnels, as follows:
(1) Balance and support systems;
Specially designed models are those equipped with sensors (2) Automated flow or noise measuring devices; and
and a means of transmitting data from the sensors to the data- (3) Models of hydrofoil vessels, surface-effect vehicles,
acquisition system, or equipped with features for using non- SWATH vessels and specially designed equipment and
intrusive sensors (ie not directly connected to the model or components embargoed by Item IL 1416 (a), (b), (c), (e),
not located in the flow adjacent to the model). (f), (g) and (h) for use in water tunnels;
(f) Specially designed electromagnetic interference and (d) "Databases" generated by use of equipment embargoed by
electromagnetic pulse (EMI/EMP) simulators; this Item.
(g) Specially designed test facilities and equipment for the
development of gas turbine aero-engines and components, as NOTE:
follows:
The water tunnels referred to in this Item are used for the
(1) Special test facilities capable of applying dynamic flight
hydrodynamic testing of a fixed model, using a moving fluid.
loads, measuring performance or simulating the design
operating environments for rotating assemblies or aero-
engines;
(2) Test facilities, test rigs and simulators for measuring
combustion system and hot gas flow path performance, IL 1364
heat transfer and durability for static assemblies and
aero-engine components; Machinery and equipment for the manufacture.of
(3) Specially designed test rigs, equipment or modified gas hydrofoil vessel and surface-effect vehicle and
turbine engines which are utilized for development of SWATH vessel structures and components, as
gas turbine aero-engine internal flow systems (gas path follows, and specially designed components and
seals, air-oil seals and disc cavity flow fields).
accessories therefor:

(a) Specially designed equipment for manufacturing anisotropic,


orthotropic or sandwich structures embargoed by Item IL
1416 (h) (3);
IL 1362 TECHNICAL NOTES:
Vibration test equipment as follows: 1. Anisotropic construction is the use of fibre reinforcing
members aligned so that the load-carrying ability of the
(a) Vibration test equipment using digital control techniques and structure can be primarily orientated in the direction of
specially designed ancillary equipment and "specially expected stress.
designed software" therefor, except: 2. Orthotropic construction is a means of stiffening plates in
(i) Individual exciters (thrusters) with a maximum thrust of which the structural members are at right angles to each
less than 100 kN (22,500 lb); other.
(ii) Analogue equipment; 3. Sandwich construction is the use of structural members
(iii) Mechanical and pneumatic exciters (thrusters); or plates which are fabricated and permanently affixed
(iv) Vibrometers; in layers to enhance their strength and reduce their
(v) Ancillary equipment not covered by Items IL 1529, IL weight.
1531,IL 1565 or IL 1568; (b) Specially designed equipment for the production and testing
(b) High intensity acoustic test equipment capable of producing of flexible materials for skirts, seals, air curtains, bags and
an overall sound pressure level of 140 dB or greater (refer- fingers for surface-effect vehicles;
enced to 2 x 1(}-5 N/m 2 ) or with a rated output of 4kW or (c) Specially designed equipment for the production of water-
greater and specially designed ancillary equipment and screw propellers and hub assemblies and water-screw
"specially designed software" therefor, except: propeller systems embargoed by Item IL 1416 (e) and (f);
(i) Analogue equipment; (d) Specially designed equipment for the production, dynamic
(ii) Ancillary equipment not covered by Items IL 1529, IL balancing and automated testing and inspection of lift fans for
1531, IL 1565 or IL 1568; surface-effect vehicles;
(c) Ground vibration (including modal survey) test equipment (e) Specially designed equipment for the production of water-jet
that uses digital control techniques and specially designed propulsion pumps rated at 3,000 hp or greater, or multiple-
ancillary equipment and "specially designed software" there- pump system equivalents thereof;
for, except: (f) Specially designed equipment for the production, dynamic
(i) Analogue equipment; balancing and automatic testing of AC-AC synchronous and
(ii) Ancillary equipment not covered by Items IL 1529, IL AC-DC systems, sectored disc and concentric-drum rotors for
1531, IL 1565 or IL 1568. DC homopolar machines.
(See also Item IL 1416.)
EXPLANATORY NOTES:
Vibration and acoustic test systems typically consist of one or
more exciters (thrusters), or acoustic noise generators, together
with ancillary equipment for instrumentation, control, data IL 1365
acquisition and analysis. This Item covers only the vibration and
acoustic test equipment itself. The ancillary equipment, e.g. digital Equipment specially designed for in-service
and logic instrumentation, computers, FFT's, etc, are to be judged monitoring of acoustic emissions in airborne
in their own right against the relevant items of these Lists. vehicles, or underwater vehicles embargoed by
Security export control March 1990 19
IL 1365 continued characteristics:
(1) Made of special materials, ie with rings, balls or rollers
made from any steel alloy or other material (including
Item IL 1418, capable of discriminating acoustic but not limited to high-speed tool steels, Monel metal,
emissions related to crack growth from beryllium, metalloids, ceramics and sintered metal
composites), except the following: low-carbon steel,
innocuous noise sources and capable of spatial SAE-521 00 high carbon chromium steel, SAE-4615
location of the crack, and specially designed nickel molybdenum steel, AISI-440C (SAE-51440C)
components, accessories and "specially stainless steel (or national equivalents); or
designed software" therefor. (2) Manufactured for use at normal operating temperatures
over 150°C (302°F) either by use of special rnaterials or
by special heat treatment;
TECHNICAL NOTE: (b) Ball and roller bearings (exclusive of separable ball bearings
The methods used for discriminating acoustic emISSIons from and thrust ball bearings) having an inner bore diameter
innocuous noise sources include pattern-recognition techniques. exceeding 10 mm and having tolerances of ABEC 7, RBEC 7
This Item does not embargo general purpose acoustic emission (or national equivalents) or better and either of the following
equipment. characteristics:
(1) Made of special materials, Le. with rings, balls or rollers
made from any steel alloy or other material (including
IL 1370 but not limited to high-speed tool steels, Monel metal,
beryllium, metalloids, ceramics and sintered metal
Machine-tools for generating optical quality composites), except the following: low-carbon steel,
surfaces, specially designed components and SAE-52100 high carbon chromium steel, SAE-4615
accessories therefor, as follows, and "specially nickel molybdenum steel, AISI-440C (SAE-51440C)
stainless steel (or national equivalents); or
designed software" therefor: (2) Manufactured for use at normal operating temperatures
over 150°C (302°F) either by use of special materials or
(a) Turning machines using a single point cutting tool and having by special heat treatment;
all of the following characteristics: (c) Ball and roller bearings having tolerances better than ABEC 7
(1) Slide positioning accuracy less (finer) than 0.0005 mm (or national equivalents);
per 300 mm of travel, TIR (peak-ta-peak); (d) Gas-lubricated foil bearings;
(2) Slide positioning repeatability less (finer) than 0.00025 (e) Bearing parts usable only for bearings embargoed by this
mm per 300 mm of travel, TIR (peak-to-peak); Item, as follows: outer rings, inner rings, retainers, balls,
(3) Spindle run-out (radial and axial) less than 0.0004 mm rollers and sub-assemblies.
TIR (peak-ta-peak);
(4) Angular deviation of the slide movement (yaw, pitch and NOTE:
roll) less (finer) than 2 seconds of arc (peak-to-peak) over This item is not intended to cover hollow bearings.
full travels;
(5) Slide perpendicularity less than 0.001 mm per 300 mm of EXPLANATORY NOTES:
travel, TIR (peak-ta-peak); A Balls as covered by item IL 1371 (e) may be identified
(b) Fly cutting machines having both of the following among balls manufactured to the tolerances in table 1 or
characteristics: closer;
(1) Spindle run-out (radial and axial) less than 0.0004 mm
B Rollers as covered by item IL 1371 (e) may be identified
TIR (peak-to-peak);
among non-standard rollers, that is, rollers falling outside
(2) Angular deviation of slide movement (yaw, pitch and
of the tolerances for graded rollers for standard bearings
roll) less (finer) than 2 seconds of arc (peak-to-peak) over
which are shown in table 2;
full travel;
The above explanatory note applies to the rollers for bearings
(c) Specially designed components, as follows:
covered by sub-items (a) (2) and (b) (2). It does not apply to
(1) Spindle assemblies, consisting of spindles and bearings as
rollers for bearings covered by sub-items (a) (1) and (b) (1),
a minimal assembly, except those assemblies with axial
because these are indicated by virtue of materials used.
and radial axis motion measured along the spindle axis
in one revolution of the spindle equal to or greater
(coarser) than 0.0008 mm TIR (peak-ta-peak); Illustrative examples of tolerances for graded rollers for non-
standard bearings are shown in table 3;
(2) Linear induction motors used as drives for slides, having
all of the following characteristics:
C Separable ball bearings are not viewed as including
(i) Stroke greater than 200 mm;
those bearings, one part of which serves as an integral
(ii) Nominal force rating greater than 45N;
part of the equipment incorporating the bearing;
(Hi) Minimum controlled incremental movement less
than 0.001 mm; o Ceramic bearings as covered by Item IL 1371 consist of
(d) Specially designed accessories, ie single point diamond bearing elements (e.g. balls, rollers or races) made from
cutting tool inserts having all of the following characteristics: ceramic or hybrid (ceramic plus metal) materials and
(1) Flawless and chip-free cutting edge when magnified 400 designed to operate at temperatures over 150°C and at
times in any direction; ON values equal to or greater than 1.5 x 10 6;
(2) Cutting radius between 0.1 and 5 mm;
(3) Cutting radius out-of-roundness less than 0.002 mm TIR NB:
(peak-to-peak). ON is defined as the product of the bearing bore
diameter in millimetres and the bearing rotational
TECHNICAL NOTE: velocity in revolutions per minute.
Machines will be evaluated under the conditions yielding the most
accurate values, including but not limited to the incorporation of Table 1 (see IL 1371, explanatory note _2~A_)~ _
control systems which permit mechanical, electronic and Ball material Sphericity or Diameter tolerance Diameter tolerance
"software" compensation. diameter variation per unit container per shipment
per ball
C±J

IL 1371 Chrome steel such as 52100,


51100and 50100
Carbon steel
0.000025"
0.0001"
0.000025"
0.0001"
0.0001"
0.0004"
Monel metal 0.0002" 0.001" 0.005"
Anti-friction bearings, as follows: Stainless steel 0.00005" 0.00005" 0.0002"
Brass 0.0002" 0.001" 0.001"
Bronze 0.0002" 0.001" 0.001"
(a) Ball and roller bearings having an inner bore diameter of 10
Sphericity or diameter variation per ball is the geometric quality which indicates the
mm or less and tolerances of ABEC 5, RBEC 5 (or national maximum permissible variation from absolute roundness in all planes through the centre of
equivalents) or better and either of the following the ball.

20 Security export control March 1990


vary
tolerance per unit container is the maximum degree to which the average diameter
largest ball and the average diameter of the smallest ball, within the unit container. may
the specific size for indicted grade.
IL 1388
Diameter tolerance per shipment is the maximum permissible deviation from the specific size
within the shipment, for the grade indicated.
Specially designed equipment for the deposition,
processing and in-process control of inorganic
overlays, coatings and surface modifications, as
Roller diameter Outside diameter Maximum out of
tolerence variation round tolerance
Maximum out of
round tolerance
follows, for non-electric substrates by processes
per shipment including taper of
cylindrical roller
defined in Item IL 1389 and specially designed
Over Including L±J L±J automated handling, positioning, manipulation
Omm 26 mm 0.00004" 0.00008" and control components, and "specially designed
26 mm 42 mm 0.00006" 0.00012"
42 mm 64 mm 0.00008" 0.00016" software" therefor:
64mm 100mm 0.0001" 0.0002"
(A) "Stored programme controlled" "chemical vapour deposition"
(CVD) production equipment with both of the following:
(1) Process modified for one of the following:
Roller diameter Outside diameter Maximum out of Maximum out of (a) Pulsating CVD;
tolerance variation round tolerance round tolerance (b) Controlled nucleation thermal decomposition
per shipment including taper of
cylindrical roller (CNTD); or
Over Including L±J L±J (c) Plasma enhanced or plasma assisted CVD; and
Example Nu. 1 (2) Any of the following:
0 mm mr1 0.00001" 0.00001 " (a) Incorporating high vacuum (less than or equal to
6.5 mm mm 0.00001" 0.00001 "
18 mm mm 0.00002" 0.00002" 10-7 atm) rotating seals;
26 mm mm 0.00003" 0.00003" (b) Operating at reduced pressure (less than 1 atm); or
Example 2 (c) Incorporating in situ coating thickness control;
mm 6.5 mm 0.0000075" 0.00004" (B) "Stored programme controlled" "ion implantation" pro-
mm 18 mm 0.0000075" 0.00004"
mm 26 mm 0.00001" 0.00006" duction equipment having beam currents of 5 mA or higher;
mm 42 mm 0.000015" 0.00008" (C) "Stored programme controlled" "electron beam physical
vapour deposition" (EB-PVD) production equipment with
either of the following characteristics:
(i) Incorporating power systems greater than 80 kW; or
IL 1372 (ii) (1) Incorporating power systems greater than 50 kW;
and
Technology for industrial gas turbine engines, as (2) Having both of the following characteristics:
follows: (a) Incorporating a liquid pool level laser control
system which regulates precisely the ingots
(a) Technology common to industrial gas turbine engines and feed rate; and
gas turbine aero-engines is covered by Item IL 1460. (b) Incorporating a computer controlled rate
(b) Technology common to industrial gas turbine engines and monitor operating on the principle of photo-
marine gas turbine engines is covered by Item IL 1431. luminescence of the ionised atoms in the
evaporant stream to control the deposition rate
EXPLANATORY NOTES: of a coating containing two or more elements;
(D) 44Stored programme controlled" "plasma spraying"
1. Core-section modules and specially designed components of
production equipment having any of the following character-
industrial gas turbine engines derived from gas turbine aero-
istics:
engines embargoed by Item IL 1460 or marine gas turbine (1) Operating at atmospheric pressure discharging molten or
engines embargoed by Item IL 1431 shall be treated under
partially molten material particles into air or inert gas
the provisions of those respective items.
(shrouded torch) at nozzle exit gas velocities greater than
2. Industrial gas turbine engines adapted as marine gas turbine
750 m/sec calculated at 293 K at 1 atmosphere;
engines are covered by Item IL 1431.
(2) Operating at reduced pressure controlled atmosphere
(less than or equal to 100 millibar (0.1 atm) meassured
above and within 30 cm of the gun nozzle exit) in a
IL 1385 vacuum charnber capable of evacuation down to 10-4
millibar prior to the spraying process; or
Specially designed production equipment for (3) Incorporating in situ coating thickness control;
compasses, gyroscopes (gyros), accelerometers (E) "Stored programme controlled" "sputter deposition"
and inertial equipment embargoed by Item IL production equipment capable of current densities of 5
mA/cm 2 or higher at a deposition rate of 10 micrometres/hr
1485. or higher;
(F) "Stored programme controlled" "cathodic arc deposition"
TECHNICAL NOTE: production equipment with either of the following
Production equipment embargoed by this Item includes the characteristics:
following: (1) Incorporating target areas larger than 45.6 cm 2; or
(a) For ring laser gyro equipment, the following equipment used (2) Incorporating a magnetic field steering control of the arc
to characterize mirrors, having the threshold accuracy shown spot on the cathode;
or better: (G) Deposition process or surface modification equipment for
(1) Rectilinear scatterometer (10 ppm); "stored programme controlled" production processing which
(2) Polar scatterometer (10 ppm); enables the combining of individual deposition processes
(3) Reflectometer (50 ppm); embargoed by (A) to (F) above so as to enhance the capability
(4) Profilometer (5 angstroms); of such individual processes.
(b) For other inertial equipment:
(1) Inertial Measurement Unit (lMU) module tester; TECHNICAL NOTE:S:
(2) IMU platform tester; 1. For the definitions of the coating processes specified in (A) to
(3) IMU stable element handling fixture; (G) above, see Item IL 1389.
(4) IMU platform balance fixture; 2. Coating processes jnclude original coating as well as coating
(5) Gyro tuning test station; repair and refurbishing.
(6) Gyro dynamic balance station; 3. For coating technologies, see Item It 1389. It should be
(7) Gyro run-in/motor test station; noted that, while the equipment for "electrophoretic
(8) Gyro evacuation and fill station; deposition", "packcementatioo" and "slurry deposition"
(9) Centrifuge fixture for gyro bearings; processes is no< co~,sidered sensitive because of its universal
(10) Accelerometer axis align station; use, the restrictions on the technology for use of this
(11) Accelerometer test station. equiprnent, as identified in Item IL 1389, are still in effect.

Security export control March 1990 2"


IL 1388 continued steel(7) which contains less than 22
weight per cent of
4. For the definition of "stored programme controlled", see Item chromium and less than 12
weight per cent of
IL 1355.
5. The status of coating and surface modification equipment for aluminium and less than 2
non-electronic substrates using lasers is defined in this Item. weight per cent of
yttrium1S) or
Modified zirconia (except
calcia-stabilized zirconia)
IL 1389 Carbon-carbon,
carbon-ceramic, or
Silicides, Carbides,
Mixtures thereo~4) or
Technology for application to non-electronic Metal matrix Dielectric layers
devices to achieve: composites
Copper or Tungsten or
inorganic overlay coatings or inorganic copper alloys Dielectric layers
surface modification coatings, specified in
Silicon carbide or Carbides, Tungsten,
column 3 of the Table below; Cemented tungsten Mixtures thereo~4) or
on substrates specified in column 2 of the carbide Dielectric layers
Table below;
by processes as defined in Technical Note (a) C. "Electro- Superalloys Alloyed aluminideg(2) or
phoretic Noble metal modified
to (h) and specified in column 1 of the Table Deposition" aluminideg(3)
below:
and specially designed "software" therefore D. "Pack Superalloys Alloyed aluminides(2) or
cemen- Noble metal modified
TABLE tation"(9) aluminides(3)
1. Coating 3. Resultant (see also A Carbon-carbon, Silicides, Carbides or
procesg(1) 2. Substrate coating above) Carbon-ceranlic or Mixtures thereof(4)
Metal matrix
A. "Chemical Superalloys Aluminides for internal composites
Vapour surfaces, Aluminium Aluminides or
Deposition" Alloyed aluminideg(Z) or alloys(6) Alloyed aluminides(Z)
(CVD) Noble metal modified
aluminideg(3) E. "Plasma Superalloys MCrAIX (except CoCrAIY
Titanium or Carbides, spraying" which contains less than
Titanium alloys Aluminides or (high 22 weight per cent of
Alloyed aluminideg(Z) velocity chromium and less than 12
or low weight per cent of
Ceramics Silicides or Carbides
pressure aluminium and less than 2
Carbon-carbon, Silicides, Carbides, only) weight per cent of
Carbon-ceramic, or Mixtures thereo~4) or yttrium)(S),
Metal matrix Dielectric layers Modified zirconia (except
composites calcia-stabilized zirconia) or
Copper or Tungsten or Mixtures thereof(4)
Copper alloys Dielectric layers Aluminium alloys(6) MCrAIX (except CoCrAIY
Silicon carbide or Carbides, Tungsten, which contains less than 22
Cemented tungsten Mixtures thereo~4) or weight per cent of
carbide Dielectric layers chromium and less than 12
weight per cent of
B. "Electron- Superalloys Alloyed silicides, aluminium and less than 2
Beam Alloyed aluminideg(2), weight per cent of
Physical MCrAIX (except CoCrAIY yttrium)(5),
Vapour which contains less Modified zirconia (except
Deposition" than 22 weight per calcia-stabilized zirconia),
(EB-PVD) cent of chromium and less Silicides or
than 12 weight per cent of Mixtures thereof(4)
aluminium and less than 2 Corrosion resistant MCrAIX (except CoCrAIY
weight per cent of steel(7) which contains less than 22
yttrium1 5), weight per cent of
Modified zirconia (except chromium and less than 12
calcia-stabilized zirconia) or weight per cent of
Mixtures thereof (including aluminium and less than 2
mixtures of the above with weight per cent of
silicides or 'aluminides14) yttrium)(5),
Ceramics Silicides or Modified zirconia (except
Modified zirconia (except calcia-stabilized zirconia) or
calcia-stablized zirconia) Mixtures thereof(4)
Aluminium alloyg(6) MCrAIX (except CoCrAIY Titanium or Carbides or
which contains less than 22 Titanium alloys Oxides
weight per cent of
chromium and less than 12 F. "Slurry Refractory metals(8) Fused silicides or
weight per cent of Deposition" Fused aluminides
aluminium and less than 2 Carbon-carbon, SUicides,
weight per cent of Carbon-ceramic or Carbides or
yttrium1 S), Metal matrix Mixtures thereof(4)
Modified zirconia (except composites
calcia-stabilized zirconia) or
Mixtures thereo~4) G. "Sputtering" Superalloys Alloyed silicides,
Corrosion resistant MCrAIX (except CoCrAIY (high rate, Alloyed aluminides(2),

22 Security export control March 1990


reactive or Noble metal modified well as original coating.
radio al uminides(3), (2) Multiple-stage coatings in which an element or elements are
frequency MCrAIX (except CoCrAIY deposited prior to application of the aluminide coating, even
only) which contains less than 22 if these elements are deposited by another coating process,
weight per cent of are included in the term 'alloyed aluminide' coating, but the
chromium and less than 12 multiple use of single-stage "pack cementation n processes to
weight per cent of achieve alloyed aluminides is not included in the term
aluminium and less than 2 'alloyed aluminide' coating.
weight per cent of (3) MUltiple-stage coatings in which the noble metal or noble
yttrium)(S), metals are laid down by some other coating process prior to
Modified zirconia (except application of the aluminide coating are included in the term
calcia-stabilized zirconia), 'noble metal modified aluminide' coating.
Platinum or (4) Mixtures consist of infiltrated material, graded compositions,
Mixtures thereof (including co-deposits and multilayer deposits and are obtained by one
mixtures of the above with or more of the coating processes specified in this table.
silicides or aluminides)(4) (5) MCrAIX refers to an alloy where M equals cobalt, iron, nickel
Ceramics Silicides, Platinum or or combinations thereof and X equals hafnium, yttrium,
Mixtures thereof(4) silicon or other minor additions in various proportions and
cOlnbinations.
Aluminium alloys(6) MCrAIX (except CoCrAIY (6) Aluminium alloys as a substrate in this Table refers to alloys
which contains less than 22 usable at temperatures above 500 K (227°C).
weight per cent of (7) Corrosion resistant steel refers to AISI (American Iron and
chromium and less than 12 Steel Institute) 300 series or equivalent national standard
weight per cent of steels.
aluminium and less than 2 (8) Refractory metals as a substrate in this Table consist of the
weight per cent of following metals and their alloys: niobium (columbium),
yttrium)(5), molybdenum, tungsten and tantalum.
Modified zirconia (except (9) This Item does not embargo technology for single-stage "pack
calcia-stablized zirconia) or cementation" of solid airfoils.
Mixtures thereof(4)
Corrosion resistant MCrAIX (except CoCrAIY TECHNICAL NOTE:
steels(7) which contains less than 22 The definitions of processes specified in column 1 of the Table are
weight per cent of as follows:
chromium and less than 12 (a) "Chemical Vapour Deposition" (CVD) is an overlay coating or
weight per cent of surface modification coating process wherein a metal, alloy,
aluminium and less than 2 composite or ceramic is deposited upon a heated substrate.
weight per cent of Gaseous reactants are reduced or combined in the vicinity of
yttrium)(5) a substrate resulting in the deposition of the desired
Modified zirconia (except elemental, alloyed or compounded material on the substrate.
calcia-stabilized zirconia) or Energy for this decomposition or chemical reaction process is
Mixtures thereof(4) provided by the heat of the substrate.
Titanium or Borides or
Titanium alloys Nitrides NB:
Carbon-carbon, Silicides, 1 CVD includes the following processes: out-of-"pack",
Carbon-ceramic or Carbides, pulsating, controlled nucleation thermal decomposition
Metal matrix Mixtures thereof(4) or (CNTD), plasma enhanced or plasma assisted processes.
composites Dielectric layers 2 "Pack" denotes a substrate immersed in a powder
mixture.
Copper or Tungsten or 3 The gaseous material utilized in the out-of-"pack"
Copper alloys Dielectric layers process is produced using the same basic reactions and
Silicon carbide or Carbides, parameters as the "pack cementation" process, except
Cemented tungsten Tungsten or that the substrate to be coated is not in contact with the
carbide Dielectric layers powder mixture.
H. "Ion Im- High temperature Additions of Chromium, (b) "Electron-Beam Physical Vapour Deposition" (EB-PVD) is an
plantation" bearing steels Tantalum or Niobium overlay coating process conducted in a vacuum charnber,
Columbium wherein an electron beam is directed onto the surface of a
coating material causing vapourization of the material 'and
Beryllium or Borides resulting in condensation of the resultant vapours onto a
Beryllium alloys substrate positioned appropriately.
Carbon-carbon, Silicides, Carbides,
Carbon-ceramic or Mixtures thereof(4) or NB:
Metal matrix Dielectric layers The addition of gases to the chamber during the processing is
Titanium or Borides or an ordinary modification to the process.
Titanium alloys Nitrides (c) "Electrophoretic Deposition" is a surface modification coating
or overlay coating process in which finely divided particles of
Silicon nitride or Nitrides,
a coating material suspended in a liquid dielectric medium
Cemented tungsten Carbides or
migrate under the influence of an electrostatic field and are
carbide Dielectric layers deposited on an electrically conducting substrate.
Sensor window Dielectric layers
materials transparent NB:
to electromagnetic Heat treatment of parts after coating materials have been
waves, as follows: deposited on the substrate, in order to obtain the desired
silica, alumina, coating, is an essential step in the process.
silicon, germanium, (d) "Pack Cementation" is a surface modification coating or
zinc sulphide, zinc overlay coating process wherein a substrate is immersed in a
selenide or gallium powder mixture, a so-called "pack n , that consists of:
arsenide (1) The metallic powders that are to be deposited (usually
aluminium, '..:hromium, silicon or combinations thereof);
(2) An activator (norm"Jly a halide salt); and
FOOTNOTES: (3) An inert powder, most frequently alumina.
I (1) Coating process includes coating repair and refurbishing as The substrate and powder mixture is contained within a

Security export control March1990 23


IL 1389 continued (Hi) Surface finish parameters;
(E) Masking technique parameters, as follows:
(i) Material of mask;
retort which is heated to between 1030 K to 1375 K for (ii) Location of mask.
sufficient time to deposit the coating. 11. Technology for in situ quality assurance techniques for
(e) "Plasma Spraying" is an overlay coating process wherein a evaluation of the coating processes listed in the Table, as
gun (spray torch), which produces and controls a plasma, follows:
accepts powdered coating materials, melts them and propels (A) Atmosphere parameters, as follows:
them towards a substrate, whereon an integrally bonded (i) Composition of the atmosphere;
coating is formed. (ii) Pressure of the atmosphere;
(B) Time parameters;
NB: (C) Temperature parameters;
1 High velocity means more than 750 metres per second. (D) Thickness parameters;
2 Low pressure means less than ambient atmospheric (E) Index of refraction parameters.
pressure. Ill. Technology for post deposition treatments of the coated
(f) "Slurry Deposition" is a surface modification coating or substrates listed in the Table, as follows:
overlay coating process wherein a metallic or ceramic (A) Shot peening parameters, as follows:
powder with an organic binder is suspended in a liquid and is (i) Shot composition;
applied to a substrate by either spraying, dipping or painting; (ii) Shot size;
subsequently air or oven dried, and heat treated to obtain the (iii) Shot velocity;
desired coating. (B) Post shot peening cleaning parameters;
(g) "Sputtering" is an overlay coating process wherein positively (C) Heat treatment cycle parameters, as follows:
charged ions are accelerated by an electric field towards the (i) Atmosphere parameters, as follows:
surface of a target (coating material). The kinetic energy of (a) Composition of the atmosphere;
the impacting ions is sufficient to cause target surface atoms (b) Pressure of the atmosphere;
to be released and deposited on the substrate. (H) Time-temperature cycles;
(D) Post heat treatment visual and macroscopic criteria for
NB: acceptance of the coated substrates.
Triode, magnetron or radio frequency sputtering to increase IV. Technology for quality assurance techniques for the
adhesion of coating and rate of deposition are ordinary modi- evaluation of the coated substrates listed in the Table, as
fications to the process. follows:
(h) "Ion implantation" is a surface modification coating process (A) Statistical sampling criteria;
in which the element to be alloyed is ionized, accelerated (B) Microscopic criteria for:
through a potential gradient and implanted into the surface (i) Magnification;
region of the substrate. The definition includes processes in (ii) Coating thickness and thickness uniformity;
which the source of the ions is a plasma surrounding the (iii) Coating integrity;
substrate and processes in which ion implantation is (iv) Coating composition;
performed simultaneously with "electron beam physical (v) Coating and substrates bonding;
vapour deposition" or "sputtering". (vi) Microstructural uniformity.
(i) "Cathodic arc deposition" employs a cathode which is con-
sumable and has an arc discharge established on the surface V. Technology and parameters related to specific coating and
by a momentary contact of ground trigger. Arc spots form surface modification processes listed in the Table, as follows:
and begin to erode randomly but uniformly the cathode (A) For "Chemical Vapour Deposition":
surface creating a highly ionised plasma. The anode can be (i) Coating source composition and formulation;
either a cone attached to the periphery of the cathode (ii) Carrier gas composition;
through an insulator or the chamber can be used as an anode. (iii) Substrate temperature;
Substrates appropriately positioned receive deposits from the (iv) Time-temperature-pressure cycles;
ionised plasma. Substrate biasing is used for non-line-of-sight (v) Gas control and part manipulation;
deposition. A gas can be introduced in the vicinity of the (B) For "Electron-Beam Physical Vapour Deposition":
substrate surface in order to react during deposition to (i) Ingot composition;
synthesise compound coatings. (ii) Substrate temperature;
(iii) Reactive gas composition;
(iv) Ingot feed rate;
NOTE: (v) Time-temperature-pressure cycles;
It is understood that technology embargoed by Item IL 1389 (vi) Beam and part manipulation;
consists of technical information, data or know-how regarding (C) For "Electrophoretic Deposition":
criteria or parameters as follows: (i) Liquid dielectric formulation, as follows:
l. Technology for pretreatments of the substrates listed in the (a) Composition;
Table, as follows: (b) Temperature;
(A) Chemical stripping and cleaning bathcycle parameters, (c) Specific gravity;
as follows: (ii) Particle size, distribution and composition;
(i) Bath composition (iii) Bath composition;
(a) For the removal of old or defective coatings, (iv) Electric field strength;
corrosion product or foreign deposits; (v) Time cycle;
(b) For preparation of virgin substrates; (vi) Part fixturing;
(ii) Time in bath; (D) For "Pack Cementation":
(iii) Temperature of bath; (i) "Pack" composition and formulation;
(iv) Number and sequences of wash cycles; (ii) Carrier gas composition;
(B) Visual and macroscopic criteria for acceptance of the (Hi) Time-temperature-pressure cycles;
cleaned part; (E) For "Plasma Spraying":
(C) Heat treatment cycle parameters, as follows: (i) Powder composition, preparation and size dis-
(i) Atmosphere parameters, as follows: tributions;
(a) Composition of the atmosphere; (ii) Feed gas composition and parameters;
(b) Pressure of the atmosphere; (iii) Substrate temperature;
(H) Temperature of heat treatment; (iv) Gun power parameters;
(Hi) Time of heat treatment; (v) Spray distance;
(D) Substrate surface preparation parameters, as follows: (vi) Spray angle;
(i) Grit blasting parameters, as follows: (vii) Cover gas composition, pressure and flow rates;
(a) Grit composition; (viii) Gun control and part manipulation;
(b) Grit size and shape; (F) For "Slurry Deposition":
(c) Grit velocity; (i) Slurry composition and formulation;
(ii) Time and sequence of cleaning cycle after grit blast; (ii) Slurry application techniques;

24 Security export control March 1990


(Hi) Time-temperature cycles; interpretation for the perception of depth or
(iv) Part manipulation; texture for the approved tasks (2 1/2 D);
(G) For "Sputtering": (d) Having no "user-accessible programmability"
(i) Target composition and fabrication; other than by input reference images through
(H) Geometrical positioning of part and target; the system's camara; or
(Hi) Reactive gas composition; (e) Capable of no more than one scene analysis
(iv) Electrical bias; every 0.1 second.
(v) Time-temperature-pressure cycles; 3. This sub-item does not embargo "robots" capable of
(vi) Triode power; using information derived only from "end-effectors"
(vii) Part manipulation; not embargoed by sub-item (c).
(H) For "Ion Implantation": 4. "Software" provided for "robots" released by Notes
(i) Beam control and part manipulation; 2 or 3 above shall be in "object code" only.
(ii) Ion source design details; 5. Documentation provided for "robots" released by
(iii) Control techniques for ion beam and deposition rate Notes 2 or 3 above shall not exceed that necessary
parameters; to perform the operation, repair or maintenance of
(iv) Time-temperature-pressure cycles. the "robot".
(2) Specially designed to comply with national safety
standards applicable to explosive munitions environ-
ments;
IL 1391 (3) Incorporating means of protecting hydraulic lines
against externally induced punctures caused by ballistic
"Robots", "robot" controllers and "robot" "end- fragments (e.g. incorporating self-sealing lines) and
effectors", as follows, and specially designed designed to use hydraulic fluids with flash points higher
components and "specially designed software" than 839 K (566°C, 1050 0 F);
therefor: (4) Specially designed for underwater use (Le., incorporating
special techniques or components for sealing, pressure
compensation or corrosion resistance);
NOTES:
1. Mechanical structures for "robots" are included in specially NOTE:
designed components for the above. For underwater manipulator mechanisms, see Item IL
2. For simulation "software" used in the evaluation, design and 1417.
optimisation of robotic systems, see Item IL 1566. (5) Operable at altitudes exceeding 30,000 metres;
(6) Specially designed for outdoor applications and meeting
(a) "Robots" having any of the following characteristics: military specifications therefor;
(l) Capable of employing feedback information in "real-time (7) Specially designed or rated for operating in an electro-
H
processing from one or more "sensors" to generate or magnetic pulse (EMP) environment;
modify "programmes" or to generate or modify (8) Specially designed or rated as radiation-hardened
numerical programme data; beyond that necessary to withstand normal industrial
(Le;, non-nuclear industry) ionising radiation;
NOTES: (9) Equipped with "robot" manipulator arms which contain
1. This sub-item does not embargo "robots" capable of fibrous and filamentary materials embargoed by Item IL
using information derived only from "sensors" 1763;
which can be"used to measure: (10) Equipped with precision measuring devices embargoed
(a) The internal state of the "robot", Le., velocity, by Item IL 1532; or
position (by other than inertial position (11) Specially designed to move autonomously its entire
measuring systems), drive motor current or structure through three-dimensional space in a
voltage, fluid or gas pressure or temperature; simultaneously coordinated manner, except systems in
(b) Through-the-arc current (or voltage) for weld which the "robot" moves along a fixed path;
seam tracking; or
(c) Binary or scalar values for: NOTE:
(1) Determining the position of the "robot" This sub-item does not embargo "robots" specially
relative to a work piece; designed for household use or those modified from
(2) Tool drive motor voltage or current or household "robots" for educational purposes (pre-
hydraulic/pneumatic pressure for deter- university) if not embargoed by the other provisions of
mination of force or torque; or this Item.
(3) External safety functions. (b) Electronic controllers for "robots" having any of the
2. This sub-item does not embargo "robots" capable of following characteristics:
using information derived only from vision systems
limited as follows: NOTES:
(a) Capable of processing no nlore than 100,000 1. For controllers capable of controlling numerically
pixels using an industrial television camera, or controlled machine-tools or dimensional-inspection
no more than 65,536 pixels using a solid-state machines, see Item IL 1091.
'::amera; 2. For "digital computers" not "embedded" in controllers,
(b) Using a single scene analysis processor having see Item IL 1565.
neither a word size of more than 16-bit
(excluding parity bits) nor parallel processing (1) Controllers specially designed to be part of a "robot"
for the same task; embargoed by (a) (2) to (8), (a) (10) or (11) above;
(2) Minimum programmable increment less (finer) than
NB: 0.001 mm per linear axis;
Systems with a 16-bit word length and not (3) Having more than one integral interface which meets or
more than a 32-bit architecture are regarded as exceeds ANSI/IEEE standard 488-1978, IEC publication
16-bit systems for the purposes of this sub- 625-1 or any equivalent standard for parallel data
paragraph. exchange;
(c) "Software" not capable of full three- (4) Capable of being programmed by means other than lead-
dimensional mathematical modelling or full through, key-in (Le., without processing, on-line or off-
three-dimensional scene analysis; line) or teach-pendant techniques;
(5) Word size exceeds 16 bit (excluding parity bits);
NB:
This scene analysis limitation precludes neither NB:
approximation of the third dimension by Systems with a 16-bit word length and not more than a
viewing at a given angle, nor limited grey scale 32-bit architecture are regarded as 16-bit systems for the

Security export control March 1990 25


IL 1391 continued (3) Mechanically controlled variable sequence
manipulation mechanisms which are
automated moving devices, operating
purposes of this sub-item. according to mechanically fixed programmed
(6) Incorporating interpolation algorithms for an order of motions. The programme is mechanically
interpolation higher than two; limited by fixed, but adjustable stops, such as
(7) Generation or modification of the programmed path, pins or cams. The sequence of motions and the
velocity and functions other than the following, by on- selection of paths or angles are variable within
line, "real-time processing": the fixed programme pattern. Variations or
(i) Manual velocity override; modifications of the programme pattern (e.g.,
(ii) Linear, rotary or Cartesian offset; changes of pins or exchanges of cams) in one or
(iii) Manual "robot" path editing (including manual path more motion axes are accomplished only
compensation) excluding "source language" used to through mechanical operations;
programme automatically the "robot" path, velocity (4) Non-servo-eontrolled variable sequence mani-
or function; pulation mechanisms which are automated
(iv) Branching to pre-programmed modification of moving devices, operating according to
"robot" path, velocity or function; mechanically fixed programmed motions. The
(v) Fixed cycles (e.g., macro instructions or pre- programme is variable but the sequence
programmed sub-routines); or proceeds only by the binary signal from
(vi) Key-in or teach-in modifications; mechanically fixed electrical binary devices or
adjustable stops;
NOTE: (5) Stacker cranes defined as Cartesian coordinate
Sub-item (b) (7) does not embargo controllers limited to manipulator systems manufactured as an
operations with "robots" described in Notes I, 2 or 3 to integral part of a vertical array of storage bins
sub-item (a) (I). and designed to access the contents of those
(c) "End-effectors" having any of the following characteristics: bins for storage or retrieval.
(I) Having integrated computer-aided data processing, (b) "End-effectors" include grippers, "active tooling units"
except those using "sensors" used to measure the para- and any other tooling that is attached to the baseplate on
meters or values specified in Note I to sub-item (a) (I); the end of the "robot's" manipulator arm(s), An "active
(2) Equipped with an integral interface which meets or tooling unit" is a device for applying motive power,
exceeds ANSl/lEEE Standard 488-1978, lEC publication process energy or sensing to the workpiece;
625-1, or any equivalent standard for parallel data (c) For the purposes of this Item, a "sensor" is defined as a
exchange; detector of a physical phenomenon, the output of which
(3) Having any of the characteristics in (a) (2) to (8) and (a) (alter conversion into a signal that can be interpreted by
(10) above. a controller) is able to generate "programmes" or modify
programmed instructions or numerical programme data.
NOTES: This includes "sensors" with machine vision, infrared
I. Definitions of the terms used in this Item: imaging, acoustical imaging, tactile feel, inertial position
(a) For the purposes of this Item, a "robot" is a manipulation measuring, optical or acoustic ranging or force or torque
mechanism, which may be of the continuous path or of measuring capabilities.
the point-to-point variety, may use "sensors", and has all
the following characteristics: NB:
(I) Is multifunctional; For computer related terms, see Item IL 1565 or IL
(2) Is capable of positioning or orienting material, parts, 1566.
tools or special devices through variable
movements in three dimensional space;
(3) Incorporates three or more closed or open loop FOR 1lIE PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA ONLY:
servo-devices which may include stepping motors;
and 2. The shipment of the following equipment:
(a) "Robots" embargoed by sub-item (a) which are for civil
(4) Has "user-accessible programmability" by means of use and not embargoed by sub-items (a) (2) to (a) (8), (a)
teach/playback method or by means of an (10) or (a) (II){
electronic computer which may be a programmable
(b) Electronic controllers embargoed by sub-item (b) for the
logic controller, i.e., without mechanical inter-
'control of"r<>bQts" eligible for treatment under this Note;
vention. (e>: hgnpeffectors" embargoed by s.ub-item (c) for use with
:"rooots" eligible fo~ treatment under this Note;
NB: (c;I) yi~ioI)systems,limited as follows:
The above definition does not include the following (I) ,Capable of processing no more than 200,000 pixels
': ~
devices: using an industrial television camera or ~ solid-state
(I) Manipulation mechanisms which are only camera;
manually/teleoperator controllable; .; (2) Not 2rogremmable by the user except:
(2) Fixed sequence manipulation mechanisms (i) To,·input reference images through the system's
which are automated moving devices, oper-
camera; "
ating according to mechanically fixed jii) To input values of fixed Parameters, including
programmed motions. The programme is teach:in parameters; or '
mechanically limited by fixed stops, such as " Jiii) To select pre-programmed sub-routines;
pins or cams. The sequence of motions and the (3)' .Not capable of continuous rea<J{on or continuously
selection of paths or angles are not variable or updating the "robot" position· while the "robot" is
changeable by mechanical, electronic or '!10ving;
electrical means;
NB: '
This precludes' the use of vision systems for weld
COLOURED Goods described can be licenced at national seam tracking duririg- the welding operation but
TYPE discretion for export to the proscribed does not preclude straight-line or single-plane weld
countries. seam tracking using a'single pass.
-capable of O.p, mOf~tha9 one scene analysis every
0.02 second;"; .
The "software'" provided for .the vision processor
shall be in "object code~' only and shall not be
'capable of full iliree-(Umertsional mathematical
:mode1llng p,r ftln three-dimensional scene analysis;
.. ., l'.... I" •... ..~

26 Security export control March 1990


~ ~. _-_"·_:-~'!.IJ ,~ •. ~ ..' '-"',; :}: >.~" .. \ .. ·~t:;~
;'<1'
'I' ,",:'

NB''..'?'~
'
"'':.'

. ' - i;'_,'-{' (6) Digitally controlled equipment embargoed by Item IL


. _':.-,\"::~\~;;;~:~.:;. ••
1354 or IL 1355 (b);
This scen~ analysis Jimitliti,on does nol ,preclude (7) Digitally controlled equipment embargoed by Item IL
, approximatfon of the third dimension by viewing at 1357;
, a given angle. nor limited grey scale interpretation (8) Digitally controlled electronic equipment embargoed by
for the ;Perception ,of depth or: l~xture for ,'the Item IL 1529; or
approved tasks (2 112 0). • ' ,~ (9)· A digitally controlled measuring system embargoed by
Item IL 1532;

NB:
IL 1399 For the definitions of other terms in quotation marks, see Item IL
1391, IL 1565 or IL 1566.
"Software" and technology for "automatically
controlled industrial systems", as follows, to EXPLANATORY NOTE:
produce assemblies or discrete parts: Sub-item (a) above does not embargo "software" (in "machine
executable form" only) for industrial sectors other than nuclear,
aerospace, shipbuilding, heavy vehicles, machine building,
(a) "Software" with all the following characteristics: microelectronics and electronics. It is also understood that this
(1) Specially designed for "automatically controlled Note does not release design technology specified in sub-item (b)
industrial systems" which include at least eight pieces of above.
the equipment enumerated in Technical Note (b) (1) to (9)
below; NOTE:
The phrase "in a hierarchical manner" refers to the "software"
NOTES: relationship between a supervisory computer and at least one
1. The "digital computers" of the "automatically "flexible manufacturing unit" as defined in Technical Notes (a) and
controlled industrial system" do not share a (b). The "software" has an overall management function that
common "main storage" but exchange information subordinates the manufacturing process to the design or planning
by transmitting messages through a "local area and scheduling function regardless of the physical
network". communications link or of the equipment configurations.
2. This sub-item does not release "software" in source
code,
(2) Integrating, in a hierarchical manner, while having
access to data which may be stored outside the super-
visory "digital computer", the manufacturing processes
with:
(i) Design functions; or
Group E
(ii) Planning and scheduling functions; and
(3) (i) Automatically generating and verifying the manu-
facturing data and instructions, including selection Transportation
of equipment and sequences of manufacturing
operations, for the manufacturing processes, from
design and manufacturing data; or
equipment
(ii) Automatically reconfiguring the "automatically
controlled industrial system" through reselecting IL 1401
equipment and sequences of manufacturing oper-
ation by "real-time processing" of data pertaining to Reciprocating diesel engine development and
anticipated but unscheduled events; and production technologies, including "specially
designed software", as follows:
NOTE: (a) Development and production technology, including
This sub-item does not embargo "software" which only "specially designed software", for reciprocating diesel engine
provides rescheduling of functionally identical equipment ground vehicle propulsion systems having all of the following
within "Hexible manufacturing units" using prestored "part" specifications:
programmes and a prestored strategy for the distribution of (I) A box volume of 1.2m 3 or less;
the "part" programmes. (2) An overall power output of more than 750 kW based on
80/1269/EEC, ISO 2534 or national equivalents;
(b) Techuology for the design of "automatically controlled (3) A power density of more than 700 kW 1m 3 of box
industrial systems" which will be used with the "software" volume.
embargoed by (a) above, regardless of whether or not the
conditions of (a) (I) are met. NOTES:
1. The box volume is defined as the product of three
TECHNICAL NOTE: perpendicular dimensions measured in the following
For the purposes of this Item: way: .
(a) An "automatically controlled industrial system" is a Length: The length of the crankshaft from front flange to
combination of: flywheel face;
(1) One or more "flexible manufacturing units"; and Width: The greatest of the following:
(2) A supervisory "digital computer" for coordination of the (a) The outside dimension from valve cover to valve
independent sequences of computer instructions to, from cover;
and within the "flexible manufacturing units"; (b) The dimension of the outside edges of the cylinder
(b) A "flexible manufacturing unit" is an entity which comprises heads; or
a combination of a "digital computer" including its own "main (c) The diameter of the flywheel housing;
storage" and its own "related equipment", and at least one of Height: The greater of the following:
the following: (a) The dimension of the crankshaft centreline to the
(1) A machine tool or a dimensional inspection machine top plane of the valve cover (or cylinder head) plus
embargoed by Item IL 1091 or IL 1370; 2 times the stroke; or
(2) A "robot" embargoed by Item IL 1391; (b) The diameter of the flywheel housing.
(3) A digitally controlled spin-forming or flow-forming 2. Not used.
machine embargoed by Item IL 1075; 3. Not used.
(4) Digitally controlled equipment embargoed by Item IL (b) Development and' produclion technology for solid or dry film
1080, IL 1081, IL 1086 or IL 1088; cylinder wall lubric:ttion permitting operation at tempera-
(5) Digitally controlled electric arc device embargoed by tures in excess of 723 K (450°C) measured on the cylinder
Item IL 1206; wall at the top limit of travel of the top ring of the piston.

Security export control March 1990 27


IL 1416 metres in diameter with a maximum pressure loss of 1.6 kPa
(16 millibar) for gas turbine engine air inlets.
Vessels, surface-effect vehicles, water-screw NOTE:
propellers and hub assemblies, water-screw The control of the technology for the moisture and particulate
propeller systems, moisture and particulate separator systems covered by this sub-item is limited to the
separator systems and specially desi.gned following:
components, as follows: (a) Technology for preventing water leakage around the
filter stages; and
(a) Hydrofoil vessels with automatically controlled foil systems (b) Technology for integrating the components of such a
which are capable of speeds of above 40 knots in rough water system.
(Sea State Five); (h) Specially designed components for vessels embargoed by sub-
(b) Surface-effect vehicles, Le. hovercraft, air cushion vehicles items (a), (b) and (c) above, as follows:
(both sidewall and skirted varieties) and all variations of (l) Advanced hull forms which incorporate any of the
vehicles using the wing-in-ground effect for positive lift following:
except hovercraft having all the following characteristics: (A) Stepped hulls for hydrofoil vessels;
(1) Designed to carry fewer than 5 passengers including the (B) Hulls for air cushion vehicles with trapezoidal
driver; planforms;
(2) Dry mass less than 500 kg; (C) Hulls for surface-effect vehicles with catamaran-like
(3) Maximum speed less than 50 knots (90 km/h) at Sea sidewalls;
State 0; and (D) Hulls for wing-in-ground effect vehicles or;
(4) Not designed for operation above Sea State 3; (E) Underwater hulls and struts for SWATH vessels;
(c) Small waterplane area twin-hull (SWATH) vessels having (2) Fully submerged subcavitating or supercavitating
underwater hulls whose cross-sectional area varies along the hydrofoils;
longitudinal axis between points two major diameters from (3) Lightweight structural components for SWATH vessels,
the bow and two major diameters from the stern; hydrofoil vessels and surface-effect vehicles, constructed
using anisotropic, orthotropic or sandwich construction
TECHNICAL NOTE: methods.
SWATH vessels are those which maintain buoyancy by
means of submerged hulls using slender struts to support the TECHNICAL NOTES:
deck and superstructure of the vessel above the waterline. 1. Anisotropic construction methods relate to the use
(d) Vessels incorporating: of fibre reinforcing members aligned so that the
(l) Equipment embargoed by any Munitions List Item, or by load-carrying ability of the structure can be
any of the following Items IL 1485, IL 1501, IL 1502 primarily orientated in the direction of expected
and IL 1510; stress.
(2) Degaussing facilities; or 2. Orthotropic construction methods relate to means
(3) Closed ventilation systems designed into the vessel of stiffening plates, in which the structural members
which are designed to maintain air purity and positive are at right angles to each other.
pressure regardless of the conditions external to the 3. Sandwich construction methods relate to the use of
vessel except where those closed ventilation systems are structural members or plates which are fabricated
specially designed for and incorporated in the vessel's and permanently affixed in layers to enhance their
medical facilities only; strength and reduce their weight.
(4) Flexible skirts, seals and fingers for surface-effect
NOTE: vehicles;
This sub-item does not apply to vessels containing equipment (5) Active systems for automatically controlling the stability
embargoed by Items IL 1485, IL 1501,IL 1502 or IL 1510 of SWATH vessels, hydrofoil vessels or surface-effect
whose export has been authorised under National Discretion vehicles;
Notes to these items. (6) Power transmission shaft systems which incorporate
(e) Water-screw propellers and hub assemblies, as follows: composite material components, for SWATH vessels,
(1) Supercavitating propellers rated at more than 7.46 MW hydrofoil vessels or surface-effect vehicles;
(10,000 hp); (7) Lightweight, high capacity (K factor higher than 150)
(2) Controllable-pitch propellers and hub assemblies rated at gearing (planetary, cross-connect and multiple input/
more than 29.83 MW (40,000 hp) capacity; output gears and bearings) for SWATH vessels, hydrofoil
(f) Water-screw propeller systems, as follows: vessels and surface-effect vehicles;
(1) Contrarotating propeller systems rated at more than
14.92 MW (20,000 hp); TECHNICAL NOTE:
(2) Ventilated, base-ventilated and super-ventilated For the K factor, see AGMA tables of K factor values
propeller systems and semi-submerged propeller systems (based on tooth profile, pinion and gear materials and
(or surface propellers) rated at more than 2.24 MW (3,000 surface endurance limits).
hp); (8) Water-cooled electrical propulsion machinery (motor
(3) Systems employing pre-swirl and post-swirl techniques and generator), including AC-AC synchronous and AC-
for smoothing the flow into a propeller so as to improve DC systems, sectored-disc and concentric-drum rotors for
propulsive efficiency of: DC homopolar machines, for SWATH vessels, hydrofoil
(A) SWATH vessels, hydrofoil vessels, and surface- vessels and surface-effect vehicles;
effect vehicles; or (9) Superconducting electrical propulsion machinery for
(B) Other vessels with propeller rotational speed above SWATH vessels, hydrofoil vessels and surface-effect
220 rev/ min or with propellers rated at more than vehicles;
44.74 MW (60,000 hp) per shaft; (10) Lift fans for surface-effect vehicles, rated at more than
(4) UPumpjet Systems"; 300 kW (400 hp);
(11) Waterjet propulsor systems for hydrofoil vessels and
NOTE: surface-effect vehicles rated at an input of 2.24 MW
This sub-item does not embargo technology for flow (3,000 hp) or more;
Gonditioning vane techniques.
(See also Item ML 9 on the Munitions List.)
TECHNICAL NOTE:
"Pumpjet systems" are propulsion systems which utilise (For marine gas turbine engines, see also Item IL 1431.)
divergent nozzle and flow conditioning vane techniques
to improve propulsive efficiency or reduce propulsion
generated underwater radiated noise.
(g) Moisture and particulate separator systems which are capable
of removing 99.9 per cent of particles larger than 2 micro-

·28 Security export control March 1990


(1) Stroboscopic lights capable of:
IL 1417 (A) Light output energy of more than 250 Joules per
flash; or
Submersible systems (including those (B) Flash rates of more than 5 flashes per second at a
incorporated in a submersible vehicle) and light output energy of more than 10 Joules per flash;
specially designed components, as follows, and (2) Other lights and associated equipment, designed for
"specially designed software" therefor: operation with equipment embargoed by sub-items (e)(1)
or (e)(B) above;
(a) Automatically-controlled atmosphere-regeneration systems (g) Specially designed components for the equipment embargoed
specially designed or modified for submersible vehicles by sub-items (a) to (f) above;
which, in a single chemical-reaction cycle, ensure carbon (h) Air-independent power systems and specially designed
dioxide removal and oxygen renewal; components therefor, as follows, specially designed for
(b) Systems specially designed or modified for the automated underwater use:
control of the motion of a submersible vehicle using (1) Brayton, Stirling or Rankine Cycle Engine air-
navigation data and having closed-loop servo-control(s) so as independent power systems having any of the following
to: characteristics:
(1 ) Enable the vehicle to move within 10m of a (A) Specially designed chemical scrubber or absorber
predetermined point in the water column; subsystems to remove carbon dioxide, carbon
(2) Maintain the position of the vehicle within 10m of a monoxide and particulates from recirculated engine
predetermined point in the water column; or exhaust;
(3) Maintain the position of the vehicle within 10m while (B) Specially designed subsystems for utilising a
following a cable on or under the sea bed; monoatomic gas;
(c) Underwater vision systems, as follows: (C) Specially designed devices for underwater noise
(1) Television systems (comprising camera, lights, monitor reduction in frequencies less than 10kHz, or special
and signal transmission equipment) specially designed or mounting devices for shock mitigation; or
modified for remote operation with a submersible (D) Specially designed systems for pressurising products
vehicle, having a "limiting resolution", when measured of reaction or for fuel reformation, specially
in th~ air, of more than 500 lines or underwater designed systems for the storage of products of the
television cameras having a "limited resolution", when reaction, and specially designed systems for
measured in the air, of more than 600 lines, using IEEE discharging the products of the reaction against a
Standard 20B/1960 or any equivalent standard; pressure of lOO kP (1 bar, 15 lb/sq. in.) or more;
(2) Diesel Cycle Engine air-independent systems having all
TECHNICAL NOTE: of the following characteristics:
"Limiting resolution" in television is a measure of (A) Specially designed chemical scrubber or absorber
horizontal resolution usually expressed in terms of the subsystems to remove carbon dioxide, carbon
maximum number of lines per picture height monixide and particulates from recirculated engine
discriminated on a test chart. exhaust;
(2) Systems specially designed or modified for remote (B) Specially designed subsystems for utilising a
operation with a submersible vehicle employing tech- monoatomic gas;
niques to minimize the effects of back-scatter including (C) Specially designed devices for underwater noise
range-gated illuminators and laser systems. reduction in frequencies less than 10kHz, or special
mounting devices for shock mitigation; and
NOTE: (D) Specially designed exhaust systems that do not
The embargo status of underwater vision systems using continuously exhaust products of combustion;
lasers is defined in this Item. (3) Alkaline, phosphoric acid or ion exchange membrane
(d) Remotely controlled articulated manipulators specially fuel cell air-independent power systems with an output
designed or modified for use with submersible vehicles and exceeding 2 kW and operating at a temperature of less
having any of the following characteristics: than 523K having any of the following characteristics:
(1) Systems which control the manipulator using infor- (A) Specially designed enclosures for underwater noise
mation from sensors which measure force or torque reduction in frequencies less than 10kHz, or special
applied to an external object, distance from an external mounting devices for shock mitigation; or
object, or tactile sense between the manipulator and an (B) Specially designed systems for pressurising products
external object; of reaction or for fuel reformation, specially
(2) Controlled by proportional master-slave techniques or by designed systems for the storage of products of the
using a dedicated stored-programme computer; or reaction, and specially designed systems for
(3) Capable of exerting a force of 250 N or more or a torque discharging the products of the reaction against a
of 250 N.m or more and using titanium based alloys or pressure of 100 kP (1 bar, 151b/sq. in.) or more; and
fibrous and filamentary composite materials in their (4) Specially designed components for subsystems
structural members; embargoes by sub-items (h)( 1)(C), (h)(3)(A) or described in
(e) Photographic cameras and associated equipment specially (h)(2)(C) above;
designed or modified for underwater use, having a film
format of 35 mm or larger, incorporating any of the NOTE:
following: This sub-item embargoes only the following technology:
(1) Film advancement of more than 5 frames per second; (a) Technology for air-independent power systems
(2) Annotating the film with data provided by a source embargoed by sub-items (h)(l), (h)(2) or (h)(3) above;
external to the camera; (b) Technology for subsystems embargoed by sub-items
(3) Taking more than 400 full frame exposures without (h)(l)(A), (h)(l)(B), (h)(l)(C), (h)(3)(A) or (h)(4) above;
changing the film; and
(4) Autofocussing or remote forussing specially designed or (c)
Technology for subsystems described in sub-item
modified for use under water; (h)(2)(A), (h)(2)(B) or (h)(2)(C) above.
(5) Automatic back focal distance correction; (For electromechanical, semiconductor and radioactive devices,
(6) Passive or automatic compensation control specially see Item IL 1205.)
designed to permit underwater camera housings to be (For underwater "robots", see Item IL 1391).
useable at depths exceeding 1,000 m;
(7) Titanium underwater camera housings specially NOTES:
designed for depths exceeding 1,000 m; or 1. This item does not embargo specially designed components
(B) Automatic exposure control by using sensing devices in for equipment which would not have been embargoed had it
or external to the camera; if the camera is capable of not been modified.
operating at depths of more than 300 m; 2. Sub-item (a) above erobargoes equipment using light metal
(f) Light systems, as follows, specially designed or modified for peroxides such as K02 without embargoing the shipment of
underwater use: K02 itself.

Security export control March 1990 29


IL 1417 continued IL 1431
3. Sub-item (b) above does not emb.argo automated control Marine gas turbine engines (marine propulsion
systems incorporated in underwater bulldozers or trench- or shipboard power generation engines),
cullers not capable of operating at depths greater than 100 m
and possessing only negative buoyancy.
whether originally designed as such or adapted
4. Sub-item (c) above does not embargo television cameras used for such use, and specially designed components
merely through a porthole. therefor:
5. Sub-item (d)(I) above does not embargo systems where force
or torque are only measured and then displayed to the NOTES:
operator.
1. Embargo of aero or industrial gas turbine engines and their
specially designed components which have been adapted for
marine propulsion or shipboard power generation does not
re-embargo (or embargo, for industrial gas turbine engines)
the unmodified version of such engines and their specially
designed components (see also Item IL 1460).
IL 1418 2. Shipboard power generation does not include offshore
platform applications.
Deep submergence vehicles and autonomous 3. Engines and their specially designed components rovered by
this Item for non-marine propulsion or non-shiphoard civil
submersible vehicles, as follows: end-use, provided that:
(a) The numbers to be exported are appropriate for the
(a) Deep submergence vehicles, manned or unmanned, tethered stated cnd-use:
or untethered, capable of operating at depths exceeding (b) Only the minimum Iwcl'ssary technology for
1,000 m, and specially designed or modified associated maintenance and repair is transferred; ond
systems and equipment therefor, including the followinir (c) None of the following teclllJo!ogic's is transferred:
(1) Pressure housings or pressure hulls; (1) Technology which is ('Olllmon to at'ro-engine
(2) Propulsion motors and thrusters; technology embargoed by I!<'m IL 1460 and is not
(3) Hull penetrators or connectors; eligible for national discrction treatment ulHler Ihat
(b) Other manned underwater vehicles which may "operate Itcm:
autonomously" for ten hours or more provided their (L) Technology for liquid-ccltllcd turbine blades or
maximum "range" underwater exceeds 15 nautical miles. vanes and nozzles capable of operating in hot gas
temperature environlllcnts greater than I O()OUC and
TECHNICAL NOTE: their "associated systems";
"Operate autonomously" -
Fully submerged, without snorkel, all systems working and TECHNICAL NOTE:
cruising at minimum speed at which the submersible can "Associated systellls" are closely conlll'cted to the
safely control its depth dynamically by using its depth planes engine and consist of the specially designed cooling
only, with no need for a support vessel or support base on the fluid and fuel control systems, pUlllpS, condensers
surface, sea-bed or shore, and containing a propulsion system ami fluid purification systems.
for submerged or surface use. (:1) Technology for fuel nozzles. comhustors ami gas
"Range" - turbine engine-mounted fuel-handling systems (fuel
Half the maximum distance the vehicle can cover. pumping, 'metering and controls) 'wlii"', permit
marine gas turhines to burn heavy rt"sidual fuel oils
(ASTM grades Sand 6 \If eqUivalent);

TECHNICAL NOTE:
IL 1425 ASTM grade 5 residual fuel-oil has a maximum
Floating docks, "software" and technology kinematic viscosity of X I centistokes at SOO(
(l22°F). and ASTM grade 6 residual fuel-oil has a
therefor, as follows: kinematic viscosity range of 9~ to 631' c('ntistilkes at
SOO( (122°F). Kin(,lllatic viscosity is measur,~d bv
(a) Floating docks specially designed for use at remote locations the Saybolt-furol viscosimeter (the test measures thl'
(i.e. without support from shore bases). time in seconds for 60 cc of tin' oil to pass through
the furol orifice),
NOTE:
These docks incorporate the following three facilities atleasl: (4) Technology for high-temperature (above 700°C gas
(1) Welding and pipe filling repair shop(s); temperature) heat exchangers for pre-heating com-
(2) Electrical and electronic repair shop(s); pressor exit air;
(3) Mechanical repair or metal working (machine) shop(s); (5) Technology for lightweight, compact comhined gas
and normally contain more than 3,000 kW (4,000 hp) of turbine and steam (COG AS) systems having heat
electrical power generation equipment. recovery rates of more than 40,000 BTU/hr. per
(b) Floating docks specially equipped to permit the operation, cubic foot of waste heat boiler volume, or lTIore than
maintenance or repair of nuclear reactors; 1000 BTU/hr, per pound of waste heat boiler
(c) Floating docks having all the following characteristics: weight, designed for use with gas turbine engines
(1) A lifting capacity of more than 40,000 short tons (36,364 for marine propulsion or shipboard power
metric tons). gener ation.
(2) Larger than 120 m in length and 30 m in width, 4. Core-section modules and specially designed components
measured between the pontoons; covered by Item lL 1460 shall be treated under the
(d) "Specially designed software" for computer-controlled provisions of that Item even if the gas turbine aero-engine has
pumping and flooding systems for the above floating docks, been modified for use in marine propulsion or shipboard
to permit the docking of listing vessels; power generation.
(e) Technology covered by this Item is limited to the following:
(1) That portion of the design of a floating dock covered by
sub-item (a) above which relates to the incorporation of
the three types of facilities described in the Note to that
sub-item; and IL 1460
(2) Design, production and use of onboard floating dock
facilities covered by sub-item (b) above which permit the Aircraft and helicopters, including tilt wing and
operation, maintenance and repair of nuclear reactors. tilt rotor aircraft, aero-engines and aircraft and
30 Security export control March 1990
helicopter equipment, and technology therefor, ratures in excess of 393K (120 0 C);
as follows: NOTE:
Airframe structural members mentioned in this sub:item
NOTE: do not include engine nacelles and thrust reversers.
The provisions of this Item, do not rel,ease te~hnology for (6) Technology for the design and production of propeller
computer-aided design (CAD) or computer-aided deslgn/ manufac- blades constructed wholly or partly of composite
turing (CAD/CAM); or technology relating to manufacturing materials, and specially designed hubs therefor;
equipment or hardware, embargoed by Items IL 1080, IL 1081,
IL 1086, IL 1088, IL 1091, IL 1312, IL 1357, IL 1361, IL 13~2, NOTE:
IL 1371, IL 1522, IL 1529 or any other Item, for the productIon This sub-item does not embargo technology for the
or evaluation of aero-engines, APUs, "helicopter power transfer production of propeller blades:
systems" or their specially designed components, or technology (a) Constructed wholly of wood or glass-fibre-
specific to production of superalloys as embargoed by Item IL reinforced plastics; or
1301. (b) Which are constructed mainly of wood or glass-
fibre-reinforced plastics; and which use other
(a) Aircraft and helicopters, except those which do not contain materials only in the leading edge or tip.
equipment covered by the Munitions List or Items IL 1485 or (c) Constructed mainly of glass-fibre reinforced or
IL 1501 (unless the export of such equipment is elegible for carbon-fibre reinforced plastics;
national discretion treatment under IL 1485 and IL 1501) (7) Technology for the design and production of digital
and which are of types which are in bona fide normal civil electronic synchrophasers specially designed for
use; propellers; technology for the design of digital electronic
(b) Technology for aircraft and helicopter including tilt wing and controls for propellers; and technology for the
tilt rotor aircraft, airframes, for aircraft propellers, and for production of digital electronic controls for the
aircraft and helicopter airframe aircraft-propeller, and propellers described in (6) above;
"helicopter-rotor-systems" components, as follows, and (8) Technology for the design and production of active
"specially designed software" therefor: laminar flow control lifting surfaces;
TECHNICAL NOTE: NOTE:
"Helicopter-rotor-systems" consist of hubs, blades, blade Design technology covered by sub-item (b)( 1) to (8)
attachments and upper controls. Upper controls are those above includes the data used to substantiate the design
control elements located in the rotating system including the approach.
swashplate if used. (9) Technology for the development of helicopter multi-axis
(1) Design technology using computer-aided aerodyna~ic fly-by-light or fly-by-wire controllers which combine the
analyses for integration of the fuselage, propulSion functions of at least two of the following into one
system and lifting and control surfaces to optimize controlling element:
aerodynamic performance throughout the flight regime (i) Collective controls;
of an aircraft; (ii) Cyclic controls;
(2) Technology for the design of active flight control (iii) Yaw controls.
systems, as follows: (10) Technology for the development of "circulation-
(A) Technology for configuration design for inter- controlled" anti-torque or directional control systems for
connecting multiple microelectronic processing helicopters;
elements (on-board computers) to achieve high-
speed data transfer and high-speed data integration TECHNICAL NOTE:
for control law implementation;
(B) Technology for control law compensation for sensor "Circulation-controlled" anti-torque and directional
location and dynamic airframe loads, Le. compen- control systems utilise air blown over aerodynamic
sation for sensor vibration environment and for surfaces to increase or control the forces generated by
the surfaces. Buried fan-in-fin anti-torque designs fitted
variation of sensor location from centre of gravity;
or not fitted with guide vanes such as the "fenestron" are
(C) Technology for electronic management of systems
excluded from this category.
redundancy and data redundancy for fault
detection, fault tolerance and fault isolation;
-(11) Technology for the develo,pment of helicopter rotor
blades incorporating variable geonletry airfoils;
NOTE:
This sub-item does not embargo technology for the TECHNICAL NOTE:
design of physical redundancy in hydraulic or
Variable geometry airfoils utilise trailing edge flaps of
Inechanical systems or in electrical wiring.
(0) Technology for design of flight controls which
tabs, or leading edge slats or pivoted nose droop, which
can be controlled in position in flight.
permit in-flight reconfiguration of force and
moment controls;
(12) Technology for the development of active control of
TECHNICAL NOTE: helicopter blades and other surfaces used to generate
aerodynamic forces and nlonlents;
Active flight control systems function to prevent
undesirable aircraft motions or structural loads by TECHNICAL NOTE:
autonomously processing outputs from multiple sensors
and then providing necessary preventative commands to Active control (of helicopter blades and other surfaces
effect automatic controL used to generate aerodynanlic forces and moments)
(3) Design technology for integration of flight control, functions to prevent undesirable helicopter Vibrations,
navigation and propulsion control data into a flight structural loads, or helicopter rotor dynanlic behaviour
management systenl for flight path optimization; by autononlously processing outputs fronl nndtiple
(4) Design technology for protection of avionic and sensors and then providing necessary preventive
comnlands to effect autonlatic control.
electrical sub-systems against electromagnetic pulse
(EMP) and electromagnetic interference (EMI) hazards (1:3) Technology for the developnlent and production of
from sources external to the aircraft, as follows: integrated autonlated propulsion and airfoil ('ontrol
(i) Technology for design of shielding systems; systenls for tilt wing and tilt rotor aircraft.
(ii) Technology for the configuration design of (c) "Helicopter power transfer systenls" and technology therefor,
hardened electrical circuits and sub-systems; except:
(iii) Determination of hardening criteria for the above; (1) Those "helicopter power transfer systenls" destined for
(5) Technology for the design, production and recon- use in "civil heH{:op,:ers" only, as follows:
struction of adhesively bonded airframe structural (A) Those whkh h,tve been in dvil use in bona fide
members designed to withstand operational tenlpe- "dvil helicopters" for nlore than eight years;

Security export control March 1990 31


IL 1460 continued recognized that many modifications which may require
recertification may pertain to minor safety or operational
(8) Those which it is considered do not contain, and changes which do not significantly enhance the performance
were not fabricated utilizing, any of the of a particular gas turbine aero-engine or improve its
technologies shown in Note 9; reliability. It is the intent for control purposes, that:
(C) Not used. (a) A gas turbine aero-engine which is recertified as the
(D) Those for replacement in or servicing of specific, result of incorporating any technology listed in Note 8
previously exported helicopters; will be treated as a newly certified engine.
(2) III Data not in the public domain resulting from "helicopter Recertification which does not result from incorporation
power transfer system" performance and installation of such technology, or modifications which do not
design studies; fabrication technology, or overhaul and require recertification by national authorities, will not
refurbishing technology for specific "helicopter power affect the current period of civil use of the engine;
transfer systems" in civil use in bona fide "civil (b) Modification of a gas turbine APU by incorporation of
helicopters" for more than eight years, unless they any technology listed in Note 8 will cause it to be treated
remain listed in Note 9; as a new APU. Other modifications will not affect the
current period of civil use of the APU;
NOTE: (c) Modification of a "helicopter power transfer system" by
"Helicopter power transfer system" performance and incorporation of any technology listed in Note 9 will
installation design data do not include technology for: restart the control period for the "helicopter power
computer-aided design (CAD); computer-aided transfer system" as though it were newly certified in a
design/manufacturing (CAD/CAM); or parametric helicopter. Other modifications will not affect the current
performance analysis, engine analysis and selection, or period of civil use of the "helicopter power transfer
component design utilizing unpublished technical data. system".
(d) Gas turbine engines and auxiliary power units (APUs) for use 3. "Helicopter power transfer systems" referred to in sub-item
in aircraft or helicopters and technology therefor, except: (c) above are defined as all those components which transfer
(1) Those destined for use in "civil aircraft" or "civil power from the engine to the main and tail rotor blade(s).
helicopters" only, as follows: 4. Exports of technology, including transfer of skills and data,
(A) Jet, turboprop and turboshaft aircraft engines in necessary for the design, fabrication, assembly and
civil use in bona fide "civil aircraft" or "civil production testing of gas turbine engines embargoed by sub-
helicopters" for more than eight years, or which it is item (d) above or of the specially designed components
considered do not contain, and were not fabricated embargoed by sub-item (e) are subject to the embargo except,
utilizing, any of the technologies shown in Note 8; for civil use only, as provided in (a) to (g) below and in Notes 7
(8) Not used. and 8. It is intended that export of any of the5e technologies
(C) Gas turbine powered aircraft APUs in civil use in to a military end-user or for military end-use be subject to the
bona fide "civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters" for embargo. This Note does not remove from embargo
more than eight years, or where it is considered do computer-aided design (CAD) or computer-aided
not contain, and were not fabricated utilizing, any design/manufacturing (CAD/CAM) technology. Only
of the technologies shown in Note 8; technology which is non-CAD, non-CAD/CAM may be
(2) Data not in the public domain resulting from aircraft shipped as provided for in the appropriate sub-paragraph(s).
performance and installation design studies; fabrication This Note also does not release technology relating to
technology, or overhaul and refurbishing technology for manufacturing equipment or hardware, covered by Items IL
specific gas turbine aero-engines or gas turbine powered 1080, IL 1086, IL 1088, IL 1091, IL 1312, IL 1357, IL
aircraft APUs in civil use in bona fide "civil aircraft" or 1361,IL 1522, IL 1529 or any other Item, for the production
"civil helicopters" for more than twelve years, unless or evaluation of gas turbine engines or their specially
they remain listed in Note 8; designed components, or technology specific to production of
superalloys as elubargoed by Item IL 1301.
NOTE: (a) Technology, including transfer of skills and technical
data, necessary for aircraft performance analyses and
Aircraft performance and installation design data do not installation design studies of specific gas turbine aero-
include technology for: computer-aided design (CAD); engines or aircraft gas turbine APUs embargoed by sub-
computer-aided design/manufacturing (CAD/CAM); or item (d) above or of their specially designed components
parametric engine performance analysis, engine cycle embargoed by sub-item (e) above shall be subject to the
analysis and selection, or component aerodynamic embargo for a period of twelve years, as defined in Note
design utilizing unpublished technical data. 2, after those engines have entered into bona fide civil
(e) Specially designed components for gas turbine engines, APUs use. From the end of the embargo period, the above
and "helicopter power transfer systems", embargoed by (c) technology may be shipped to civil end-users for civil
and (d) above, as follows: end-uses.
(1) Embodying technologies listed under Notes 8 or 9;
(b) Fabrication technologies listed in Note 8 for gas turbine
(2) Hot-section components; aero-engines or aircraft gas turbine APUs embargoed by
(3) Engine control system components; sub-item (d) above or for their specially designed
(4) Gas turbine engine or APU rotor system components components embargoed by sub-item (e) above shall
(including bearings); remain embargoed until those engines or APUs have
been in civil use for more than twelve years, as defined
NOTE: in Note 2, unless they remain listed in Note 8.
(Aero-engines, APUs or "helicopter power transfer systems" which Fabrication technologies (other than CAD/CAM) to civil
have any special feature designed for a military application are end-users for civil end-uses provided that such engine
embargoed by the Munitions List. See also Items IL 1485 and IL technologies have been in engines or APUs in civil use
1501. For technology relating to industrial gas turbine engines, for more than eight years, as defined in Note 2.
see Item IL 1372; for marine gas turbine engines and related (c) Fabrication technology for gas turbine aero-engines or
technology, see Item IL 1431.) aircraft gas turbine APUs embargoed by sub-item (d)
above, or for specially designed components embargoed
NOTES: by sub-item (e) above, which do not embody any
1. "Civil aircraft" and "civil helicopters" are defined under Note technology listed in Note 8.
11. Fabrication technologies (other than CAD/CAM) to civil
2. The period of bona fide civil use referred to in sub-items (c) end-users for civil end-uses.
and (d) above begins with the date that the particular engine (d) Technology for assembly and production testing of gas
or "helicopter power transfer system" (model and turbine aero-engines or aircraft gas turbine APUs
specifications) or its most recent modification was certified as embargoed by sub-item (d) above, or of their specially
airworthy for commercial service or commercial navigability designed components embargoed by sub-item (e) above.
under the standards and requirements of the government of Technology (other than CAD/CAM) to civil end-users for
the country in which it was manufactured. However, it is civil end-uses.

32 Security export control March 1990


(e) Technology for on-site installation, operation. than six years, as defined in Note 2.
maintenance and repair of gas turbine engines or APUs (c) Fabrication technology for "helicopter power transfer
embargoed by sub-item (d) above. systems" embargoed by sub-item (c) above or for
Technology (other than CAD/CAM) to civil end-users for specially designed "helicopter power transfer system"
civil end-uses. components embargoed by sub-item (e) above, which do
(f) Overhaul and refurbishing technologies for gas turbine not embody any technology listed in Note 9.
engines or APUs embargoed by sub-item (d) above or for Fabrication technology (other than CAD/CAM) to civil
specially designed components embargoed by sub-item end-users for civil end-uses.
(e) above, which embody any technology listed in Note (d) Technology for assembly and production testing of
8, shall remain embargoed until those engines or APUs "helicopter power transfer systems" embargoed by sub-
have been in civil use for more than twelve years, as item (c) above or of their specially designed components
defined in Note 2. embargoed by sub-item (e) above.
Overhaul and refurbishing technologies (other than CAD Technology (other than CAD/CAM) to civil end·users for
or CAD/CAM) to civil end-users for civil end-uses civil end-uses.
provided that such engines or APUs have been in civil (e) Technology for on-site installation operation,
use for rnore than eight years, as defined in Note 2. maintenance and repair of "helicopter power transfer
(g) Overhaul and refurbishing technologies for gas turbine systems" embargoed by sub·item (c) above.
engines or APUs embargoed by sub-item (d) above or for Technology (other than CAD/CAM) to civil end-users for
specially designed components embargoed by sub-item civil end-uses.
(e) above, which do not embody any technology listed in (f) Overhaul and refurbishing technologies for "helicopter
Note 8, shall remain embargoed until those engines or power transfer systems" embargoed by sub-item (c)
APUs have been in civil use for more than eight years, as above, or for specially designed components embargoed
defined in Note 2. by sub-item (e) above, which embody any technology
Know-how (other than CAD or CAD/CAM) to civil end- listed in Note 9, shall remain embargoed until those
users for civil end-uses. "helicopter power transfer systems" have been in civil
use for more than eight years, as defined in Note 2.
NB: Overhaul and refurbishing technologies (other than CAD
The provisions of (a) to (g) above apply provided that: or CAD/CAM) to civil end·users for civil end-uses,
(a) Technology as described in this Note, including provided that such "helicopter power transfer system"
unpublished data (all data other than those generally technologies have been in bona fide "civil helicopters" in
available to the public), to be provided will be the civil use for more than six years, as defined in Note 2.
minimum necessary in content and quality for the (g) Overhaul and refurbishing technologies for "helicopter
purposes of the transaction; and power transfer systems" embargoed by sub-item (c)
(b) It is considered that the specially designed components above, or for specially designed components embargoed
to be assembled into gas turbine engines or APUs by sub-item (e) above, which do not embody any tech·
produced by the recipient with technology supplied nology listed in Note 9, shall remain embargoed until
under this Note, and all the gas turbine engines and those "helicopter power transfer systems" have been in
APUs thereby assembled, will be for civil use as civil use for more than eight years, as defined in Note 2.
described in Note 11. Overhaul and refurbishing technologies (other than CAD
or CAD/CAM) to civil end-users for civil end-uses.
5. Exports of technology including transfer of skills and data,
necessary for the design, fabrication, assembly and pro-
duction testing of "helicopter power transfer systems" NB:
embargoed by sub-item (c) above, or of the specially designed The provisions of (a) to (g) above apply provided that:
components embargoed by sub-item (e) above, shall be (a) Technology as described in this Note, including
subject to the embargo except, for civil use only, as provided unpublished technical data (all data other than that
in (a) to (g) below and in Note 9. It is the intent that export of generally available to the public), to be provided will be
any of these technologies to a military end-user or for military the minimum necessary in content and quality for the
end-use be subject to embargo. This Note does not remove purposes of the transaction; and
from errlbargo computer-aided design (CAD) or computer- (b) It is considered that the specially designed components
aided design/ manufacturing (CAD/CAM) technology. Only to be assembled into "helicopter power transfer systems"
technology which is non-CAD. non-CAD/CAM may be produced by the recipient with technology supplied
shipped as provided for in the appropriate sub-paragraph(s). under this Note, and the "helicopter power transfer
This Note also does not release technology relating to systems" thereby assembled will be for civil use as
manufacturing equipment or hardware, covered by Items IL described in Note 11.
1088, IL 1091, IL 1312, IL 1357, IL 1371, IL 1522, IL 1529 6. The shipment, for civil end-uses by civil end-users, of:
or any other Item, for the production or evaluation of (a) "Helicopter power transfer systems" embargoed by sub-
"helicopter power transfer systems" or their specially item (c) above when incorporated in bona fide' "civil
designed components. helicopters" as defined in Note 11;
(a) Technology, including transfer of skills and technical (b) Gas turbine engines or APUs embargoed by sub-item (d)
data, necessary for "helicopter power transfer systems" above for incorporation into or incorporated in bona fide
performance analyses and installation design studies of "civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters" as defined in Note
specific "helicopter power transfer systems" embargoed 11 ;
by sub-item (c) above or of their specially designed (c) Specially designed components embargoed by sub-item
components embargoed by sub-item (e) above shall be (e) above, for use in engines, APUs or "helicopter power
subject to the embargo for a period of eight years, as transfer systems" authorized for production in
defined in Note 2, after those systems have entered into proscribed destinations or previously exported under (a)
bona fide civil use. From the end of the embargo period, or (b) above, provided that:
the above technology may be shipped to civil end-users (1) The specially designed components will only be
for civil end-uses. incorporated in engines, APUs or "helicopter power
(b) Fabrication technologies listed in Note 9 for "helicopter transfer systems" produced for use in bona fide
power transfer systems" embargoed by sub-item (c) "civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters" as defined in
above or for specially designed "helicopter power Note 11; and
transfer system" components embargoed by sub-item (e) (2) It is considered that exports of specially designed
above shall remain embargoed until those technologies components for "helicopter power transfer systems"
have been in bona fide "civil helicopters" in civil use for embodying tl~chnologies listed in Note 9, or for gas
more than eight years, as defined in Note 2, unless the turbine aero-engines or aircraft gas turbine APUs
technology remains listed in Note 9. embodying technologieg listed in Note 8, only in
Those fabrication technologies (other than CAD/CAM) to quantities appropriate:
civil end-users for civil end-uses, provided that such (i) To SUPPJft t~e asseInbly of that number of
"helicopter power transfer system" technologies have "helicopter pe"wer transfer systems", engines or
been in bona fide "civil helicopters" in civil use for more APUs required for installation in, and as

Security export control March 1990 33


IL 1460 continued connected by diffusion bonding
Fibre technology in frames or in highly
stressed discs, casings, blades and vanes
None

None
Application of powder metallurgy for fan,
standard spares for, bona fide "civil aircraft" or compressor and turbine blades or vanes;
"civil helicopters" in current production; or discs, wheels reduction gears, engine main
shahs and frames
(ii) To support current civil fleet operations. • discs 01178 JT80·17 E2EA
• fan, compressor and turbina blades or
7. This Item does not embargo for civil use gas turbine engines, vanes, wheels, reduction gears, engine
APUs and "helicopter power transfer systems" and modifi- main shafts and frames None
Cooled components on basis of
cations (and technology therefor) certified or re-certified for electrostream or laser drilling methods;
civil use, as described in Note 2 prior to the 1st January 1979, • electrostream drilling 30/09174 JT90-7F E20EA
• laser drilling 16/091701"1 CF6·6 E23EA
and not embargoed by the following definitions: Electron beam drilling for small holes in
Helicopters over 4530 kg (10,000 Ib) empty weight, and turbine blades and vanes (hem Il 10801
lcl sets out the parameters for small holes) None
power transmissions systems therefor;
Titanium or superalloy·casting on basis of
centrifugal techniques 13/01178 TFE·731 E6WE
NOTE: Ceramic core casting technology for
casting holes in turbine blades and vanes 07104171
Empty weight is understood to include normal installation 1'''1 JT80·,5 E2EA
and normal minimum crew, but does not include fuel or pay-
11. Construction methods
load.
Aero-engines, as follows: Adjustable flow path geometry and
associated control systems for:
(i) Piston engines; • fans None
• gas generator turbine(s) None
(ii) Jet engines of less than 2,265 kg (5,000 Ibs) thrust; • fanlpower turbine(s) None
(iii) Turboprop or turboshaft engines of less than 2,500 • propelling nozzles None
horsepower or with a residual thrust of less than 453 kg jAdjustable flow path geometry and associated control systems do not include: inlet guide
vanes, variable pitch fans, variable stators or bl~ed valves for compressors.)
(1,000 Ibs). Full authority or hybrid digital electronic
8. Sub-item (d) above does not embargo for use in bona fide control and respective sensor equipment 25111180 JT9D-7R4 E3NE
High temperature (capable of utilizing
"civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters" those engines which it is gases heated above 1,373 K 11. 100°C)
considered contain none of the technologies listed. Gas heat exchangers for preheating compressor
exit air None
turbine engines embodying any of these technologies shall Combustors with combustion in several
remain under embargo until the technology has been in civil stages 08/11/79 CFM·56 E2GL
use for eight years, as defined in Note 2, after the initial Maintenance of compressor or turbine tip
clearance through methods employing
certification date (shown in table 1). The following active compensating casing technology:
None
technologies shall remain under control for twelve years after • compressor alone
• turbine alone 01/04/81 JT90·7R4El E3NE
the initial certification date of the engine in (shown in table 1), • compressor and turbine None
unless the expiration date of the embargo period is extended: Ceramic bearings None
Nozzles with thrust vectoring (not including
9. Sub-item (c) above does not embargo for use in bona fide reverse thrustl None
"civil helicopters" those "helicopter power transfer systems" NB: Technology for computer·aided design/manufacturing (CAD/CAM) is not released by
which it is considered contain none of the technologies listed the deletion of any technology from the above list.

below. "Helicopter power transfer systems" embodying any I ~) Embargo period extended by three years to 30th September 1989 and by another three
of these technologies, and these technologies themselves, years to 30th September 1992.
( •• ) Embargo period extended by three years to 16th September 1985, then by three
shall remain under control for eight years after the initial years to 16th September 1988 and by another three years to 16th September 1991.
certification date (shown in table 2), unless the expiration i·· 0) Embargo period extended by three years to 7th April 1986, and by another three
years to 7th April 1989.
date is extended:

10RPEQP"E~&REP;~l\UC·:Of.Cll~AONL
Y: Table 2 Isee IL 1460 NOTE 91

'10. :Th~.~;·sh\p1Jlent ...


..;: cO.l)si<tered ~ to
0'01tYP"e$
air~i:iit(\ind'
herlcQpters:: which' are
whjch
are in bena fide normal civil
l. Materials and manufacturing procedures Initial cf>rtifi-
cation date
Helicopter Type certi-
ficate number

A. Rotor heads, containing:


< .,~. which.conl~in·equJprnen~ covered by.Items,IL,1.S5 or IL Hot-tsostatically pressed materials
8. Gear boxes. containing:
None
1501, provided that:i~'.':··;.·· . '<": . Novikoff-type gears None
(a) AllY' ~mQargoe(l ..,;compoilents,' in..;'such. ,aircraft or Gears or gear support structures based
helicopters are Iimlte4J~lho~e,,ndi-nially. jn$talled by th~ on materials applying directional
solidification or monocrystal technology None
.... manufa.cturer; ""..'~i;.;;:i' C.• o.,.:.'.· '''. . High contact·ratio double-helical (arrow-
(br, Repair' and malnt~rrallt~,·.:Of eiTilrargoed' jnertlal shaped) gears None

", navigation 'system~ artd·'complete.·;overhil.ul of Fibre technology None


Hot-isostatically pressed components None
:...'embargoedtngines',will,l'I,e;·, perform,ea i,in-lll. non· Gear tooth surfaces hardened by
. :•. 'proscribedtou;ntrYi.>t!>'yre,prese~taU"'~~Qtthe Western· vacuum carburizing or ion nit riding None
,jlippliers; and' z, . ':·'.':';:;;(;"
. (~)"'Emb!![goed pjlrts.wjllberepJaced.on a Orieff6t.:one basis,
C. Drive shaft systems containing super-
critical drive shafts None

11. Construction methods


'11. The terms "civil aircraft" and "civil helicopters" are
A. Components fabricated by diffusion
understood to include only those types of civil aircraft and bonding None
helicopters which are listed by designation in published B. High-survivability loss-of-lubric8fjon
airworthiness certification lists by the civil aviation technology for high-speed bearings (ON
equal to or greater than 2.4 million
authorities to fly commercial civil internal and external where 0 is expressed in millimetres and
N in rpm) None _
routes or for legitimate civil, private or business use. The total NB: Technology for computer·aided design/manufacturing (CADtCAM) is not released by
number of aircraft or helicopters (and aero-engines or the deletion of any technology from the above list.
"helicopter power transfer systems") by type which may be
included within the terms "civil aircraft" and "civil
helicopters" shall not exceed that number which appears to
NOTE:
constitute a reasonable requirement for operation of The intention of Note 2 to Item IL 1460 is to ensure an eight-year
published scheduled services or for legitimate civil, private or embargo on gas turbine aero-engines. gas turbine powered aircraft
business use. APUs. and "helicopter power transfer systems". A twelve-year
control of technologies for aero-engines and APUs, and an eight-
year control of technologies for "helicopter power transfer
Table 1 Isee IL 1460 b 8)
systems" applies. It is intended that, even after these time periods
I. Materials and manufacturing procedures Initial certifi· Engine Type certi-
cation date ficate number have elapsed, the aero-engines. APUs and "helicopter power
Ceramic, ceramic-composite or composite
transfer systems" and technology therefor shall be exported only
hot-section components Icombuster, for use in bona fide "civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters".
turbine blades and vanes, seals, discs,
fJow path) None Computer-aided design (CAD) or computer-aided design/manufac-
Turbine blades on basis of directional turing (CAD/CAM) technology is not removed from embargo, nor
solidification capable of operating in high authorised for national discretion. by any provision of Item
gas temperature environments fin exce~s
of 1.593 K 11.320·CII 30/09174' JT90·7F E20EA IL 1460.
Turbine blades on basis of monocrystaJ The technology which shall be treated according to Notes 4 and
technology 25/11/80 JT9D-7R4 ONE
Turbine blades consisting of several parts 5 to Item IL 1460 is defined as follows:

34 Security export control. March 1990


1) On-site maintenance, component/sub-assembly replacement (c) Propulsion systems, guidance equipment, attitude control
or repair; equipment and on-board communications equipment for
On-site installation; remote control of the equipment embargoed by sub-items (a)
On-site assembly and related testing; or (b) above;
Operational limitations; (d) Specially designed components for the above.
System specifications;
Tooling drawings for on-site maintenance and module TECHNICAL NOTE:
separation; "Spacecraft" are defined as active and passive satellites and space
Illustrated parts catalogue; probes.
Operations engineering bulletins;
On-site maintenance manual; NOTE:
2) Fabrication: Scientific-mission space probes which do not contain equipment
Production line assembly and test; either covered by sub-item (c) above or covered by any other item
Heat treating; on these Lists are not covered by this Item.
Drilling processes;
Chemical processes;
Materials composition;
Foundry practices;
Protective coating application techniques;
IL 1485
Powder metallurgy; Inertial navigation systems, inertial equipment,
Joining techniques;
Complex machining techniques;
gyroscopes (gyros) and accelerometers, and
Direction solidification and single-crystal blade/vane "specially designed software" therefor as
fabrication technology; follows, and specially designed components
3) Design: therefor:
(a) Aircraft performance analyses and installation design
studies not in the public domain including data specific to
a particular engine: (See also Items IL 1385 and IL 1465.)
Tabulated performance data for installation design use;
Structural and heat transfer analysis; (a) Gyro compasses with provision for determining and
Vibration analysis; transmitting ship's level reference data (roll, pitch) in addition
Bearing and seal design; to own ship's course data;
Durability and heat analysis; (b) "Integrated digital flight instrument systems" which include
Engine skin temperatures, engine cycle pressures, and gyrostabilisers or automatic digital flight control systems for
engine thruster nozzle coefficients; aircraft and "specially designed software" for the integration
Mounting system analysis; thereof, except:
Lubrication 'system analysis; (1) Flight instrument systems integrated solely for VOR/ILS
Fuel system analysis; or MLS navigation and approaches; or
Control system analysis; (2) Integrated flight instrument systems which:
Exhaust system analysis; (A) Have been in normal civil use for more than two
Engine noise characteristics; years; and
Dimensions/tolerances; (B) Are standard equipment of "civil aircraft" and "civil
Airfoil shapes; helicopters";
(b) Helicopter power transfer system performance analyses
and installation design studies not in the public domain TECHNICAL NOTE:
(including data specific to a particular helicopter power An "integrated flight instrument system" - a primary instru-
transfer system): ment and display system using digital data processing
Dimensions/tolerances; techniques to provide manoeuvre guidance information.
Mounting system analysis;
Structural analysis; NB:
Vibration analysis; "An integrated digital flight instrument system" is often
Bearing and seal design; integrated with an autopilot to the extent of embodying a
Durability and heat transfer analysis; cpmmon unit for setting up the required demand.
Lubrication systems analysis; (c) Gyro-astro compasses and other devices which derive
Gear-box noise characteristics; position or orientation by means of automatically tracking
4) Other design technologies, not released on the basis of age, celestial bodies;
including but not limited to: (d) Gyro-stabilisers used for other purposes than aircraft control
(a) For engines or APUs: except:
CAD or CAD/CAM (including design and analysis (1) Those for stabilising an entire surface vessel; or
computer programmes, parametric engine performance (2) Those which have been in normal civil used for more
analysis); than two years;
Engine cycle analysis and selection; (e) Automatic pilots used for purposes other than aircraft control
Component aerodynamic design; and "specially designed software" for the integration thereof,
Airfoil cooling and seal design; except marine types for surface vessels;
(b) For "helicopter power transfer systems":
CAD or CAD/CAM (including parametric helicopter NOTE:
gear-box performance analysis and helicopter load-cycle This sub-item does not include automatic pilots for under-
analysis and selection). water vehicles, which are dealt with in Item IL 1417.
(t) Accelerometers designed for use in intertial navigation
IL 1465 systems or in guidance systems of all types, having either of
the following characteristics:
"Spacecraft" and launch vehicles, as follows: (1) a threshold of 0.005 g or less or
(2) a non-linearity of less than 0.25 per cent of the full scale
output;
(a) "Spacecraft", manned or unmanned (not including their (g) Gyros with a rated free directional drift rate (rated free
payloads); precession) of less than 0.5 0 (1 Sigma or root mean square
value) per hour in a 1 g environment;
NOTE: (h) Continuous output accelerometers which utilize 'servo' or
For controls applicable to products contained in "spacecraft" 'force balance' techniques and gyros, both specified to
payloads, see the appropriate List items. function at accelera~.ion :'evels above 100 g;
(b) Launch vehicles; (i) Inertial or other equipment using accelerometers embargoed

Security export control March 1990 3&


IL 1485 continued N.B.:
Technology for navigation equipment using
by (f) or (h) above or gyros embargoed by (g) or (h) above, and Doppler frequency phenomena remains under
systems incorporating such equipment, and "specially embargo.
designed software" for the integration thereof; (H) Utilising the constant velocity or the rectilinear
u) Specially designed test, calibration and alignment equipment propagation characteristics of electro-magnetic
for goods embargoed by any of the above sub-items. waves having frequency less than 4 x 10 14 Hz (0.75
microns);
(Hi) Radio altimeters, the following:

Groups F and G (a) Pulse modulated;


(b) Frequency modulated having a displayed
electrical output accuracy better than ±0.914
m (± 3 ft) over the range between 0 and 30.4 m
Electronic equipment (100 ft) or better than ±3 per cent above 30.4
m (100 ft), except standard commercial
airborne equipment needed to equip "civil
including aircraft" or "civil helicopters" or as normal
standard equipment incorporated in "civil
communications, radar, aircraft" or "civil helicopters" being exported
for civil commercial use, provided such
equipment is equivalent in all characteristics
computer hardware and performance to standard equipment of
aircraft not subject to embargo, and which are
and software frequency-modulated radio altimeters which
have been in normal civil use for a period of
more than one year.
See also Item ML 11
N.B.:
Technology of these radio altimeters remains
NB: under embargo.
Broadcast and television receivers of the domestic type are (c) Frequency modulated which have been in
expressly exempt from control. normal civil use for less than one year;

TECHNICAL NOTE:
IL 1501 The accuracy is related to that provided by the
electrical output circuits of the altimeter at any
Navigation, direction finding, radar and airborne altitude. The word accuracy also refers to the equip-
menfs accuracy over time. This accuracy over time
communication equipment, as follows: is defined for the instrument itself without reference
(See also Items IL 1485 (b) and (i), IL 1573 and IL 1574.) either to a calibrated value or to a designated
electrical value.
(a) Airborne communication equipment having any of the (iv) Direction finding equipment operating at
following characteristics, and specially designed components frequencies greater than 5MHz;
and "specially designed software" therefor: (v) Rated for continuous operation over a range of
(1) Designed to operate at frequencies greater than 156 ambient temperatures extending from below
MHz; -55°C to above + 55°C.
(2) Incorporating facilities for:
(i) The rapid selection of more than 200 channels per NOTES:
equipment; or 1. Sub-item (b) (1) (H) does not embargo Loran-C
(ii) Equipment using frequency synthesis techniques equipment having all of the following
(see also Item IL 1531); characteristics:
except equipment operating in the frequency range (a) It has been in normal civil use for a period of
of 108 to 137 MHz with 760 channels or fewer at not more than one year;
less than 25 kHz spacing, and which has been in (b) It is standard commercial equipment:
normal civil use for at least one year; (1) Needed to equip "civil aircraft"; or
(3) Rated for continuous operation over a range of ambient (2) Incorporated in Hcivil aircraft";
temperatures extending from below -55°C to above (c) It is equivalent in all characteristics and per-
+55°C; formances to standard equipment of aircraft
(4) Designed for modulating methods employing any form not subject to embargo;
of digital modulation using time and frequency (d) It is in conformity with ICAO standards;
redundancy such as 'Quantized Frequency Modulation t
(e) It is not designed to make use of hyperbolic
(QFM); grids at frequencies higher than 3MHz; and
(f) It does not contain electronic equipment which:
NOTE: (1) Can compute the position of the aircraft
This sub-item does not embargo airborne communication in one coordinate system when furnished
equipment which is not embargoed by (4) above and: position information in another coordinate
(a) Is needed to equip "civil aircraff'; or system (i.e., "coordinate conversion equip-
(b) Is normal standard equipment incorporated in "civil ment");
aircraft"; (2) Could not be shipped under the provisions
(b) Navigation and direction finding equipment, as follows, of Item IL 1565; and
specially designed components and "specially designed (3) Has been in normal civil use for a period
software" therefor, and specialised testing, calibrating and of less than one year.
training/simulating equipment therefor: 2. Direction finding equipment specially designed for
(1) Airborne navigation equipment and direction finding search and rescue purposes and operating at a
equipment, as follows: frequency of 121.5 MHz or 243 MHz is not covered
(i) Designed to make use of "Doppler" frequency by this sub-item. This exclusion also applies to
phenomena, except navigation equipment to be personal locator beacons operating in this form and
installed in "civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters", and which may also have an additional channel
which is normal standard equipment of a type selectable for voice mode only.
installed in "civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters" in a (2) Ground and marine equipment for use with airborne
Western country. navigation equipment utilising the constant velocity or

36 Security export control March 1990


the rectilinear propagation characteristics of electro- (viii) In the case of ground radar, having been in
magnetic waves having frequency less than 4 x 10 14 Hz commercial use for a period of less than one year.
(0.75 micron);
(3) Ground and marine direction finding equipment TECHNICAL NOTE:
operating at frequencies greater than 30 MHz; Probability of detection is determined according to the
following parameters:
NOTE: (a) Radial closing velocity of the target: 610 metres per
This sub-item does not embargo equipment, other than second (2,000 feet per second);
single side band equipment, operating at frequencies up (b) Probability of false alarm: 1()-8;
to 157 MHz and employing a loop system or a system (c) Operator factor: 3dB; and
employing a number of spaced vertical aerials uniformly (d) Fluctuation of the target in accordance with Rayleigh
disposed around the circumference of a circle, excluding distribution.
electronically commutated types.
(4) Timing receivers whose only function is automatically NOTE:
providing time derived from satellite signals to within 1 (a) Radar equipment embargoed only by (2) (i), (ii) or (Hi)
millisecond of Universal Coordinate Time (UCT) or above, provided that both of the following conditions are
better; met:
(5) Ground or marine navigation and geodetic positioning (1) It is specially designed for the surveillance and
systems designed for use with satellite-provided timing coordination of airfield surface traffic; and
positioning or navigation information; (2) It is to be installed at airports operating scheduled
(c) Radar equipment as follows, and specially designed commercial flights;
components, specialised testing, calibrating and (b) Radar equipment embargoed only by (2) (ii) or (Hi) above,
training/simulating equipment, and "specially designed soft- or by both, provided that all the following conditions are
ware" therefor: met:
(For lidar equipment see Item IL 1522) (]) Operating at a frequency of not more than 1.5 GHz
(1) Airborne radar equipment; and having a peak output power from the trans-
mitter not greater than 5 MW; or operating at a
NOTE: frequency within the range of 1.5 to 3.5 GHz and
This Item does not embargo airborne civil weather radar having a peak output power not greater than 2.5
conforming to international standards for civil weather MW;
radars provided they they not include any of the (2) Having an 80 per cent or better probability of
following: detection for a 10 sq.m. target at a free space range
(a) Phased array antennas; of 270 nautical miles;
(b) "Frequency agility"; (3) Having a pulse repetition frequency exceeding 300
(c) "Spread spectrunl"; or pulses per second;
(d) Any signal processing specially designed for (4) It is to be installed for air traffic control of scheduled
tracking of vehicles. international commercial flights;
(2) Ground and marine radar equipment having one or (c) Radar equipment covered only by (2) (iv) or (v) above,
more of the following features: provided it is to be installed for air traffic control
(i) Operating at a frequency not in normal civil use or purposes in international airports and has been in
at a frequency of more than 10.5 GHz; normal civil use for a period of not less than three years;
(H) Operating at a frequency of less than 1.5 GHz and (d) Radar equipment covered by (2) (vi) above, provided it is
having a peak output power from the transmitter specially designed for 111arine, harbour or meteorological
greater than 2.5 MW; or operating at a frequency use, or has been in normal civil use for not less than
within the range of 1.5 to 3.5 GHz and having a three years;
peak output power from the transmitter greater (e) Radar equipment covered only by (2) (vii) above,
than 1.5 MW; or operating at a frequency within the provided it is specially designed for marine (or harbour)
range of 3.5 to 6 GHz and having a peak output use, or radar equipment embargoed only by (2) (vii) or
power from the transmitter greater than 1 MW; or (viii) above, or both, provided it is specially designed for
operating at a frequency within the range of 6 to meteorological observation.
10.5 GHz and having a peak output power from the
transmitter greater than 500 kW; TECHNICAL NOTES:
(iii) 'Operating at a frequency of less than 3.5 GHz and 1. The term "civil aircraft" and "civil helicopters" are
having an 80 per cent or better probability of understood to include only those types of "civi.l aircraft"
detection for a 10 sq.m. target at a free space range and "civil helicopters" which are listed by designation in
of 250 nautical miles; or operating at a frequency published airworthiness certification lists by the civil
within the range of 3.5 to 10.5 GHz and having an aviation authorities to fly commercial civil internal and
80 per cent or better probability of detection for 10 external routes or for legitimate civil, private or business
sq.m. target at a free space range of 100 nautical use.
miles; 2. By "coordinate conversion equipment" is meant
(iv) Utilising other than pulse modulation with a electronic equipment designed to compute the position
constant or staggered pulse repetition frequency, in of the aircraft in one coordinate system when furnished
which the carrier frequency of the transmitted position information in another coordinate system.
signal is not changed deliberately between groups
of pulses, from pulse to pulse, or within a single NOTES:
pulse; except civil commercial airport radars using a 1. Nothing in the following shall be construed as permitting the
carrier frequency that may change from pulse to export of specially designed "software" or technology for
pulse between two fixed frequencies separated in navigation, direction finding, radar and airborne
time and in frequency by constant magnitudes; communication equipment, or technology for specially
(v) Utilising a Doppler technique for any purpose other designed components therefor, except for the minimum
than M.T.I. systems using a conventional double or "software" and technology for the use (Le. the installation,
triple pulse delay line cancellation technique; except operation and maintenance) of the following equipment. This
those utilised for surveillance and control radars for Item does not embargo the following:
aerial navigation in civil airports; (a) Standard commercial airborne equipment listed in sub-
(vi) Including any digital signal processing techniques item (b) (1) (ii) above needed to equip "civil aircraft" or
used for automatic target tracking, or having a "civil helicopters" or as normal standard equipment
facility for electronic tracking; incorporated in "civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters"
(vii) Including signal processing techniques other than being exported for civil commercial use provided, such
those covered by sub-item (vi) above, which have equipment is in. conformity with ICAO standards and
been in normal civil use for a period of less than two assures no funcJif>n exceeding those resulting from such
years; standards, is not designed to use satellite-broadcasted

Security export control March 1990 37


n.. 1501 continued
2.
in this Item.
This Item does not embargo:
(a) Industrial equipment employing cells not embargoed by
navigation signals and is not designed to make use of Item IL 1548;
hyperbolic grids at frequencies greater than 3 MHz. (b) Industrial and civilian intrusion alarm, traffic and
(Standard commercial airborne equipment designed to industrial movement control and counting systems;
make use of hyperbolic grids at frequencies of less than 3 (c) Medical equipment;
MHz may be exported if coordinate conversion (d) Industrial equipment used for inspection, sorting or
equipment, which has been in normal civil use for less analysis of the properties of materials;
than one year, or which could not be shipped under the (e) HSimple educational devices" which employ photocells;
provisions of Item IL 1565, is not included and is not (f) Simple devices for entertainment or for home use which
separately supplied.) Normal civil equipment released by employ photocells;
this paragraph consists of: Marker beacons, ILS, VOR (g) Flame detectors for industrial furnaces;
("OMNI"), Omega, Loran A and B; (h) Equipment for non-contact temperature measurement
(b) Ground and marine equipment listed in sub-item (b) (2) for laboratory or industrial purposes using a single
above, for use with airborne navigation equipment using detector cell with no scanning of the detector;
the constant velocity or rectilinear propagation (i) Instruments capable of measuring radiated power or
characteristics of electromagnetic waves having a energy having a response time constant exceeding
frequency less than 4 x 1014 Hz (wavelength 0.75 micro- 10 ms;
metre), provided the ground equipment is for use at civil u) Equipment designed for measuring radiated power or
airports or for civil use in association with civil airborne energy for laboratory, agricultural or industrial purposes
equipment, and: using a single detector cell with no scanning of the
(1) Is in conformity with ICAO standards and assures no detector and single detector cell assemblies or probes
function exceeding those resulting from such specially designed therefor, having a response tinle
standards; constant exceeding 1 micro-second;
(2) Is not designed to make use of hyperbolic grids at (k) Infrared geodetic equipment, provided that equpment
frequencies greater than 3 MHz; uses a lighting source other than a laser and is manually
(c) Equipment listed in sub-item (b) (5) above which is operated, or uses a lighting source (other than a laser or
restricted to use with TRANSIT satellite systems or other light-emitting diode) remote from the measuring
unembargoed systems and which is not also embargoed equipment;
by sub-item (b) (4) above; (I) Infrared communication equipment with characteristics
(d) Secondary radar equipment embargoed by sub-item (c) not exceeding those in Item IL 1519;
above specially designed for civil air traffic identification 3. This Item does not embargo ultrasonic devices:
and control purposes; (a) Operating in contact with a controlled material to be
(e) Equipment assemblies for civil marine automatic radar inspected;
plotting aids or electronic relative motion analyzers (b) Used for industrial cleaning, sorting or materials
designed to achieve the requirements published by the handling;
International Maritime Organization in accordance with (c) Used for emulsification;
the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) conventions, provided (d) Used for homogenisation;
the designed tracking speeds do not exceed relative (e) Used in "simple educational devices";
values of greater than 150 knots (77.1 metres/second); (f) Used in simple entertainment devices; .
(f) Ground radar of the hand-held and automobile-mounted 4. This Item does not embargo underwater ultrasonic
type used for vehicle speed monitoring by police communication systems which do not have any of the
authorities and operating in the frequency band from following:
10.5 to 10.55 GHz. (a) Electronic beam steering;
(g) Global positioning satellite receivers listed in sub-items (b) Encryption techniques; or
(b) (4) and (b) (5) above which have all of the following (c) A carrier frequency outside the range from 20 to 60 kHz.
characteristics: 5. This Item does not embargo:
(l) Capable only of processing the L1 channel (also (a) Infrared thermal imaging equipment having all the
called the Standard Positioning Service (SPS) following characteristics:
channel); (1) The detector is a single element;
(2) Capable of only the Short-Term Code (Coarse (2) The detector is neither a charge coupled device
Acquisition Code (C/A) code) with short term (CCD) nor an integrate-while-scan device;
generation cycle; (3) The detector is either:
(3) No decryption capabilities; (a) Not cooled; or
(4) Including no cesium beam standards; and (b) Cooled by using a liquid nitrogen Dewar vessel;
(5) Including no null steerable antennae. and
2. Specialised testing or calibrating equipment shipped pursuant (4) The equipment is:
to the various exclusion clauses in this Item shall be limited to (a) Non-ruggedised, medical equipment; or
equipment: (b) Has both of the following:
(a) Shipped with operational equipment for which the (A) A resolution not exceeding 22,500
exclusion clause is intended; or resolvable elements; and
(b) Specifically for such operational equipment which has (B) A Noise Equivalent Temperature
previously been exported. Difference (NETD) (or temperature
sensitivity) of no less than 1 K;

NB:
IL 1502 This paragraph does not release Joule-Thompson
coolers, cooling engines or thermo"electric coolers.
(b) Infrared viewing equipment having all the following
Communication, detection or tracking characteristics:
equipment of a kind using ultra-violet radiation, (1) The detector is a pyroelectric vidicon without
infrared 'radiation or ultrasonic waves, and reticle;
specially designed components and "specially (2) The equipment is designed for fire fighting and
designed software" therefor. buried body detection; and
(3) The optical sensitivity is in the wavelength range
from 8 to 14 micrometres.
NOTES:
1. Infrared or ultra-violet sensing devices not otherwise NB:
embargoed by Munitions List Item ML 15 and which cont~in Nothing in this Note shall be construed as releasing any
image intensifiers embargoed by Item IL 1555 are dealt With technology from embargo.

38 Security export control March 1990


TECHNICAL NOTE: (2) Passive (receiving, whether or not related in normal
"Simple educational devices"- application to separate active equipment) acoustic
Devices designed for use in teaching basic scientific hydrophones or transducers having all of the following
principles and demonstrating the operation of those characteristics:
principles in educational institutions. (A) Independently mounted or configured and not
reasonably capable of assembly by the user into a
towed hydrophone array;
(B) Incorporating sensitive elements made of piezo-
IL 1510 electric ceramics or crystal:
(1) With a sensitivity no better than -180 dB
Marine or terrestrial acoustic or ultrasonic (reference 1 volt per micropascal) when not
designed for operation at depths of more than
systems or equipment specially designed for 100 m and not acceleration compensated;
positioning surface vessels or underwater (2) With a sensitivity no better than -192 dB
vehicles, or for detecting or locating underwater (reference 1 volt per micropascal) when not
or subterranean objects or features, and designed for operation at depths of more than
specially designed components of such systems 100 m;
(3) With a sensitivity no better than -204 dB
or equipment, including but not limited to (reference 1 volt per micropascal) when not
hydrophones, transducers, beacons, towed designed for operation at depths of more than
hydrophone arrays, beamformers and 1000 m;
geophones (except moving coil or moving (b) Terrestrial systems or equipment having both the following
magnet electromagnetic geophones) and characteristics:
(1) Not reasonably capable of conversion by the user to
"specially designed software" therefor, except: underwater or marine applications embargoed by this
Item; and
(a) Marine systems or equipment t as follows: (2) Not employing. geophones or other transducers
(1) Active (transnlitting, or transmitting and receiving) embargoed by this Ite"m.
systems or equipment, including but not limited to depth
sounders and fish-finders and their associated
beamformers, as follows: NOTES:
(A) Depth sounders used solely for measuring the depth 1. Signal processing and data-processing parameters for
of water or the distance of submerged or buried related equipment are defined in Items IL 1529 and IL
objects verticaHy below the apparatus; 1565, and parameters for related cable in Item IL 1526.
(B) Horizontally-operated object detection or location 2. Magnetic detection and locating apparatus is embargoed
systems, having all of the following characteristics: by Item IL 1571.
(1) Transmitting frequency of 15 kHz or more; 3. Nothing in this Item shall permit the export of
(2) Sound pressure level less than 250 dB technology or technical data associated with the design,
(reference 1 micropascal at 1 m) for equipment manufacture or upgrading of equipment excluded from
with operating frequency between 15 and 30 embargo by this definition, when such technology or
kHz, with no decibel limitation for equipment technical data are also relevant to equipment covered by
operating at frequencies of 30 kHz or more; this definition.
(3) Transmission capability limited to ±- 10 per 4. With respect to repairs and alterations to vessels owned
cent of the design centre frequency; and controlled by organisations in proscribed
(4) Not designed to withstand pressure during destinations, then those systems or equipment shall not
normal operation at depths exceeding 1,000 m; be installed pursuant to such repair or alterations, unless
(5) Displaying a range of 5,000 m or less; previously approved.
(C) Electronic noise sources for vertically directional (See also Item IL 1416.)
use only, or mechanical (eg air gun or vapour-shock 5. Passive hydrophone sensitivities cited in this Item are
gun) or chemical (eg explosive) noise sources; based on sensitivity being defined as 20 times" the
(D) Acoustic systems or equipment for positioning logarithm to the base 10 of the ratio of rms output
surface vessels or underwater vehicles, provided: voltage to a 1 volt reference, when the hydrophone
(1) Their control capability is limited to release and sensor is placed in a plane wave acoustic field having an
basic transponder capabilities; rms pressure of 1 micropascal. For example, a
(2) They are not capable of processing responses hydrophone of -160 dB (reference 1 volt per
from more than four beacons in the calculation micropascal) would yield an output voltage of 10-8 volts
of a single point; in such a field, while one of -180 dB sensitivity would
(3) They do not use coherent signals from two or yield only 10-9 volts output.
more beacons; 6. Nothing in this Note permits the export of technology.
(4) They have neither devices nor "software" for This Item does not embargo towed acoustic hydrophone
the automatic correction of velocity-of- arrays having all of the following characteristics:
propagation errors for point calculation; (a) Not specially designed for operation at more than
(5) They are capable only of: 100 m depth or at tow speeds in excess of 8 knots;
(a) Operating within a range of less than (b) Not incorporating temperature or heading sensors;
I tOOO m; or (c) Having hydrophone groups uniformly spaced at not
(b) Achieving positional accuracy of less than 25 m and not more than 60 m;
better (less) than 20 m when measured (d) Having an assembled diameter of 40 mm or more
at a range of 1,000 m; and using metallic strength members only;
(6) Transducers, acoustic modules or hydrophones (e) Not having multiplexed hydrophone group signals;
therefor are not designed to withstand pressure (f) Not having a configuration for multiple or
during normal operation at depths of more overlapping acoustic aperture operation;
than 1,000 m; and (g) Not havinu characteristics better than those
(7) Beacons therefor: specified in ~)ub-items (a)(2)(A) and (B) above; and
(a) Are not designed to withstand pressure (h) Not having associated processing equipment which
during normal operation at depths of provides any of the following features:
more than 1tOOO m; (1) Electronically-steerable beamforming
(b) Do not have oscillators with a stability capabiHties;
of more than 10-5 over periods of (2) Side-lobe suppression techniques such as
24 hours; shading coefficients; or
(c) Do not use complex codes; and (3) On-line real-time processing or off-line batch
(d) Do not use beam formers which have preproe~ssb\g capabilities exceeding the limits
shaded or formed beams; specifi(i~d in !tems IL 1529 and IL 1565.

Security export control March 1990 3~


n.. 1510 continued reverse process of reducing the bandwidth to its original
form. By allocating different bit streams to different
subscribers transmitting simultaneously, significantly greater
use can be made of available bandwidth.
2. "Frequency agility" (or frequency hopping) is another form of
"spread spectrum" in which the transmission frequency of a
single communication channel is made to change by discrete
steps under the control of a similar bit stream.
(See also Item IL 1517 (c).)

NOTE:
This Item is not intended to cover signal analysers (see Item
IL 1533) or field strength meters (see Item IL 1529).

IL 1517
Radio transmitters, except radio relay com-
munications equipment (for which see Item IL
1520), as follows, and specially designed com-
ponents therefor:

(a) Transmitters or transmitter-amplifiers designed to operate at


output frequencies greater than 960 MHz;
IL 1514 (b) Transmitters or transmitter-amplifiers designed to provide
any of the following features:
Pulse modulators capable of providing electric (1) Any system of pulse modulation (this does not include
impulses of peak power exceeding 20 MW or of a amplitude-, frequency- or phase-modulated televisions or
duration of less than 0.1 microsecond, or with a telegraphic transmitters or pulse-width modulated sound
duty cycle in excess of 0.005; and pulse broadcasting transmitters);
(2) Rated for operation over a range of ambient
transformer, pulse-forming equipment or delay temperatures extending from below -40°C to above
lines being specially designed components of +60 0 C;
such modulators. (c) Transmitters for spread spectrum and frequency agile
systems having a total transmitted bandwidth which is:
(For the definition of "spread spectrum" and "frequency
agility", see Technical notes 1 and 2 to Item IL 1516.)
IL 1516 (I) 100 or more times greater than the bandwidth of any
one information channel; and
Receivers, as follows, and specially designed (2) In excess of 50 kHz.
components, accessories and "specially (For quartz crystals, see Item IL 1587; and for radio
transmitters incorporating transmitter drive units,
designed software" therefor: exciters and master uscillators using frequency
(For instruments using time compression of the synthesis, see also Item IL 1531.)
input signal or FIT techniques associated with
receivers, see Item IL 1533 (i)). NOTE:
This item is not intended to cover the following transmitters or
(a) Panoramic radio receivers (which search or scan transmitter-amplifiers, or systems containing such equipment,
automatically a part of the electromagnetic spectrum and accessories and sub-assemblies therefor:
indicate or identify the received signals); except ancillary (a) Specially designed for medical applications and operating at
equipment for commercial receivers with which the ISM frequencies;
frequency searched does not exceed a bandwidth of 20 MHz (b) Having an output power of not more than 10 W. which are
or does not incorporate a raster or storage display capability; specially designed for:
(b) Digitally-controlled radio receivers, whether or not computer (I) Industrial or civil intrusion detection and alarm;
controlled, which search or scan automatically a part of the (2) Industrial and traffic detection. counting. speed
electromagnetic spectrum, in which the switching operation measurement. identification and movement control;
takes less than 10 milliseconds, and which indicate or identify (3) Carrying the information from the equipment above, or
the received signals, except non-ruggedized, digitally- the information of environmental, air or water. pollution
controlled, pre-set type radio receivers designed for use in detection or measurement systems.
civil communications which have 200 selective channels or (c) Transmitters using wideband amplifiers designed for non-
fewer (for digitally-controlled radio receivers using frequency frequency agile civil applications, such as television and
synthesizers, see also Item IL 1531); mobile service.
(c) Receivers for "spread spectrum" and "frequency agile"
systems having a total transmitted bandwidth which is:
(I) 100 or more items greater than the bandwidth of any
one information channel; and IL 1518
(2) In excess of 50 kHz;
(d) Receivers which incorporate digital signal processing, except Telemetering and telecontrol equipment suitable
receivers specially designed for internationally allocated civil for use with aircraft (piloted or pilotless), space
frequency bands only and which do not permit user- vehicles or weapons (guided or unguided), and
accessible reprogrammability of the digital signal-processing
circuits.
test equipment specially designed for such
equipment.
TECHNICAL NOTES:
I. "Spread spectrum" is defined as the technique whereby NOTE:
energy in a relatively narrow-band communication channel is This item is not intended to cover equipment specially designed to
spread over a much wider energy spectrum under the control be used for remote control of toys such as model planes and boats
of a random or pseudo-random bit stream. On receipt, the and having electric field strength of not more than 200 microvolts
signal is correlated with the same bit stream to achieve the per metre at a distance of 500 metres.

40 Security export control March 1990


NOTES:
IL 1519 1, Nothing in this Item shall be construed as sanctioning the
"Telecommunication transmission equipment" export of technology for the development or production of
and measuring and test equipment, as follows, equipment employing digital transmission techniques. for
operation at a total digital transfer rate at the hightes
and specially designed components, accessories multiplex level exceeding 8,5 million bit/s;
and "specially designed software" therefor: 2. This Item does not embargo:
(a) "Telecommunication transmission equipment" employing (a) Telemetering, telecommand and telesignalling
digital techniques (including the digital processing of equipment designed for industrial purposes, together
analogue signals) and having at least one of the following with data transmission equipment not intended for the
characteristics: transmission of written or printed text;
(1) Designed for a total digital transfer rate which, at the
highest multiplex level, exceeds: NB:
(A) 45 million bitls (including when designed for under- Telemetering, telecommand and telesignalling equip-
water use); or ment consists of:
(B) 8.5 million bills for stored programme controlled (a) Sensing heads for the conversion of information into
digital crossconnection equipment; electrical signals;
(b) The systems used for the long-distance transmission
NOTE: of these electrical signals; and
The maximum of 45 million bit Is for the highest (c) The process used to translate electrical signals into
multiplex level does not preclude total digital transfer coded data (telemetering), into control signals
rates of maximally a factor two (2 times) higher for: (telecommand) and into display signals
(a) Line terminating equipment; (telesignalling);
(b) Intermediate amplifier equipment; (b) Facsimile equipment which is not embargoed by Item IL
(c) Repeater equipment; 1527; or
(d) Regenerator equipment; or (c) Equipment employing exclusively the direct current
(e) Translation encoders (transcoders); transmission technique.
(2) Designed for a "data signalling rate" which exceeds:
(A) 1,200 bitls when:
(a) Employing an automatic error detection and
correction system; and
(b) Retransmission is not required for correction;
(B) 9,600 bitls when using the "bandwidth of one voice
channel"; or
(C) 64,000 bitls when using baseband;

NOTE:
For statistical multiplexers, which satisfy the definitions of
either "data (message) switching" or "stored programme (3)
controlled circuit switching", and for the definitions of these
terms, see Item IL 1567. (4)
(b) Electronic measuring or test equipment (eg bit error rate test
sets) specially designed for the equipment embargoed by sub- (h)
item (a) (1) above;

TECHNICAL NOTE:
Definition of terms
"bandwidth of one voice channel" -
In the case of data communication equipment designed to
(2)
operate in one voice channel of 3,100 Hz, as defined in CCITT
Recommendation G. 151;
"data signalling rate" -
As defined in ITU Recommendation 53-36, taking into
account that, for non-binary modulation, 'baud' and 'bit per
second' are not equal. Bits for coding, checking and
synchronisation functions are to be included,

NB:
When determining the "data signalling rate", servicing and
administrative channels shall be excluded.
"Telecommunication transmission equipment" -
For the purpose of this Item is:
(a) Categorised as follows, or combinations thereof:
(1) Line terminating equipment;
(2) Intermediate amplifier equipment; 2,
(3) Repeater ~quipment;
(4) Regenerator equipment;
(5) Translation encoders (transcoders);
(6) Multiplex equipment;
(7) Modulatorsldemodulators (modems);
(8) Transmultiplex equipment (see CCITT Rec. G701; or
(9) Stored programme controlled digital crossconnection
equipment; and
(b) Designed for use in single or multi-channel communication IL 1520
via:
(1) Wire (line); Radio relay communication equipment, specially
(2) Coaxial cable; designed test equipment and "software" as
(3) Optical fibre cable; or follows, and specially designed components and
(4) Radio, accessories therefor.
(a) Radio relay communication equipment designed for use at

Security export control March 1990 41


IL 1520continued networks and the engineering service circuits required for the
maintenance of telecommunication links, or technology for
frequencies exceeding 960 MHz, except when having any of the . installation, maintenance and operation therefor,
the following sets of characteristics: prOVIded:
(1) Microwave radio links for fixed civil installations (a) Microwave radio links employing analogue transmission
operating at fixed frequencies not exceeding 19.7 GHz, techniques have a capacity not exceeding 2,700 voice
employing analogue transmission with a capacity of up channels of 4 kHz each;
to 2,700 voice channels of 4 kHz each or of a television (b) Microwave radio links employing digital transmission
channel of 6 MHz maximum nominal bandwidth and techniques operate at a frequency not exceeding 19.7
associated sound channels: GHz and are designed to operate at a total digital bit rate
(2) Microwave radio links: not exceeding 45 million bit/s;
(A) Designed for operation at a total bit rate not (c) The equipment does not employ quadrature-amplitude-
exceeding 45 million bills; modulation (QAM) techniques;
(B) Not employing quadrature-amplitude-modulation (d) Associated or integrated multiplex equipment is con-
(QAM) techniques above level 4 if the total bit rate sidered separately under the provisions of Item IL 1519.
exceeds 8.5 million bit/s; and
(C) Not exceeding an operating frequency of 19.7 GHz; F6RPSOPLE1s.u:eli;llttc ,OF ciilNA oNi.Y:·
(3) Ground communication radio equipment for use with 3. Th~. sh,lpment of th~ folf?~~ng. radio relay c9mmu~ication
H

temporarily fixed services operated by the civilian eC/l.upment;. . . " ..•. . •. '\ ' ,
authorities of the importing country and designed to be . (a)'-. Dignal'mic'rowav~ \'a~fio lipk's' (oi' 'fixed civil installations
used at fixed frequencies not exceeding 19.7 GHz with a , ,operating,at'fixed frequenciei not exceeding 19.7 GAz
power output of not more than 5 W; .o,rith a capacity of up to 1:;920 Yoil;:echannels of 3.1 kHz'
(4) TY-receive-only (TYRO) stations for satellite reception or four television Channels bf6MHzmaximum nominal ,
specially designed for use at fixed frequencies meeting bandwidth and,~odated soundchannels;'j.' ..
ITU standards in civil television or sound radio systems (b)' Ground communic~tion ';radiQ equipmen't jOi";\J~ with
in the following frequency ranges: temporarily fixed 'services oj>eratel1byth~';~civllian'
(A) 5-band:
(B) C-band:
2.5 - 2.69 GHz
3.4 - 4.2 GHz
at
authorities and desillneq to. tie. used fixedfteqUtmCies •
riot exceeding 20 GHz;" .', , .., . ,
4.5 - 4.8 GHz (c) Radio transmission media-simiJlators/chai)nel elll!h1ators
(C) Ku- and Ka-band: 10.7 - 12.75 GHz. designed for the testing of equipment covered by (a) or:
(5) The equipment is specially designed for the transmission (b) above; " . ,.' ,.'"
of television signals: (d) Power amplifiers not exceeding 10 Wand 6/4-Gf{Z-
(A) Between camera and studio or between studio and transmitters/receivers for communication satellites;,.'
television transmitter; and (e) Equipment specially designed to receiveeiVi! met~ot6.c
(B) Not exceeding a line-of-sight distance with respect logical data provided:· .. . ".' '•• ;,
to anyone installation; (I), The equipment or systems are designed,and.used.
(6) The equipment is specially designed to be installed and for fixed civil meteorological applications; . <,
operated in communication satellite earth stations using: (2) The equipll)ent has all the following character,isticS:
(A) INTELSAT; (i) It is specially., designed, to receive and proc~s~
(B) MARISAT; Weather Facsimile ,fWEFAX) or receive . and
(C) EUTELSAT; or proceSs meteorological data from civli weather
(D) INMARSAT; satellites such as: GOES' (GeostatioQ.aty;
(7) The equipment is tropospheric scatter communication Operating Enviromitental. Satellite).N.0AK
equipment which: (National. Oceanic arid Atrnosp\Jedt.
(A) Is designed for civil fixed use; Administril,tion) polar orbiting satellites,'ofthe
(B) Operates at fixed frequencies of 2.7 GHz or less; ARGOS meteorological satellite; , ".<:,
(C) Uses frequency modulation; and (ii) "Frequency agility" techriiquesare' 1;!Q{
(D) Has a power amplifier outP\jt of 10 kW or less; incorporatel;l; and. ...., .' ...:.:
(iii) The' weath~r satellite grouM systelJlfr~'
NOTES: quencies do)Jofexce~a 1,750 MH;C.<""·,'
I. Nothing in the above permits the export of
technology for equipment employing quadrature-
amplitude-modulation (QAM) techniques, except
technology for installation, operation or
maintenance.
IL 1521
2. Nothing in the above permits the export of Solid-state amplifiers having any of the following
technology for equipment released by (6) above, characteristics, and specially designed
except technology for installation, operation or
maintenance.
components and accessories therefor:
(b) Stand-alone radio transmission media simulators/channel (a) Exceeding a maximum output power of 2 kW at operating
estimators and "specially designed software" therefor, frequencies between 10 and 35 MHz inclusive;
specially designed for testing equipment embargoed by (a) (b) Exceeding a maximum output power of 50 W at operating
above, except those in which the adjustments are only made frequencies between 35 and 400 MHz; or
manually. (c) A product of the maximum output power times the maximum
operating frequency of more than 2 x 10 I U W.Hz at
NOTES: operating frequencies above 400 MHz.
I. This Item does not embargo equipment permanently installed
in a circuit operated by the civilian authorities of the
NOTES:
importing country for civil television transmission or for I. This Item does not embargo solid state amplifiers:
general commercial traffic or technology for the installation, (a) Specially designed for community television distribution
maintenance and operation therefor, provided: systems; or
(a) The equipment is not designed for operation at a total bit (b) Having a "bandwidth" of 10 MHz or less.
rate exceeding 45 million bit/s; 2. For amplifiers designed to operate at frequencies above I
(b) The equipment does not employ quadrature-amplitude- GHz, see Item IL 1537.
modulation (QAM) techniques; and 3. For amplifiers specially designed for and intended to work
(c) Associated or integrated multiplex equipment is con- with oscilloscopes, see Item IL 1584.
sidered separately under the provisions of Item IL 1519. 4. For amplifiers specially designed for transmitters, see Item IL
2. This Item does not embargo equipment for civil industrial use, 1517.
eg, remote supervision, control and metering of oil and gas
pipelines, civil public utility services (eg, electricity networks) TECHNICAL NOTE:
including telephone channels for the operation of such "Bandwidth" is defined as the range of frequencies over which the

42 Security export control March 1990


power amplification does not drop to less than one half of its (3) A pulsed output energy not exceeding 0.5 joule per
maximum value. pulse; and
(4) An average power not exceeding 10 watts;
(x) Single-element semiconductor "lasers" with a wave-
length shorter than 1 micrometre designed for, and used
IL 1522 in, equipment as defined in (b)(xiii), (xiv), (xix) or (xx)
below;
"Lasers" and "equipment containing lasers", as
follows: NOTE:
(a) HLasers" and specially designed- components, therefor, This sub-item does not embargo semiconductor "lasers"
including amplification stages, except the following when not having:
specially designed for equipment covered by (b) below: (1) An output wavelength no longer than 1,000 nm;
(i) Argon, krypton and non-"tunable" dye "lasers" having and
one of the following sets of characteristics: (2) A continuous wave (CW) output power not
(1) An output wavelength in the range from 0.2 to 0.8 exceeding 100 mW.
micrometre, a pulsed output energy not exceeding (b) "Equipment containing lasers", and specially designed
0.5 joule per pulse and an average or continuous- components therefor, except the equipment listed below
wave maximum rated single- or multi-mode output which contains "lasers" excluded from embargo by sub-item
power not exceeding 20W; or (a):
(2) An output wavelength between 0.8 and 1.0 (i) Specially designed for industrial and civilian intrusion
micrometre, a pulsed output energy not exceeding detection and alarm systems;
0.25 joule per pulse and an average or continuous- (ii) Specially designed for medical applications;
wave maximum rated single- or multi-mode output (iii) Equipment for educational and laboratory purposes;
power not exceeding 10 watts;
(ii) Helium-cadmium, nitrogen and multigas Hlasers" not NB:
otherwise specified in this item with both of the The educational equipment referred to in this sub-item is
following characteristics: defined as devices designed for use in teaching basic
(1) An output wavelength shorter than 0.8 micrometre; scientific principles and demonstrating the operation of
(2) A pulsed output not exceeding 0.5 joule per pulse those principles in educational institutions.
and an average or continuous-wave maximum rated (iv) Specially designed for traffic and industrial movement
single- or multi-mode output power not exceeding control and counting systems;
120 watts; (v) Specially designed for de'tection of environmental
(iii) Helium-neon "lasers" with an output wavelength shorter pollution;
than 0.8 micrometre; (vi) Optical spectrometers and densitometers;
(iv) Ruby-"lasers" with both of the following characteristics: (vii) Equipment containing continuous-wave helium-neon gas
(1) An output wavelength shorter than 0.8 micrometre; "lasers" (but see sub-item (c) below);
(2) An energy output not exceeding 20 joules per pulse; (viii) Textile-cutting and textile-bonding equipment;
(v) CO2 , CO or CO/C02 "lasers" having either of the (ix) Paper cutting equipment;
following characteristics: (x) Equipment containing "lasers" for drilling diamond dies
(1) An output wavelength in the range of 9 to 11 for the wire drawing industry;
micrometres and a pulsed output energy not (xi) Electronic scanning equipment with auxiliary electronic
exceeding 2 joules per pulse and a maximum rated screening unit specially designed for printing processes,
average single- or multi-mode output power not including such equipment when used for the production
exceeding 1.2 kW or a continuous-wave maximum of colour separations;
rated single- or inulti-mode output power not (xii) Laser-radar (lidar) equipment specially designed for
exceeding 5.0 kW; or surveying or meteorological observation;
(2) An output wavelength in the range of 5 to 7 (xiii) Consumer-type reproducers for video and audio discs,
micrometres and having a continuous-wave employing non-erasable media;
maxirnum rated single- or multi-mode output power (xiv) Price scanners (point of sale);
not exceeding 50 watts; (xv)-Equipment designed for surveying purposes, provided
(vi) Nd: YAG "lasers" having an output wavelength of 1.064 there is no capability of measuring range;
micrometres with either of the following characteristics: (xvi) Equipment specially designed for the marking of
(1) A pulsed output not exceeding 0.5 joule per pulse components;
and maximum rated average single- or multi-mode (xvii) Specially designed gravure (printing plate) manufac-
output power not exceeding 10 watts or a turing equipment;
continuous-wave maximum rated single- or multi- (xviii) Equipment specially designed for visual entertainment
mode output power not exceeding 50 watts; purposes ('~laser" light shows) provided it has no
(2) A pulsed output not exceeding 10 joules per pulse holographic capability;
with a pulse width not less than 50 microseconds (xix) Electronic printers, including those capable of being used
and a maximum rated average single-or multi-mode with "digital computers", not exceeding 2,000 lines (30
output power not exceeding 50 watts; pages) per minute or 300 characters per second;
(3) A continuous wave multi-mode output power not (xx) Electronic copiers, including those capable of being used
exceeding 175 watts; with "digital computers", not exceeding 30 pages per
(vii) N d:Glass "lasers" with both of the following minute and which do not include any of the following:
characteristics: (1) Optical character recognition (OCR) equipment
(1) An output wavelength in the range of 1.05 to 1.06 which is not released by item IL 1565 (h) (2) (iv) (k);
micrometres; and (2) Digitising equipment which is not released by item
(2) A pulsed output not exceeding 2 joules per pulse; IL 1565 (h) (2) (iv) (h); or
(viii) "Tunable" CW dye "lasers", with both of the following (3) "Image enhancement" capability;
characteristics: (c) Measuring systems which have both of the following
(1) An output wavelength shorter than 0.8 micrometre; characteristics:
and (1) Contain a "laser"; and
(2) An output not exceeding an average or continuous- (2) Maintain for at least 48 hours, over a temperature range
wave maximum rated single- or multi-mode output of .±..10K around a standard temperature and at a
power of 1 W; standard pressure:
(ix) "Tunable" pulsed "lasers" (for argon and krypton (i) A resolution over their full scale of .±..O.l
~'lasers", see (a) (i) above), including dye, having all of the micrometre or better; and
following characteristics: (ii) An accuracy of.±..l part per million or better;
(1) An output wavelength between 0.15 and 0.8
micrometre; TECHNICAL NOfE:
(2) A pulse duration not exceeding 100 nanoseconds; Standard temperatures and standard pressures as

Security export oontrol March 1990 43


IL 1522 continued
indicated in IEC Publication 160.
(d) Particle measuring systems employing helium-neon "lasers",
designed for measuring particle size and concentration in
gases, which have both of the following characteristics:
(1) Capable of measuring particle sizes of 0.3 micro metre or
less; and
(2) Capable of characterising Class 10 clean air or better. IL 1526
TECHNICAL NOTES: Optical fibres, optical cables and other cables
1. "Tunable" refers to the ability of a "laser" to produce an and components and accessories, as follows:
output at any wavelength within its tuning range. A line- (a) Un armoured or single-armoured ocean cable having an
selectable "laser" which can operate only on discrete attenuation of 1.62 dB/km (3.0 dB per nautical mile) or less,
wavelengths is not considered tunable. measured at a frequency of 600 kHz;
2. The term 'specially designed components' is intended, among (b) Optical-fibre communication cable or optical fibres therefor,
other things, to include active and passive components in having any of the following characteristics:
semi-fabricated forms as well as in fabricated forms. (1) The optical fibre is designed for single mode light
3. A "laser" is an assembly of components to produce a coherent propagation;
light which is amplified by stimulated emission of radiation. (2) The optical fibre:
4. "Equipment containing lasers" uses coherent light in the (i) Is designed for multimode light propagation; and
equipment for a certain application. (ii) Has an attenuation of less than 1.0 dB/km at a
wavelength of 1300 nm; or
NOTES: (3) Optical fibres capable of withstanding a "proof test"
1. Nothing in the following shall be construed as permitting the tensile strength of 1.1 x 109 N/m 2 or more;
export of technology for the following equipment, except for
the minimum technology for their use (Le., installation, TECHNICAL NOTE:
operation and maintenance): "Proof Test" consists of on-line or oll-Iine production
(a) Sub-item (a) does not embargo un cooled, unsegmented screen testing that dynamically applies a prescribed
mirrors with glass or dielectric substrates for use as end tensile stress over a 0.5 to 3 m length of fibre at a
reflectors for "laser" resonators. running rate of 2 to 5 m/s while passing between
(For segmented mirrors, see Item IL 1556.) capstans approximately 15 cm in diameter. The ambient
(b) This Item does not embargo equipment listed in sub-item temperature is a nominal 20°C and relative humidity
(b) containing "lasers" described in (a) (vi) (1) and (vii) 40%.
provided the "lasers" have a maximum pulsed output not
exceeding 2 joules per pulse; . NB:
(c) This Item does not embargo Nd. YAG "lasers" used for Equivalent national standards for executillg the "proof
pumping "tunable" pulsed dye "lasers" excluded from test" may be used.
embargo under (a) )ix), and having all of the following (4) Specially designed for underwater use; or
characteristics: (5) Specially designed to be insensitive ot nuclear radiation;
(1) An output wavelength of 1.064 micrometre; (c) Optical fibres for sensing purposes, having any of the
(2) A pulsed output energy not exceeding 1.5 joule per following characteristics:
pulse; and (I) Specially fabricated either compositionally or struc-
(3) A maximum rated average single- or multi-mode turally, or modified by coating to be acoustically,
output power not exceeding 25 W. thermally, inertially, electromagnetically or nuclear
2. This item is intended to cover semiconductor "lasers" but not radiation sensitive;
non-coherent light-emitting diodes and assemblies or (2) Modified structurally or by coating to have either:
integrated circuits containing such light-emitting diodes. (see (i) A "beat length" of more than 50 cm (Iow
Item IL 1564). birefringence), except if designed for operation at
3. For "laser" feedback systems and "laser" interferometers, see wavelengths of less than 650 nm; or
also Item IL 1093 (c). (ii) A "beat length" of less than 5 cm (high
4. For the status of optical fibre and optical preform character- birefringence);
isation equipment which contains lasers, see Item IL 1353.
5. Not used. TECHNICAL NOTE:
"Beat length" is defined as the distance over which two
orthogonally polarised signals, initially in phase, must
pass in order to achieve 2 Pi radiants) phase dillerence;
(d) Secure communication cable, being either coaxial or
mulliconductor communication cable protected by
mechanical or electrical means from physical damage or
intrusion in such a manner that communications security is
maintained between terminals without the necessity for
encryption;
(e) Components and accessories specially designed for the above
optical fibres or cable, including fibre-optic bulkhead or hull
penetration connectors impervious to leakage at any depth
for use in ships or vessels, and multiport fibre-optic couplers
(including but not limited to T, star, bidirectional and wave-
length division multiplexing and demultiplexing couplers),
except connectors for use with optical fibres or cable with a
repeatable coupling loss of 0.5 dB or more.
(See also Item ML 9 (g) on the Munitions List).
NOTES:
I. Sub-item (e) above does not embargo cable that is armoured
by only either a tough outer sheath or by an electromagnetic
screen.
2. Associated equipment for sub-items (a), (b) and (c). and
specially designed components therefor, are considered
under Item IL 1519.

44 Security export control March 1990


3. For military type cable (shear-resistant, etc) see Item ML 11 (1) Not described in any other Item in this List; and
on the Munitions List. . (2) Designed for use at frequencies exceeding 18 GHz;
4. Silica-based optical fibres and optical cable, other cable,
connectors and couplers embargoed by sub-items (a), (b) (I) to NB:
(4) or (e) above, provided: This sub-item does not embargo the following equipment
(a) The cable, optical fibres, connectors or couplers are for a having a maximum specified operating frequency of 26.5
specific civil end-use; GHz or less:
(b) The quantities of cable, optical fibres, connectors or (I) Power meters;
couplers are normal for the purpose; (2) Broadband noise sources; or
(c) The optical fibres specially designed for underwater use: (3) Noise figure meters;
(i) Are not embargoed by sub-item (b) (I) above; and (b) Logic analysers having any of the following characteristics,
(ii) Have performance characteristics inferior to those and specially designed accessories and specially designed
described in sub-items (b) (2) or (b) (3); and components therefor:
(d) Connectors and couplers embargoed by sub-item (e) are (1) More than a total of 64 channels;
not: (2) A synchronous (state) channel sampling rate of more
(i) Fibre-optic bulkhead or hull penetration connectors, than 50 MHz;
specially designed for use in ships or vessels; or (3) An asynchronous (timing) channel sampling rate of more
(ii) Wavelength division multiplex type fibre-optic than 200 MHz; or
couplers. (4) Probe interfaces and inverse assemblers, except those
designed for use with a microprocessor or
FOR PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC 'OF CHINA ONLY:"
··'\\···"-f·:'·;"··~-·.-·l·"_''';'''' ~"" .. ':.' ,;.• '--,',;.... ~!
"", ~ ','~
,', _ ,", .
microcomputer microcircuit "family" which contains at
5. 'Optical.fibres embargoed by' sub-item (c) (2); when. exported least one microprocessor or microcomputer microcircuit
fOI'1den~ifl~l>le dvil applications, having all of thE(foIlowing that is not embargoed by Item IL 1564;
:chaillCteristif::s~. ' : ' " . ' (c) Frequency standards having both of the following
,/:ia)'- Notfabrl\:ate(t<fhe' nudel!,r radiation'Sensitive; ". characteristics:
";(b). A "beat.1tng,fh7,?f "!,?retli~q 50 em,(Iow blref~ing~lIf~*",':" (I) Designed as reference standards for laboratory use; and
'" and "," " C , ' , - ',; • ','-""." "",' • ,'. , '." ,.,: ';""'"
(2) Either of the following:
"(~):,,,,No~,,O,ptiitlize<i', ,'i!.9t"o,peratjQn at· 'a~Y<5~~Y,elerigth (A) A long-term drift (ageing) over 24 hours or more of
.• / c:.: exce~4!ng t37>Qna,nort)~~res. , ' \ 'i 1 part or less in 1010 or
(B) A short-term drift (instability) over a period from 1
to 100 seconds of 1 part or less in 1012
IL 1527 (d) Equipment containing frequency standards, having any of the
following characteristics:
Cryptographic equipment and specially designed (I) Designed for mobile use and having a long-term drift
(ageing) over 24 hours or more of 1 part or less in 109
components therefor, designed to ensure (2) Designed for fixed ground use and having a long-term
secrecy of communications (such as telegraphy, drift (ageing) over 24 hours or more of 5 parts or less in
telephony, facsimile, video, and data communic- 10 12 or
cations) or of stored information; and "software" (3) A short-term drift (instability) over a period from 1 to 100
controlling or computers performing the seconds of 1 part or les in 10 12 ;
(e) "Comb frequency generators" designed for use at frequencies
functions of such cryptographic equipment. exceeding 12.5 GHz;
NOTES: (I) Instruments, as follows, designed for use at frequencies
1. This Item also covers video systems which, for secrecy exceeding 1 GHz:
purposes, use digital techniques (conversion of an analogue, (1) Specially calibrated microwave instrumentation
ie video or facsimile, signal into a digital signal). receivers capable of measuring amplitude and phase
2. This Item is not intended to cover simple cryptographic simultaneously;
devices or equipment only ensuring the privacy of
communications, as follows: NB:
(a) Equipment for voice transmission making use of fixed This sub-item includes receivers used in equipment for
frequency inversions or fixed band scrambling the near- and far-zone measurement of phase and
techniques in which the transposition changes occur not amplitude patterns of antennae.
more frequently than once every 10 seconds; (2) Automatic "frequency (heterodyne) converters";
(b) Standard civil facsimile and video equipment designed to (3) Automatic "transfer oscillators";
ensure the privacy of communications by an analogue (g) Digital counters, as follows:
transmission using non-standard practices for intended (I) Capable of counting successive input signals with less
receivers only (video system equipment effecting the than 5 ns time difference without prescaling (digital
transposition of analogue data); division) of the input signal (for counter/timers having a
(c) Video systems for pay television and similar restricted time interval measurement mode, see also (h) below);
audience television, including industrial and commercial (2) Employing prescaling of the input signal, in which the
television equipment using other than standard prescaler is capable of resolving successive input signals
commercial sweep systems; with less than 1 ns time difference;
\. "Digital computers" and digital differential analysers (3) Capable of measuring "burst frequencies" exceeding 100
(incremental computers) designed or modified for, or MHz for a burst duration of less than 5 ms;
combined with, any cypher machines, cryptographic (h) Time interval measuring equipment, having both of the
equipment, devices or techniques including "software", following characteristics:
"microprogramme" control ("firm ware") or specialized logic (1) Employing digital techniques; and
control (hardware), associated equipment therefor, and (2) Capable of measuring time intervals of less than 5 ns on
equipment or systems incorporating such computers or a single shot basis;
analysers are covered by this Item or Munitions List Item ML (i) Digital voltage measuring equipment capable of more than
11. 1,000 readings per second with a resolution of more than 4 Y2
digits, not including changes in range or polarity;

IL 1529 NOTE:
This sub-item does no', embargo:
i Electronic equipment for testing, measuring or
(a) Visual quantisation apparatus capable of providing an
'for microprocessor/microcomputer develop- average value, displayed or not, of the results of the
ment, as follows, and specially designed measurement;
"software" therefor: (b) Multichannel analysers of all types used in nuclear
experimentation; ol-
: (a) Any testing or measuring equipment: (c) Industrial telemeasuring devices in which a pre-set

Security export control March 1990 45


n. 1529 continued
5.
measured by a counter.
"Family" - Consists of microprocessor microcomputer
storage value is used as a basis for measuring. microcircuits which have:
0) General purpose data communication protocol analysers, (a) The same architecture;
testers and simulators for X.2S level 3 and above as well as (b) The same basic instruction set; and
Integrated Service Digital Network protocols (CCITT-ISO); (c) The same basic technology (e.g., only NMOS or only
(k) Microprocessor or microcomputer development instruments CMOS).
or systems, capable of developing "software" for, or capable 6. "Pulse frequency profiling" - The capability of measuring
of programming microcircuits embargoed by Item IL 1564. the changes of frequency (or phase) within a pulse as a
function of time; such changes in frequency would be present
NOTES: in a transmitted pulse-compression radar pulse ('chirp radar').
1. This sub-item includes accessories specially designed for This profiling may be achieved by internal or external gating.
these microprocessor or microcomputer development "Pulse frequency profiling" is not intended to include
instruments or systems such as: 'frequency modulation tolerance' while it is being frequency
(a) "cross-hosted" assem biers, "cross-hosted" modulated and is of interest to the communication field. The
compilers; ability to perform measurement of the time interval of the
(b) Adapter interfaces for prototypes and/or emulation pulse itself (pulse width) as opposed to frequency
probes; measurements within a pulse is covered under lime interval
(c) Debuggers; instruments in sub-item (l) above.
(d) Programmable read-only memory (PROM)
programmers; NOTES:
(e) Programmable read-only memory (PROM) copiers 1. For specially designed testing and measuring equipment
of a capacity more than 32 kbit and a word length embargoed by other Items on the Lists, see those Items.
greater than 8 bit;
(f) So-called personality modules which contain more
than one of the accessories enumerated under (a) to FOR PEOPLE~~:ii~PtJdL~C Pf"CHl~A;ONLY:
(e). 2. J'he shipment .or/he following eqUipment: • .•.. . .: .;
(a) Quartz or;ruJitdhhn frequencY standards ndt specially
NOTES: designed fbr rnUital'yusei.· . '
2. This sub-item does not embargo microprocessor or (b) "Swept frequeneyneiwotk analysers" or sweep
microcomputer development instruments or systems " generators for'use'at frequencies not exceeding 40 GHz
having all of the following characteristics: and which canllot be controlled remotely;
(a) They can be used to develop "software" for, or to (c) Instruments in which the functions can be controlled by.
programme a "family" of microprocessor or the injection of digitillly coded electrical signals from an
microcomputer microcircuits not designed within a 5"k external soUrc.eowHere the maximum frequency does not
proscribed destination; exceed 20 GHz;
(b) They can be used only for microprocessor or (d) MicrojnocessQr' and microcomputer development
microcomputer microcircuits having both: instruments fot microcircuits which are either
(I) An operand (data) word length of no more than unem~argoed or' 'exPortable to the People's Republic
8 bit; and j:hilja at national discretion under Item IL 1564;
(2) An arithmetic logic unit (ALU) not wider than 8 (e) Qigital counters not having any of the folloWing
bit; and char.acteristics:
(c) The "family" contains at least one microprocessor (1) Capable of performing frequency measurements
or microcomputer microcircuit which is not above 20 GHz;
embargoed by Item IL 1564. . (2) Capable of me~s.uring either the frequency or the
3. "Cross-hosted" compilers or "cross-hosted" assemblers, change in phast\ or frequency within a pulse ("pulse
needed for use with a particular microprocessor or frequency profiling"), using either internally or
microcomputer development instrument or system, not externally ·gatecf.:sampling intervals of 100 ns or less;
embargoed by this sub-item, must contain only the or' ';\
minimum "software" in machine executable form to (3) Capable of measuring "burst frequencies"
perform the functions for which they were designed. To exceeding 250 MHz for a burst duration oUess than
make other, incompatible instruments or systems 2 ms; "
perform the same functions must require: >(1)... Time:interval lrieasuring equipment employing digital
(a) Modification of this "software"; or techniques, nof capable.of measuring time intervals of
(b) Addition of "programmes". "" :,,;:,Iess .than I nl on 'a· single shot bilSis;
4. For "cross-hosted" compilers or "cross-hosted" (ill," f'ROM·progral1)mes embargoed by sub-item (k)above.
assemblers, which are not specially designed for use with
microprocessor or microcomputer development
instruments or systems described in this sub-item, see
Item IL 1566.

TECHNICAL NOTES: IL 1531


1. "Burst frequency" measurement - The capability of a "Frequency synthesizers" and equipment
counter to start only when the input signal is present and stop containing such "frequency synthesizers". as
counting at the completion of the burst.
2. "Comb frequency generators" - Apparatus which generate a follows:
spectrum of harmonics.
3. "Frequency (heterodyne) converters" - Equipment which (a) "Frequency synthesizers" containing frequency standards
down-converts an unknown frequency by mixing it with an embargoed by Item IL 1529 (c) or temperature-compensated
accurately known frequency. This accurately known crystal oscillators covered by Item IL 1587 (c)
reference frequency is derived from a crystal, by (b) Instrument "frequency synthesizers" and synthesized signal
multiplication of its frequency and passing it through a generators, and specially designed components and
harmonic generator. By mixing the appropriate harmonic accessories therefor, designed for ground use, producing
and the unknown frequency, an accurate third frequency output frequencies whose accuracy and short- and long-term
results. stability are controlled by, derived from, or disciplined by the
4. "Transfer oscillators" - Like "frequency (heterodyne) input frequency or internal master standard frequency, and
converters", are based on the principle of harmonic mixing. having any of the following characteristics:
The known reference frequency is derived from a local (I) A maximum synthesized output frequency of more than
oscillator instead of from a crystal. The unknown frequency is 550 MHz;
mixed with the local oscillator frequency, the two are phase- (2) Any of the following noise characteristics:
locked by tuning the local oscillator and can then be (A) A single sideband (SSB) phase noise better than

46 Security export control March 1 990


-120 dBc/Hz when measured at a 20 kHz offset (1) Having:
from the carrier frequency; (A) An output frequency of up to 32 MHz
(B) A single sideband (SSB) phase noise better than (B) A frequency resolution of better (less) than 10Hz;
-106 dBc/Hz when measured at a 100 Hz offset and
from the carrier frequency; (C) A "frequency switching time" of less than 10 ms;
(C) An integrated phase noise better than -60 dBc/Hz (2) Having:
referred to a 30 kHz band centred on the carrier and (A). An output frequency from 32 MHz to 235 MHz;
excluding the 1 Hz band centred on this carrier; or (B) A frequency resolution of better (less) than 250 Hz;
(D) An integrated AM phase noise better than -70 and
dBc/Hz referred to a 30 kHz band centred on the (C) A "frequency switching time" of less than 10 ms;
carrier and excluding the 1 Hz band centred on this (3) Having an output frequency of more than 235 MHz,
carrier; except:
(A) Television broadcasting transmitters having all of
NOTE: the following characteristics:
Synthesized signal generators which are embargoed only by (a) An output frequency from 470 MHz to 960
(b)(l) or (b)(2)(A) are excepted from embargo up to a MHz;
maximum synthesized output frequency of 1,400 MHz or (b) A frequency resolution of not better (less) than
down to a single sideband phase noise of -136 dBc/Hz when 1 kHz; and
measured at an offset of 20 kHz from a carrier frequency of (c) The manually-operated "frequency
100 MHz, provided the technology supplied is only the synthesizer" incorporated in or driving the
minimum necessary for the use (Le. installation, operation transmitter has an output frequency not
and maintenance) of such generators. exceeding 120 MHz;
(B) FM and AM ground communication equipment
(3) "ElectricaJly programmable in frequency" with a having all of the following characteristics:
"frequency switching time" of less than 10 ms; (a) For use in the land mobile service;
(4) "Electrically programmable in phase" with a switching (b) Operating in the 403 to 470 MHz band;
time from one selected phase value to another of less (c) A power output of 50 W or less for mobile units,
than 10 ms except those equipments incorporating pre- or 300 W or less for fixed units;
emphasis networks for frequency modulation; (d) A frequency resolution of not better (less) than
(5) Having a level of spurious components in the output, 6.25 kHz; and
measured relative to the selected output frequency (e) A "frequency switching time" of more than
better than: 50 ms;
(A) -60 dB harmonic; or (C) Portable (personal) or mobile radiotelephones for
(B) -92 dB non-harmonic; civil use, eg for use with commercial civil cellular
(6) Having more than three different selected synthesized radiocommunications systems having all of the
output frequencies available simultaneously from one or following characteristics:
more outputs; or (a) Operating in the 403 to 960 MHz range;
(7) With facilities for pulse modulation of the output (b) A power output of 25 W or less; and
frequency; (c) A "frequency switching time" of 10 ms or
(c) Airborne communication equipment using "frequency more.
synthesizers", as follows, and specially designed components NOTE:
and accessories therefor: For stored programme controlled communications
(l) Designed to receive or transmit frequencies greater than swithing equipment used with cellular radio base
156 MHz; stations, see Item IL 1567.
(2) Incorporating facilities for the rapid selection of more
than 200 channels per equipment, except equipments (4) Having more than three different selected synthesized
operating in the frequency range of 108 to 137 MHz output frequencies available simultaneously from one or
incorporating facilities for the rapid selection of 760 more outputs;
channels or fewer at not less than 25 kHz channel (5) With facilities for pulse modulation of the output
spacing, which have been in normal civil use for at least frequency of the transmitter or of the incorporated
one year; "frequency synthesizer";
(3) With a "frequency switching time" of less than 10 ms; (6) UFrequency synthesisers" designed for equipment
(4) "Frequency synthesizers", designed for the above
described in this sub-item, whether supplied separately
equipment, whether supplied separately or with the said
or with the said equipment, exceeding the parameters
equipment, exceeding the parameters specified in (b)
specified in (b) above; except those specially designed for
above;
radio telephones freed from embargo under sub-item
See also Item IL 1501 (a).
(e)(3)(C) above.
'.I) Digitally-controlled radio receivers, whether or not computer-
controlled, which search or scan automatically a part of the (See also Item IL 1517.)
electromagnetic spectrum, using "frequency synthesizers", as
follows, and specially designed components and accessories TECHNICAL NOTE:
therefor: 1. "Frequency synthesizer". -
(1) Digitally-controlled receivers in which the switching any kind of frequency source or signal generator, regardless
operation takes less than 10 ms, except non-ruggedized of the actual technique used, providing a multiplicity of
digitally-controlled preset type radio receivers designed simultaneous or alternative output frequencies, from one or
for use in civil communications, which have 200 more outputs, controlled by, derived from or disciplined by a
selective channels or fewer; lesser number of standard (or master) frequencies.
(2) "Frequency synthesizers" designed for the above 2. "Frequency switching time". -
equipment, whether supplied separately or with the said the maximum time (Le. delay), when switched from one
equipment, exceeding the parameters specified in (b) selected output frequency to another selected output
above, except those specially designed for receivers frequency, to reach:
freed from embargo under (d) (l) above; (a) A frequency withir:; 100 Hz of the final frequency; or
(b) An output level within 1.0 dB of the final output level.
NOTE: This sub-item does not embargo "frequency 3. "Electrically programmable in frequency". -
synthesizers" specially designed for use in tuners for The output frequency ,can be controlled or selected by the
entertainment type receivers. (See also Item IL 1516.) injection of digitally coded electrical signals from an external
control source.
<e) Radio transmitters incorporating transmitter drive units, 4. "Electrically programmable in phase". -
exciters and master oscillators using frequency synthesis, as The phase of the output. frequency can be varied relative to
follows, and specially designed conlponents and accessories the internal or externa4! re~ierence standard, or selected in
therefor: accordance with an externally supplied code or signal.

Security exoort cdntrol March 1990 47


IL 1531 continued NOTE:
This sub-item does not embargo optical instruments, such as
NOTES: autocollimators, using collimated light to detect angular
1. This Item does not embargo equipment in which the output displacements of a mirror.
frequency is produced by the addition or subtraction of two or (d) Non-contact type measuring systems having, at a standard
more crystal oscillator frequencies which may be followed by ambient test room temperature ±-l K, either of the following
multiplication of the result. pairs of characteristics:
(1) Effective probe measurement diameter less than 0.5 mm
2. Equipment covered by sub-item (b) (3) above, with a
and drift less than 0.5 per cent per day; or
"frequency switching time" not less than 5 ms.
(2) "Linearity" better than ±- 0.3 per cent and drift less than
FORPEOPLE'SREPU cotrCHINA ONLY: 0.5 per cent per day;
(e) Contact type measuring systems specially designed for
3. The shipment of. the, fonowingf~ndspeciaUy designed combined, simultaneous linear-angular inspection of
components '. and accessories theretor: hemishells, having both the following characteristics:
(a) "Frequency synthesizers·' ..embargoed only by sub·item (1) Linear "accuracy" equal to or better than ±-0.005 mm in
(a) and not incorporating·cesium beam· standards; any 5 mm; and
(b) Instrument "frequency .syntbesizers" and . synthesized (2) Angular "accuracy" equal to or better than ±- 1 minute
signal generators embargoed only by sub-item (b) (l)and in any 90° of arc.
(b) (3) and having a maximum output frequency of 18
GHz, provided the Hfrequency switching time" is 2 ms or TECHNICAL NOTES:
more;
(c) Instrument Ufrequency synthesizers" and synthesized 1. "Accuracy" is usually measured in terms of inaccuracy. It is
signal generators not embargoed by sub-item (b) (4) and defined as the maximum deviation, positive or negative, of an
having a maximum output frequency of 2.6 GHz. indicated value from an accepted standard or true value.
provided the "frequency switching time" is 0.3 ms or 2. "Linearity" is usually measured in terms of non-linearity. It is
more; defined as the maximum deviation of the actual character-
(d) Conventional synthesizer based, .digitallycontroUed, istics (average of upscale and downscale readings), positive or
civil land or marine .mobile radio receivers and trans- negative, from a straight line so positioned as to equalise and
mitters, prOVided: minimise the maximum deviations.
(1) The operate at frequencies not exceeding 960 MHz;
(2) The power output and frequency resolution para- NOTE:
meters specified in sub-item (e) (3) (B) above remain Equipment covered by sub-items (a) or (d) above to civil end-users
in force; not engaged in aerospace activities.
n
(3) The equipment has a Hfrequency switching time of
5 ms or more;
(4) The equipment does nol employ either frequency
agility or other spread spectrum techniques; and
(5) The synthe$izers must be embedded in the radio
IL 1533
receivers or transmitters; "Signal analysers" (including spectrum
(e) Radio receivers embargoed by sub-item (d) (l) above
which have 1000 selective channels or fewer. analysers) and network analysers, as follows,
and specially designed components, accessories
and "specially designed software" therefor;
(a) "Signal analysers" having any of the following characteristics:
(1) Capable of analysing frequencies exceeding 18 GHz;
IL 1532 (2) Capable of analysing frequencies exceeding 2.3 GHz
with a "frequency span" of more than 2.3 GHz; or
Precision linear and angular measuring systems, (3) Using time compression of the input signal;
(b) "Dynamic signal analysers", except when having a "real-time
as follows and specially designed components bandwidth" less than 5.12 kHz;
and ·"specially designed software" therefor:
NOTE:
(a) Contact-type systems or linear voltage differential trans- Nothing in the above permits the export of technology for
formers (LVDT) therefor, as follows: "dynamic signal analysers", except the minimum technology
(1) Contact type measuring systems having all of the required for the use ie, installation, operation and
following characteristics: maintenance;
(i) Range equal to or less than 5mm; (c) Swept frequency network analysers for the automatic
(H) "Linearity" equal to or better than ±- 0.1 per cent; measurement of complex equivalent circuit parameters over
and; a range of frequencies and having a nlaximum operating
(Hi) Drift equal to or less than 0.1 per cent per day at a frequency exceeding 1.0 GHz; or
standard ambient test room temperature ±- 1K;
(2) Linear voltage differential transformers with no NOTE:
compensation networks and having either of the This does not include equipment for continuous wave, point-
following characteristics: to-point measurement.
(i) Range equal to or less than 5 mm; or (d) Scalar network analysers having a maximum operating
(ii) "Linearity" equal to or better than ±- 0.2 per cent; frequency exceeding 2.3 GHz.
NOTE: TECHNICAL NOTES:
"Linearity limits apply to measurements made in the static 1. "Signal analysers". -
mode. Apparatus capable of measuring and displaying basic
(b) Linear measuring machines having all of the following properties of the single-frequency components of multi-
characteristics: frequency signals.
(1) Two or more axes; 2. "Dynamic signal analysers". -
(2) Range in any axis greater than 200 mm; "Signal analysers" which use digital sampling and
(3) "Accuracy" (including any compensation) better than transformation techniques to form a Fourier spectrum display
±- 0.0008 rnm per any 300 mm segment of travel; of the given waveform including amplitude and phase
information.
NOTE: 3. "Real-time bandwidth".
This sub-item does not embargo optical comparators. For "dynamic signal analysers" is the widest frequency range
(c) Angular measuring systems having an "accuracy" equal to or which the analyser can output to display or mass storage
better than ±- 1 second of arc; without causing any discontinuity in the analysis of the input

48 Security export control March 1990


data. For analysers with more than one channel, the channel the centre mean frequency;
configuration yielding the widest "real-time bandwidth" shall (3) Magnetic, including gyro-magnetic, wave guide
be used to make the calculation. components;
4. "Frequency span". - (4) Diode waveguide components using diodes embargoed
The maximum range of the frequency segment displayed. by Item IL 1544;
(d) Transverse electromagnetic mode TEM devices using either:
NOTES: (1) Magnetic, including gyro-magnetic, properties; or
1. This Item does not embargo: (2) Diode waveguide components using diodes embargoed
(a) Optical spectrum analysers such as: by Item IL 1544;
(1) Prism or grating monochrometers; (e) TR and anti-TR tubes and specially designed components
(2) Optical interferometers; therefor, except those designed for use in waveguides, having
(3) Optical spectrometers; any of the following characteristics, and which are in normal
(b) Equipment only using constant percentage bandwidth civil use for ground or marine radar:
filters (also known as octave or fractional octave filters); (1) Operating at a peak power not exceeding 3 MW and at a
(c) Medical equipment containing, as an integral part, frequency of 1.5 GHz or less;
"signal analysers". (2) Operating at a peak power not exceeding 1.2 MW and at
2. If the "Signal analyser" is a plug-in module for oscilloscopes, a frequency in the range 1.5 to 6 GHz; or
see Item IL 1584 for the embargo status of the associated (3) Operating at a peak power not exceeding 300 kW and at
"mainframe". a frequency in the range 6 GHz to 10.5 GHz;
3. "Dynamic signal analysers" embargoed by sub-item (b) (t) Assemblies and sub-assemblies in which the isolating base
provided that they; material functions as a dielectric (as used in stripline,
(a) have no zoom capability and microstrip or slotline) except for those items specifically
(b) cannot compute 512 real spectral lines in less than 50 ms. designed for use in civil television systems to meet ITU
standards and using as an isolating material paper base
(For logic and network analysers and transient recorders, see Item phenolics, glass cloth melamine, glass cloth epoxy resin,
IL 1529). polyethylene terephthalate or other isolating material with an
operating temperature not exceeding 423 K (150°C);
(g) Phased array antennae and sub-assemblies, designed to
permit electronic control of beam shaping and pointing (see
IL 1534 Munitions List Item ML 15), and specially designed
components therefor, including duplexers, phase shifters and
Flatbed microdensitometers (except cathode-ray associated high-speed diode switches;
types), having any of the following character- (h) Other antennae specially designed for operation at
istics, and specially designed components frequencies above 30 GHz having a diameter of less than 1 m,
and specially designed components therefor;
therefor: (i) Microwave assemblies and sub-assemblies capable of being
used at frequencies above 3 GHz and having circuits
(a) A recording or scanning rate exceeding 5,000 data points per fabricated by the same processes used in integrated circuit
second; technology, which include active circuit elements.
(b) A figure of merit better (less) than 0.1, defined as the product (For acoustic wave devices, see Item IL 1586).
of the density resolution (expressed in density units) and the (For integrated circuits and related'technology, see also Item
spatial resolution (expressed in micrometres); IL 1564).
0) Microwave assemblies and sub-assemblies which contain
NOTE: band-pass or band-stop filters and are capable of operating at
This sub-item does not embargo equipment with a spatial 3 GHz or more;
resolution not better (less) than 2 micrometres and a density (k) Amplifiers, except parametric or paramagnetic amplifiers
resolution not better (less) than 0.01 density unit. having any of the following characteristics:
(c) An optical density range greater than 0 to 4. (1) Specially designed for medical applications;
(2) Specially designed for use in "simple educational
TECHNICAL NOTE: devices" and operate at industrial, scientific or medical
Density resolution (expressed in density units) is measured (ISM) frequencies; or
over the optical density range of the instrument. (3) An output power of not more than IOW are specially
designed for:
NOTE: (A) Industrial or civilian intrusion detection and alarm
systems;
Equipment specially designed for medical applications. (B) Traffic or industrial movement control and counting
systems;
(C) Environmental systems for the detection of
IL 1537 pollution of air or water; or
(D) "Simple educational devices";
,'\1icrowave (including millimetric-wave)
:~quipment, including parametric amplifiers, as
TECHNICAL NOTE:
'ollows, capable of operating at frequencies over "Simple educational devices". -
Devices designed for use in teaching basic scientific principles
I GHz (other than microwave equipment em- and demonstrating the operation of those principles in
bargoed by Items IL 1501, IL 1517, IL 1520 and IL educational institutions.
1529): (See also Item IL 1521.)
(I) Modulators using PIN (positive-intrinsic-negative) transistor
technology.
(a) Rigid and flexible waveguides designed for use at frequencies
(See also Item IL 1544.)
in excess of 18 GHz;
(b) Waveguides having a bandwidth ratio above 1.7: 1;
(c) Waveguide components, as follows: NOTES:
(l) Directional couplers having a bandwidth ratio above 1. Equipnlent covered by sub-item (t) above designed and
1.7: 1 and directivity over the band of 20 dB or more; intended for use in civil telecommunication systems at
(2) Rotary joints capable of translnitting more than one frequencies allocated by the ITU for that purpose.
isolated channel or having a bandwidth wider than 5 per 2. Sub-item (g) above is not intended to cover duplexers and
cent of the centre mean frequency, except those used in phase shifters specifically designed for use in civil television
air traffic control equipment carrying combinations of systems or in other civil radar or communication systems not
frequencies suitable for secondary surveillance radar covered elsewhere in these Lists.
antennae co-mounted on a primary radar antenna and 3. Nothing in the foliowing permits the expor~ of technology,
which do not have a bandwidth exceeding 5 per cent of except the minimum t~chnology for the use (Le. installation,

Security export control March-1990 49


n. 1537 continued
(1)
(2)
Rated for an anode peak voltage of 2,500 volts or more;
Rated for peak currents of lOO A or more;
operation and maintenace) of the following equipment. (3) An anode delay time of 10 microseconds or less; and
Sub-items (j) and (k) do not embargo microwave assemblies, (4) An envelope diameter of less than 25.4 mm (1 inch).
sub-assemblies or amplifiers (or combinations therefor)
having all of the following characteristics: TECHNICAL NOTES:
(a) Fixed tuned at the time of manufacture to operate only 1. Triggered spark-gaps are tubes with a structure consisting of
within the ITU satellite broadcasting band from 11.7 to two opposed anodes with shapes resembling flattened hemis-
12.5 GHz; pheres, and with one or more triggering probes placed
(b) Not capable of being retuned to a new frequency band approximately in the centre of one anode. The structure is
by the user; and sealed and contains a mixture of gases, principally nitrogen,
(c) Specially designed for use with, or in, civil television under less than atmospheric pressure.
receivers. 2. Sub-item (b) above covers gas 'krytron' tubes, vacuum
'krytron' tubes and similar tubes.

NOTE:
Sub-item (a) does not embargo cold cathode relay tubes or
decade counter tubes.
Sub-item (b) does not embargo ignitrons.

IL 1544
Semiconductor diodes, as follows, and dice and
wafers therefor:

IL 1541 NOTE:
This item does not cover semiconductor diodes based upon
Cathode-ray tubes having any of the following germanium, selenium or copper oxide.
characteristics:
(a) Semiconductor diodes, designed or rated for use at input or
output frequencies exceeding 12.5 GHz;
(a) A resolving power of 32 lines per mm (800 lines per inch) or (b) Mixer and detector diodes designed or rated for use at input
more, using the shrinking raster method of measurement; or output frequencies greater than 3 GHz, except:
(b) With travelling wave or distributed deflection structure using (i) Point contact diodes designed or rated for use at input or
delay lines, or incorporating other techniques to minimise output frequencies of 12.5 GHz or less;
mismatch of fast phenomena signals to the deflection (ii) Schotlky diodes designed or rated for mixer use at input
structure, except when using segmented plate (sectioned or output frequencies of less than 12.5 GHz and having a
Y-plate) structure; noise figure of more than 6.5 dB;
(c) Incorporating microchannel-plate electron multipliers, except (iii) Schotlky diodes designed or rated for detector use at
cathode-ray tubes having all of the following characteristics: input or output frequencies of less than 12.5 GHz and
(i) The microchannel-plate electron multipliers have a hole having a minimum rated tangential sensitivity of either
pitch of 25 micrometres or more; worse than -45 dBm under unbiased conditions or
(ii) The tubes are not ruggedised for military use; worse than -50 dBm under biased conditions;
(iii) The tubes have a horizontal sweep slower than 200 (c) Oscillator and amplifier devices such as Gunn, Impatl,
ns/cm; and Trapatl, TED, and LSA (including those used for the direct
(iv) The electron gun is mounted parallel to the screen conversion of dc to rf power) designed or rated for use at:
surface. (1) Output frequencies above 1 GHz but not exceeding 4
GHz with a peak power more than 2 W or a maximum
NOTE: CW power more than 200 mW; or
Technology for the design or production of cathode-ray tubes (2) Output frequencies above 4 GHz but not exceeding 12.5
incorporating microchannel-plate electron multipliers is not GHz with a peak power more than 1 W or a maximum
released under this sub-item. CW power more than 100 mW;
(d) Voltage variable capacitance diodes designed or rated for use
at input or output frequencies greater than 1.7 GHz;
(e) Fast recovery diodes, as follows:
IL 1542 (1) Having a rated maximum reverse recovery time of less
than 1 nanosecond; or
Cold cathode tubes and switches, as follows: (2) Having both a rated forward rectified current over 5 A
and a rated maximum reverse recovery time of less than
(a) Triggered spark-gaps, having an anode delay time of 15 20 nanoseconds;
microseconds or less and rated for a peak current of 3,000 A
or more; specially designed parts therefor, and equipment NOTES:
incorporating such devices; 1. When average reverse recovery time is quoted instead of
(b) Cold cathode tubes, whether gas-filled or not, operating in a maximum reverse recovery time, the maximum may be
manner similar to a spark gap, containing three or more regarded as two times the average.
electrodes and having all the following characteristics: 2. When reverse recovery time is not quoted, diodes rated
for a stored charge 'of less than 25 pico-coulombs shall be
regarded as embargoed by this sub-item
COLOURED Goods described can be licenced at national (I) PIN diodes designed or rated for use at input or output
TYPE discretion for export to the proscribed frequencies above 1.7 GHz, with a peak power of greater
countries. than 5 W or a maximum CW power of greater than 500 mW;

NOTES:
1. Diodes constructed with a rectifying deposited metal semi-
conductor junction or barrier, such as hot-carrier or Schotlky-
barrier diodes, will normally be considered under sub-items
(b) and (e) above.
2. For photodiodes see Item IL 1548.

50 Security export control March 1990


3. For light emilling diodes, see Item IL 1522.
4. Varactor diodes embargoed by sub-item (d) for bona fide civil IL 1547
use, as follows:
(a) Silicon tuning varactor diodes for use at input or output Thyristors, as follows, and dice. and wafers
frequencies not exceeding 9 GHz; therefor:
(b) Silicon multiplier varactor diodes for use at input or
output frequencies not exceeding 5 GHz: or (a) Designed for use in pulse modulators having a rated turn-on
(c) Silicon multiplier varactor diodes for use at input or time of less than 1 microsecond where the rated peak current
output frequencies above 5 GHz and not exceeding 9 exceeds 150 A;
GHz with a power output of 0.5 W or less. (h) Having a rated turn-off time of less than 1 microsecond;
(c) Having a rated turn-off time of from 1 microsecond to less
than 2.3 microseconds, except those having a rated peak
current of 50 A or less and encapsulated in non-hermetically
IL 1545 sealed packages;
(d) Having a rated turn-off time of from 2.3 to 10 microseconds
Transistors, as follows, and dice and wafers and a "figure of merit" more than 100.
therefor:
TECHNICAL NOTES:
(a) Transistors based upon silicon and having any of the 1. The "figure of merit" is here defined as the product of the
following characteristics: repetitive peak off-state voltage (V drm) in kilovolts and the
(1) An "operating frequency" exceeding 1.5 GHz; repetitive peak on-state current (1 trm) in amperes as shown
(2) An "operating frequency" not exceeding 1.5 MHz and a on the thyristor data sheets.
"maximum collector dissipation" of more than 300 W; 2. The turn-off time for gate-turn-off thyristors is defined as the
(3) An "operating frequency" exceeding 1.5 MHz and a sum of the gate controlled delay time TDQ and the gate
"maximum collector dissipation" of more than 250 W; controlled fall time T,q to reach 10 per cent of the initial on-
(4) An "operating frequency" exceeding 200 MHz and a state current.
product of the "operating frequency" (in GHz) times the
"maximum collector dissipation" (in wails) or more than NOTE:
10; or Thyristors covered by this item, when for use in civil applications
(5) Being majority carrier-type transistors, including but not other than in radar or laser modulators.
limited to junction field-effect transistors (FETs) and
metal-oxide semiconductors transistors (MOS), except
field-effect transistors having any of the following
characteristics: IL 1548
(a) A maximum power dissipation of no more than 6W
and an "operating frequency" not exceeding 1.0 Photosensitive components, including linear and
GHz; or focal-plane arrays, as follows, and dice and
(b) A maximum power dissipation of no more than IW wafers therefor:
and an "operating frequency" not exceeding 2.0
GHz; or
(c) Designed for audio frequency applications; (a) Photosensitive components (including photo diodes,
(b) Transistors based upon gallium arsenide and having any of phototransistors, photothyristors, photoconductive cells and
the following characteristics: similar photosensitive components):
(1) An "operating frequency" exceeding 1 GHz; (1) Having a peak sensitivity at a wavelength longer than
(2) A maximum power dissipation of more than 1 W; or 1,200 nanometres or shorter than 190 nanometres; or
(3) A noise figure of less than 3 dB; (2) Having a peak sensitivity at a wavelength shorter than
300 nanometres and having an efficiency of less than 0.1
NB: per cent relative to peak response at wavelengths longer
than 400 nanometres;
Nothing in this sub-item is intended to release any technology
unique to transistors based upon gallium arsenide.
(c) Transistors based upon any semiconductor material other
NOTE:
than germanium, silicon or gallium arsenide. Vacuum photodiodes specially designed for use in
spectrophotometry having a peak response at a wave-
TECHNICAL NOTES: length shorter than 300 nanpmetres are not covered by
this sub-item.
1. The "maximum collector dissipation" is defined as the
continuous dissipation measured under the optimum cooling (For photomultiplier tubes which contain microchannel
plates, see Item IL 1549.)
conditions specified by the manufacturer.
2. "Operating frequency" is defined as the frequency used in
(b) Semiconductor photodiodes and phototransistors with a
measuring any of the following: response time constant of 95 ns or less measured at the
(a) Output power; operating temperature for which the time constant reaches a
minimum, except semiconductor photodiodes which are not
(b) Power gain (GpE' Gps, Gpc, Gps or GpD);
(c) Gain bandwidth product (fT ); or "space qualified" with a response time constant of 0.5 ns or
(d) Noise figure. more and with a peak sensitivity at a wavelength neither
longer than 920 nm nor shorter than 300 nm;
NOtES: (c) Specially designed or rated as electromagnetic (including
laser) and ionized-particle radiation resistant;
I. Transistors embargoed by sub-items (a) (2), (a) (:I) or (a) (4) and (d) Linear and focal plane arrays (hybrid or monolithic) having
having the following characteristics: the characteristics in (a) or (b) above, and specially designed
(a) Specially designed for: components therefor;
(I) Television transposers: or
(2) Civil mobile communications equipment: und
(b) Having a product of the "operating frequency" (in (,Hz)
TECHNICAL NOTE:
times the "maximum collector dissipation" (in walls) of The term "space qualified" used in this Item refers to products
nu more than 20. which are stated by the manufacturer as designed and tested to
meet the special electrical, mechanical or environmental
requirements for use in rockets, satellites or high-altitudes flight
systems operating at altitudes of 100 km or more.
FqRrEoPLE'S REPUBLIC ,OF CHINA ONLY:
2. ;' Th~ shipmentoHr~~isiors'embargoedby sub-item (a) (5) NOTES:
':: 4bl1v~. ')." ,~,,)-;,;: ' ' 1. The time constant is defined as the time taken from the
~~ ~ ~,' \ ',:'.: . ""'> :"',': ' '.,,' application of a light stil"Julus for the current .increment to
(Fbr Photoltanslstors, see lr'errf.it:U48:)· reach a value of ,-lie lime. the final value (Le. 63.per cent of

Security export control March 1990 51


n... 1548 continued NOTES:
I. This Item does not embargo commercial standard X-ray
the final value). amplifier tubes.
2. This Item does not embargo the following: 2. Reasonable quantities of non-ruggedised tubes embargoed by
(a) Germanium photo devices with a peak sensitivitiy at a this Item, provided they are satisfied that the tubes will be
wavelength shorter than 1,750 nanometres; used for bona fide medical applications.
(b) Infrared single-element encapsulated photoconductive
cells or pyroelectric detectors intended for civil .' ':'FOR PEOPt£;S REPUBUC OF CHINA ONLY:
applications and using any of the following: 3. "the shipment ot~edroJ{tub~s:asfQllows: . ",:: . . . .
(1) Evaporated lead sulphide; (a). IJIlage intensi~ier and image conversion tubes which
(2) Triglycine sulphate with a surface area of 20 mm 2 or incorporate t, microchannel-plates,. when not specially
less; designed for·cameras emb.argoed by Item JL. 1~85j ..,.
(3) Lead-lanthanum-zirconium titanate ceramic. (b). T~leyision and video camera tubes which incorPorate
(c) Single-element encapsulated mercury-cadmium-telluride microchannel-plate -electron multipliers not enibargoea
(HgCdTe) uncooled (295K ambient temperature '.,," by Item IL 1556.,~)_ ;
operation) photo-electromagnetic (pem) or
photoconductive (pc) mode photo detectors with a peak NB:
sensitivity at a wavelength shorter than 11,000
nanometres. This Note does not apply to electron tubes ,incorporating a
gallium 'arsenide (or 'similar semiconductor) photocathode.

IL 1556
Optical elements and elements for optical tubes,
as follows:

. .e pholodlodes will be supplied on uep!acement basis with (a) Non-flexible fused fibre-optic plates or bundles, having all of
no enhancement 01 the system. .)'. ~ ," '~1~ the following characteristics:
(I) A fibre pitch (centre-to-centre spacing) of less than 10
micrometres;
(2) A light-absorbing medium surrounding each fibre, or
IL 1549 interstitially placed between fibres;
(3) A diameter greater than 13mm (\12 inch);
Photomultiplier tubes having any of the (b) Microchannel-plates for electron image amplification having
following characteristics: both of the following characteristics:
(1) 15,000 or more hollow tubes per plate; and
(a) They are solar blind types for which the long wavelength (2) Hole pitch (centre-to-centre spacing) of less than 25
cutoff is below 350 nm, where the long wavelength cutoff is micrometres;
defined as 10 per cent of the maximum sensitivity; (c) Semi-transparent photocathodes incorporating epitaxially
grown layers of compound semiconductors, such as gallium
NOTE: arsenide;
Photomultiplier tubes specially designed for use in (For associated starting materials see Item IL 1757.)
spectrophotometry having a peak sensitivity at a wavelength (d) Diffractive type optical elements specially designed for
shorter than 300 nm are not embargoed by this sub-item. display screens with any of the following characteristics:
(b) An anode pulse rise time of less than 1 ns; or (I) A transmission of more than 90 per cent outside the
(c) Containing microchannel plate electron multipliers. reflection band and a reflection of more than 75 per cent
(For photosensitive components, see Item IL 1548.) inside the reflection band, which has less than 15
(For microchannel plate electron multipliers, see Item IL 1556.) nanometres bandwidth and is matched to the frequency
of the display light source;
(2) A rear projection screen brightness gain of more than 10
times the gain of a Lambertian scatterer with an
IL 1553 equivalent area, and less than 10 per cent variation in
brightness across the exit aperture;
Flash discharge type X.ray systems, including (3) Specially designed for use in helmet-mounted displays.
tubes, having all of the following characteristics:
(a) Peak power greater than 500 MW;
(b) Output voltage greater than 500 kV;
(c) Pulse width less than 0.2 microsecond. IL 1558
Electronic vacuum tubes (valves) and cathodes,
IL 1555 as follows, and other components specially
designed for those tubes:
Electron tubes, as follows, and specially
designed components therefor: (a) Tubes in which space charge control is utilized as the primary
functional parameter, including but not limited to triodes and
(a) Electron tubes for image conversion or intensification tetrodes, as follows:
(including those designed for streak or framing cameras), (I) Tubes rated for continuous wave operation having either
incorporating: of the following characteristics:
(1) Microchannel-plate electron multipliers; or (A) Above 4 GHz at maximum rated anode dissipation;
(2) Semi-transparent photocathodes incorporating or
epitaxially grown layers of compound semiconductors (B) Within the frequency range 0.3 to 4 GHz and for
such as gallium arsenide. which, under any condition of cooling, the product
(b) Electron tubes for television or video cameras, having any of of the maximum rated anode dissipation (expressed
the following characteristics: in kW) and the square of the maximum frequency
(1) Incorporating microchannel-plate electron multipliers; (expressed in GHz) at the maximum rated anode
(2) Coupled with electron tubes embargoed by (a) above; or dissipation is greater than 10, except tubes specially
(3) Ruggedised and having a maximum length-to-bulb designed for television transmitters operating in the
diameter ratio of 5: I or less. frequency range of 0.47 to 0.96 GHz and rated for

52 Security export control March 1 990


operation without a grid current, for which the does not exceed 25; and
product of the rated anode dissipation (expressed in (3) Operate in standard international telecom-
kW) and the square of the maximum frequency munications bands;
(expressed in GHz) may reach 20; (C) An operating frequency no higher than 20 GHz;
(2) Tubes rated only for pulse operation having either of the (D) No multiple grid including shadow grid electron
following characteristics: guns; and
(A) Above 1 GHz, with maximum peak pulse output (E) Collectors with no more than two depressed stages;
pow~r greater than 45 kW; or (2) Pulsed tubes, having all of the following characteristics:
(B) Between 0.3 and 1 GHz and for which, under any (A) For civil applications;
condition of cooling, the product of the peak pulse (8) An instantaneous bandwidth of half an octave or
output power (expressed in kW) and the square of less, Le. the highest operating frequency is not
the maximum frequency (expressed in GHz) higher than 1.5 times the lowest operating
exceeds 45; frequency;
(3) Tubes specially designed for use as pulse modulators for (C) Collectors with no more than two depressed stages;
radar or similar applications, having a peak anode and
voltage rating of 100 kV or more, or rated for a peak (D) Having either of the following sets of characteristics:
pulse power of 20 MW or more (see also Item IL 1514); (a)(I)A peak saturated output power not exceeding 1
(b) Tubes which utilize interaction between a beam of electrons kW;
and microwave elements and in which the electrons travel in (2)An average output power not exceeding 40 W;
a direction perpendicular to the applied magnetic field, and
including but not limited to magnetrons, crossed-field (3)Operating frequency not exceeding 10 GHz; or
amplifier tubes and crossed-field oscillator tubes, except: (b)(I)A peak saturated output power not exceeding
(1) Fixed frequency and tunable pulsed magnetrons and 100 W;
crossed-field amplifier tubes which are in normal civil (2)An average output power not exceeding 20 W;
use in equipment which may be exported under the and
terms of these Lists, as follows: (3)Operating f.requency between 10 and 20 GHz;
(A) Magnetrons designed to operate at frequencies (3) Fixed frequency pulsed tubes, as follows:
below 3 GHz with a maximum rated peak output (A) For civil applications;
power of 5 MW or less, or between 3 to 12 GHz with (8) Operating at frequencies below 3.5 GHz;
the product of the maximum rated peak output (C) Having a peak output power of 1.6 MW or less; and
power (expressed in kW) and the frequency (D) Having an operating bandwidth of less than 1%;
(expressed in GHz) less than 4,200 and a "frequency (4) Tubes, as follows:
tuning time" of more than 100 ms; (A) Used as fixed frequency or voltage tunable
(B) Crossed-field amplifier tubes designed to operate at oscillator tubes;
frequencies below 4 GHz with a maximum rated (8) Designed to operate at frequencies below 20 GHz;
average output power of 1.2 k\V or less, a and
bandwidth of 200 MHz or less and a gain of less than (C) Having a maximum output power of less than 3 W;
15 dB; (d) Tubes which utilize interaction between an electron beam
(2) Fixed frequency continuous wave magnetrons designed and microwave elements or cavities but do not require a
for medical use or for industrial heating or cooking magnetic field to control or focus the electron beam, except
purposes operating at a frequency of 2.375 GHz ±- 0.05 low power reflex oscillator klystrons designed to operate at
GHz or 2.45 GHz ±- 0.05 GHz with a maximum rated frequencies below 20 GHz and at a maximum output power of
output power not exceeding 6 kW or, at a frequency less than 3 W;
lower than 1 GHz, with a maximum rated output power (e) Tubes which utilize interaction between a beam of electrons
not exceeding 35 kW; and microwave elements or cavities in which the electrons
(c) Tubes which utilise interaction between a beam of electrons drift in a direction parallel to the applied magnetic field but
and microwave elements or cavities and in which the also require for their operation a large component of velocity
electrons travel in a direction parallel to the applied magnetic transverse to the direction of the applied magnetic field,
field (eg klystrons or travelling wave tubes), except: including gyrotrons, ubitrons and peniotrons except gyrotron
(1) Continuous wave tubes having all of the following oscillators;
characteristics: (f) Tubes designed to withstand on any axis an acceleration of
(A) Designed for use in civil ground communication; short duration (shock) greater than 1,000 g;
(B) Instantaneous bandwidth tubes with any of the (g) Tubes designed for operation in ambient temperatures
following sets of characteristics: exceeding 437K (200°C)
(a) Tubes with: (h) Tubes of the types described in (c), (d) or (e) above, which are
(1) An instantaneous bandwidth of half an designed to operate with no filament or cathode heating
octave or less (i.e., the highest operating element (as indicated by the absence of heating supply
frequency does not exceed 1.5 times the connections);
lowest operating frequency); and (i) Tubes which utilize a modulated beam of electrons striking
(2) The product of the rated output power one or more semiconductor diodes to provide power gain (see
(expressed in kW) and the maximum also Item IL 1544);
operating frequency (expressed in GHz) 0) Cathodes for electronic vacuum tubes, as follows:
does not exceed 0.3; (1) Specially designed for tubes embargoed by sub-items (a)
(b) Tubes which: to (i) above; or
(1) Have an instantaneous bandwidth of 10% (2) Impregnated cathodes capable of producing a current
or less (Le., the highest operating frequency density exceeding 0.5 AI cm 2 at rated operating
does not exceed 1.1 times the lowest conditions.
operating frequency);
(2) The product of the rated output power
(expressed in kW) and the maximum TECHNICAL NOTE:
operating frequency (expressed in GHz) "Frequency tuning time". -
does not exceed 3; and The time required to change the operating frequency from a
(3) Operate in standard international tele- starting frequency, through the maximum frequency, through the
communications bands; or minimum frequency, and return to the starting frequency, Le., one
(c) Tubes which: complete tuning cycle.
(1) Have an instantaneous bandwidth of 3%
or less (Le., the hightest operating "frequency tuning time": T
frequency does not exceed 1.03 times the
lowest operating frequency); to: dither rate
(2) The product of the rated output power
(expressed in kW) and the nlaximum NOTES:
operating frequency (expressed in GHz) 1. Nothing in this Note pC!'tmits the export of technology for

Security export COl1trol March 1990 53


IL 1558 continued IL 1564
"Assemblies" of electronic components,
electronic vacuum tubes or specially designed components
"modules", printed circuit boards with mounted
therefor. components, "substrates" and integrated
(For manufacturing equipment, see Item IL 1355(a).) circuits, including packages therefor, as follows:
Sub-items (a) and (c) above do not embargo tubes specially
designed for civil telecasting according to CCIR or aIR NOTE:
standards, and specialJy designed components therefor. Integrated circuits are categorized as follows:
2. Nothing in this note permits the export of technology. Sub- "monolithic integrated circuits"
items (b) and (c) above do not embargo magnetrons and "microcomputer microcircuits"
klystrons specially designed for particle accelerators for "microprocessor microcircuits"
medical radiation therapy, having all of the following "multichip integrated circuits"
characteristics: "film type integrated circuits"
(1) Capable of operation only at a frequency of 3,000 MHz ±- "hybrid integrated circuits"
15 MHz or at a frequency of 2,856 MHz ±- 15 MHz; "optical integrated circuits"
(2) Not capable of being tuned mechanically or electronic- For a list of definitions of terms used in this Item, see
ally outside the above bands; Technical Note below.
(3) Mechanically tuned within the above bands; and (a) "Substrates" for printed circuit boards, including ceramic
(4) Having a peak output power not exceeding 10 MW and "substrates" and coated metal "substrates" (single-sided,
an average output power not exceeding 15 kW double-sided or multilayer) and thin copper foils therefor,
except:
(1) Printed circuit boards manufactured from any of the
following materials:
IL 1559 (A) Paper base phenolics;
(B) Glass cloth melamine;
Hydrogen/hydrogen isotope thyratrons of (C) Glass epoxy resin uncoated or coated with copper
ceramic-metal construction and having any of foil of a thickness of 18 micrometre (0.00071 inch)
the following characteristics, and accessories or more;
therefor: (D) Polyethylene terephthalate; or
(E) Any other insulating material having all of the
following characteristics:
(a) A peak pulse power output exceeding 20 MW; (a) A maximum continuous rated operating
(b) A peak anode voltage greater than 25 kV; temperature not exceeding 423 K (l50°C);
(c) A peak current rating greater than 1.5 kA. (b) A dissipation factor equal to or more than 0.009
at 1 MHz;
NOTE: (c) A relative dielectric constant equal to or less
For thyratrons rated for both single-shot (crowbar) and than 8 at 1 MHz; and
modulator service, the figure for modulator service should be (d) A coefficient of expansion equal to or more
used. than ±- lo- s/K over a temperature range of
273 K to 393 K (OOC to 120°C);
(2) Ceramic "substrates" having no more than two layers of
interconnections, including the grqund plane; or
IL 1561 (3) Copper foil having a thickness of 18 micrometre (0.00071
inch) or more;
Materials specially designed and manufactured (b) Ceramic packages for integrated circuits which are designed
for· use as absorbers of electromagnetic waves for hermetically sealed pin or pad grid array, leadless carrier
having frequencies greater than 2 x 1., Hz and or surface-mounted configurations, except when having all of
the following characteristics:
less than 3 x 1012 Hz, except materials as follows: (1) Single-in-line, dual-in-line or flat-pack configuration;
(2) Pin, pad or lead spacings of 2.50 mm or more, or 100 mil
(i) "Hair" type absorbers, whether constructed of natural or or more; and
synthetic fibres, with non-magnetic loading to provide (3) 40 leads or less;
absorption; (c) "Assemblies", "modules" and printed circuit boards with
(ii) Absorbers whose incident surface is non-planar in shape, mounted components, with any of the following character-
including pyramids, cones, wedges and convoluted surfaces, istics:
and which have no magnetic loss; and (1) They include "substrates" for printed circuit boards
(iii) Absorbers having all of the following characteristics: embargoed by sub-item (a) or
(1) Made of: (2) They contain embargoed components, except when:
(a) Plastic foam materials (flexible or non-flexible) with (A) The only embargoed components they contain are
carbon-loading to provide absorption; or capacitors;
(b) Organic binders with magnetic material loading (B) They are power supply "assemblies";
which do not provide "broad-band absorption· (C) They are non-coherent light-emitting alphanumeric
performance with low reflectivity"; displays, of which incorporated "monolithic inte-
grated circuits" having both the following
TECHNICAL NOTE: characteristics:
"Broad-band absorption performance with low (a) Used for decoding, controlling or driving the
reflectivity" is defined as less than 5 per cent echo display; and
compared with metal over a bandwidth greater than (b) Not integral with the actual display device; or
.±. 15 per cent of the centre frequency of the (D) They are simple encapsulated photo-coupler
incident energy; (transopter) "assemblies", having both of the
(2) The incident surface is planar; following characteristics:
(3) Their tensile strength is less than 7x1Q6 N/m 2 (1,016 psi)~ (a) Electrical input and output; and
(4) Their compressive strength is less than 14 x IQ6 N/m (b) Any incorporated light-emitting diode can only
(2,032 psi); and emit non-coherent light;
(5) They cannot withstand more than 450 K (177°C, 350°F).
NOTE:
NOTE: Sub-item (c) (2) does not embargo "assemblies", "modules"
Nothing in the above releases magnetic materials to provide or printed circuit board with mounted components,
absorption when contained in paint. having both of the following characteristics:

64 Security export control March 1990


(a) Designed for equipment not embargoed by any Vibrators, bilateral switches f display
other Item of these Lists; and drivers, fixed counters, fixed frequency
(b) Substantially restricted to the particular application dividers, storage registers, decoders,
for which they have been designed by nature of voltage translators, encoders, Schmidt
either: triggers, delay timers, carry generators,
(1) Design; clock generators, and any combination of
(2) Performance; the above digital logic functions;
(3) Lack of "user-accessible microprogramma- (2) Encapsulated in packages having 24
bility"; terminals or less; and
(4) Lack of "user-accessible programmability"; (3) A minimum value of the ubasic gate
(5) "Software"; propagation delay time" under any rated
(6) "Microprogramme" control; or condition of no less than IOns;
(7) Specialized logic control. (d) Positive-channel type or negative-channel type
metal-oxide semiconductor (PMOS or NMOS)
NOTES: "monolithic integrated circuits", having all of
1. For the embargo status of "assemblies", "modules" or the following characteristics:
printed circuit boards with mounted components which (1) Designed for and by virtue of circuit
are designed for, or which have the same functional design limited to use as serial digital shift
characteristics as, electronic computers or "related registers;
equipment", see Item IL 1565. (2) A maximum clock rate of 10 MHz; and
2. "Assemblies", "modules" or printed circuit boards with (3) A maximum of 1,024 bit per package;
mounted components which are designed for, or which (e) Silicon "microcomputer microcircuits" having
have the same functional characteristics as, errlbargoed all of the following characteristics:
equipment shall be rated against the parameters of the (1) Mask programmed by the "manufacturer"
appropriate equipment Item. In such cases, however, the for a civil application prior to shipment;
relevant temperature parameters have to be changed (2) A word size to "speed" ratio of less than or
into: below 218 K (-55°C) or above 358 K (85°C). equal to 1.1 bit per microsecond;
(d) "Monolithic integrated circuits", "microcomputer micro- (3) A "speed-power dissipation product" of
circuits", "microprocessor microcircuits", "m ultichip more than or equal to 1.2 microjoule;
integrated circuits", "fHnl type integrated circuits", "hybrid (4) Not containing on-the-chip:
integrated circuits" and "optical integrated circuits", except: (A) A read-only storage (ROM) of more
(1) Encapsulated passive networks; than 8,192 byte;

NOTE: NOTE:
Technology for the Inanufacture of thin film passive This does not include the storage space
networks is not released from embargo by this sub-item. needed for the "microprogramme".
(2) Encapsulated integrated circuits, having all of the (B) A random access storage (RAM) of
following characteristics: more than 256 byte;
(A) Not designed or rated as radiation hardened; (C) A programmable read-only storage
(B) Not rated for operation at an ambient temperature (PROM);
below 233 K (-40°C) or above 358 K (85°C); (D) Multiplication capabilities;
(C) Packaged in any of the following casings: (E) General purpose operating systems
(a) TO-5 outline cases (diameter 7.7 to 9.4 mm, Le. (e.g. CP/M); or
0.305 to 0.370 inch); (F) High order languages (e.g. Tiny
(b) Hermetically sealed dual in-line cases; or Basic);
(c) Non-hermetically sealed cases; and (5) An operand (data) word length of less than
(D) Being any of the following types: or equal to 8 bit;
(a) Bipolar "monolithic integrated circuits", having (6) Not capable of using storage off-the-chip
all of the following characteristics: for "programme" storage; and
(l) Designed to perform a single digital logic (7) Not rated for operation at an ambient
function or a combination of digital logic temperature below 253 K (-20°C) or
functions; above 348 K (75°C);
(2) Encapsulated in packages having 24
terminals or less; NOTE:
(3) A "basic gate propagation delay time" of Bit-slice "microcomputer microcircuits" are not
no less than 3 ns; released by this sub-item.
(4) A "basic gate power dissipation" of no less (f) Silicon "monolithic integrated circuits", "micro-
than 2 mW; and computer microcircuits", "microprocessor
(5) A product of the "basic gate propagation microcircuits", "multichip integrated circuits",
delay time" and the "basic gate power "film type integrated circuits", "hybrid inte-
dissipation" per gate of no less than 30 pJ grated circuits", or "optical integrated circuits",
for types having a "basic gate propagation having both of the following characteristics:
delay time" of 3 ns or more and less than 5 (1) No Huser-accessible microprogramma-
ns; bility"; and
(b) Bipolar "monolithic integrated circuits", having (2) Designed or programmed by the "manu-
all of the following characteristics: facturer" for any of the following
(1) Designed for operation in civil applications, only:
applications; (A) Car electronics (e.g. entertainment,
(2) Being either: instrumentation, safety, comfort,
(A) Electronic switches, externally operations, or pollution);
controlled by inductive, magnetic or (B) Home electronics, (e.g. audio and
optical means; or video equipment, appliances, safety,
(B) Threshold value switches; and education, comfort, remote con-
(3) With switching times of 0.5 lnicrosecond trolled toys or amusement);
or more; (C) Timekeeping applications (e.g.
(c) Complementary metal-oxide semiconductor watches or clocks);
(CMOS) "monolithic integrated circuits", having (D, Personal communications up to 150
all of the following characteristics: MHz, including amateur radio com-
(1) Designed for operation as digital logic munication and intercom;
circuit elements but limited to gates, lE) Unembarg~ed camer~'s including cine
inverters, buffers, flip-flops, latches, multi- ~caJneras but excluding imaging

Security export control March 1990 56


0)
IL 1564 continued Storage "monolithic integrated circuits" or
"multichip integrated circuits", as follows:
microcircuits; or (1) Read-only (ROMs), having all of the
(F) Medical electronic prostheses (e.g. following characteristics:
cardiac pacemakers, hearing aids); (A) Mask programmed by the "manufac-
(G) Civil telephone subscriber sets turer" for a civil application prior to
providing neither ISDN functions nor shipment;
encryption; (B) A maximum of 8,192 bit per package;
(C) A maximum access time of no less
NOTE: than 450 ns; and
(D) Not rated for operation at an ambient
Integrated circuits specially designed temperature below 253 K (-20°C) or
for mobile (radio) telephone which above 348 K (75°C);
use frequency synthesizers are (2) Positive-channel type or negative-channel
specially designed components under type metal-oxide semiconductor read-only
Item IL 1531. (PMOS- or NMOS-ROMs), having all of the
following characteristics:
NOTE: (A) Mask programmed by the "manufac-
The temperature limits specified in (d) (2) turer" for a civil application prior to
(B) above do not apply to sub-section (A) or shipment;
(F). (B) A maximum of 32,768 bit per
(g) "Monolithic integrated circuits" or "hybrid package;
integrated circuits", having all of the following (C) A maximum access time of no less
characteristics: than 450 ns; and
(1) Not capable of addressing off-the-chip (D) Not rated for operation at an ambient
storage; temperature below 253 K (-20°C) or
(2) No "user-accessible microprogramma- above 348 K (75°C);
bility"; and (3) Positivewchannel type or negative-channel
(3) Designed for and by virtue of circuit type metal-oxide semiconductor read-only
design limited to use in simple calculators, (PMOS- or NMOS-ROMs), having all of the
having both of the following character- following characteristics:
istics: (A) Mask programmed or designed as
(A) Performing a single function in character generators for a standard
response to a keystroke; and character font;
(B) Capable of performing floating point (B) A maximum access time of no less
additions of a maximum of 13 than 250 ns; and
decimal digits (mantissa only) in no (C) Not rated for operation at an ambient
less than 20 ms; temperature below 253 K (-20°C) or
(h) "Monolithic integrated circuits" or "hybrid above 348 K (75°C);
integrated circuits", having both of the (4) Progranlmable (non-erasable) read-only
following characteristics: (PROMs) having all of the following
(1) No "user-accessible microprogramma- characteristics:
bility"; and (A) Programmed by the "manufacturer"
(2) Designed for and by virtue of circuit for a civil application prior to
design limited to use in simple key shipment;
programmable calculators, having both of (B) A maximum of 2,048 bit per package;
the following characteristics: (C) A maximum access time of no less
(A) Capable of executing a sequence of than 250 ns; and
no more than 256 "programme" steps (D) Not rated for operation at an ambient
introduced into a "programme" temperature below 253 K (-20°C) or
storage on-the-chip by a sequence of above 348 K (75°C);
keystrokes; and (5) Programmable (non-erasable) read-only
(B) Capable of performing floating point (PROMs) having all of the following
additions of a maximum of 13 characteristics:
decimal digits (mantissa only) in no (A) Programmed by the "manufacturer"
less than 20 ms; for a civil application prior to
(i) Silicon "microprocessor microcircuits", having shipment;
all of the following characteristics: (B) A maximum of 8,192 bit per package;
(1) A word size to "speed" ratio of less than or (C) A maximum access time of no less
equal to 1.25 bit per microsecond; than 450 ns; and
(2) A "speed-power dissipation product" of (D) Not rated for operation at an ambient
more than or equal to 2 microjoule; temperature below 253 K (-20°C) or
(3) Not containing on-the-chip: above 348 K (75°C);
(A) Read-only storage (ROM); (6) Bipolar random-access (RAMs), having any
(B) Programmable read-only storage of the following pairs of characteristics:
(PROM); (A) A maximum of 64 bit per package
(C) Random-access storage (RAM) of and a maximum access time of no less
more than 1,024 bit; or than 30 ns;
(D) Multiplication instructions; (B) A maximum of 256 bit per package
(4) Capable of addressing storage off-the-chip and a maximum access time of no less
of no more than 65,536 byte; than 40 ns; or
(5) An operand (data) word length of less than (C) A maximum of 1,024 bit per package
or equal to 8 bit; and a maximum access time of no less
(6) An arithmetic logic unit (ALU) not wider than 45 ns;
than 8 bit; and (7) Metal-oxide-semiconductor dynamic
(7) Not rated for operation at an ambient random access (MOS-DRAMs), having all
temperature below 253 K (-20°C) or of the following characteristics:
above 348 K (75°C); (A) A Inaximum of 4,096 bit per package;
(B) A maximum access time of no less
NOTE: than 250 ns; and
Bit-slice "microprocessor microcircuits" are not (C) Not rated for operation at an ambient
released by this sub-item. temperature below 253 K (-20°C) or

S6 Security export control March 1990


above 348 K (75°C); a conversion time to maximum
(8) Metal-oxide semiconductor static random resolution of no less than 20 micro-
access (MOs..SRAMs), having both of the second; and
following characteristics: (B) An accuracy of no better than ±..
(A) A maximum of 1,024 bit per package; 0.025 per cent of full scale over the
and specified operating temperature
(B) A maximum access time of no less range;
than 450 ns; (2) Analogue-to-digital convertors, having
(k) Amplifier "monolithic integrated circuits", both of the following characteristics:
"multichip integrated circuits", "film type inte- (A) Designed for digital voltmeter
grated circuits" or "hybrid integrated circuits", applications; and
a~ follows: (B) Permitting characteristics corre-
(l) Audio amplifiers: sponding to those of instruments free
(A) Having a maximum rated continuous from embargo under Item IL 1529 (t);
power output of 50W or less at an (3) Digital-to-analogue converters, having
ambient temperature of 298K (25°C); both of the following characteristics:
or (A) A maximum settling time to rated
(B) Encapsulated in non-hermetically linearity of no less than:
sealed packages; (a) 5 microsecond for voltage output
converters; or
(b) 250 ns for current output
NOTE: converters; and
For audio amplifiers, the 358 K (85°C) (B) A non-linearity (Le. deviation from an
upper temperature limit specified in (d) (2) ideal straight line) of equal to or
(B) is not applicable. The lower limit of 233 worse than ±.. 0.025 per cent of full
K (-40°C) is applicable. scale over the specified operating
(2) Instrumentation amplifiers, having all of temperature range;
the following characteristics: (4) Voltage (rms-to-DC) converters; or
(A) A best-case rated linearity of no (5) Voltage-to-frequency converters having
better than.±.. 0.01 per cent at a gain all of the following characteristics:
of 100; (A) Not employing delta or delta/
(B) A maximum gain-bandwidth product sigma modulation techniques;
of no more than 7.5 expressed in MHz (B) A rated accuracy of no better than ±..
(e.g. a maximum bandwidth of 75 0.01 per cent of full scale; and
kHz at -3 dB and a gain of 100); and (C) A ~gain drift' of no less than
(C) A typical slew rate at unity-gain not .±.. 50 x 10-6 /K at rated frequency;
exceeding 3 V/microsecond;
(3) Isolation amplifiers; NOTE:
(4) Operational amplifiers, having all of the ~Gain drift' specifies the maximum
following characteristics: change in gain over a specified tem-
(A) A typical unity-gain open-loop perature range.
bandwidth of no more than 5 MHz;
(B) A typical open-loop voltage gain of no
more than 106 , Le. 120 dB; NOTE:
(C) Either: See Item IL 1527 for coders, decoders or
(a) A maximum intrinsic rated input coders/decoders (codec), all when designed for
offset voltage of no less than 1.0 voice.
mY; or (n) Interface "monolithic integrated circuits",
(b) A maximum input offset voltage "multichip integrated circuits", "film type
drift of no less than 5 integrated circuits" or "hybrid integrated
microvolt/K; circuits", as follows:
(D) A typical slew rate at unity-gain not (1) Line drivers and line receivers having a
exceeding 6 V/microsecond; and ~typical propagation delay time' from data
(E) A typical power dissipation of more input to output of no less than 15 ns;
than 10 mW per amplifier, if the (2) Peripheral or display drivers, having all of
typical slew rate at unity-gain exceeds the following characteristics:
2.5 V/microsecond; or (A) A maximum rated output current of
(5) Untuned alternating current (AC) 500 mA or less;
amplifiers, having both of the following (B) A 'typical propagation delay time'
characteristics; from data input to output of no 'less
(A) A bandwidth of less than 3 MHz; and than 20 ns; and
(8) A maximum rater power dissipation (C) A maximum rated output voltage of
of 5 W or less at an ambient 80 V or less;
temperature of 298 K (25°C); (3) Sense amplifiers, having both of the
(I) Analogue multiplier or divider "monolithic following characteristics:
integrated circuits", "multichip integrated (A) A 'typical propagation delay time'
circuits", "film type integrated circuits" or from data input to output of no less
"hybrid integrated circuits", having both of the than 15 ns; and
following characteristics: (B) A typical input threshold voltage of
(1) A best-case rated linearity of no better no less than 10 mY; or
than ±.. 0.5 per cent of full scale; and (4) Storage or clock drivers, having all of the
(2) A -3 dB small signal bandwidth of no following characteristics:
more than 1 MHz; (A) A maximum rated output current of
(m) Converter "monolithic integrated circuits", 500 mA or less;
"multichip integrated circuits", "film type (B) A maximum rated output voltage of
integrated circuits" or "hybrid integrated 30 V or less; and
circuits", as follows: (C, A ~typical propagation delay time'
(1) Analogue-to-digital converters, having from data input to output of no less
both of the following characteristics: than 20 ns;
(A) A maximum conversion rate to rated
accuracy of no more than 50,000 NOTE:
complete conversions per second, Le. When the ~typical propagation delay time' is

Security export control March1990 57


(I)Used for decoding, controlling or driving
IL 1564 continued the display; and
(2) Not integral with the actual display device;
not specified, the typical turn-on or turn-off (u) Simple encapsulated photocoupler (transopter)
time, whichever is less, should be used. "optical integrated circuits", having both of the
(0) Peripheral positive-channel type or negative- following characteristics:
channel type metal-oxide-semiconductor (1) Electrical input and output; and
(PMOS or NMOS) "monolithic integrated (2) Any incorporated light-emitting diodes
circuits" or "multichip integrated circuits", can only emit non-coherent light;
designed only for: (3) Unencapsulated integrated circuits, having all of the
(I) The support of "microprocessor micro- following characteristics:
circuits" which are excluded from (A) Based exclusively upon silicon;
embargo by (d) (2) (D) (i) above; and (B) Not designed or rated as radiation hardened; and
(2) Any of the following functions: (C) Being any of the following types:
(A) Parallel input/output controller (PlO); (a) Bipolar "monolithic integrated circuits", having
(B) Serial input/output controller (SIO); all of the following characteristics:
(C) Dual asynchronous receiver/trans- (1) Designed to perform a single digital logic
mitter (DART); or function or a combination of digital logic
(D) Counter/timer circuit (CTC); functions;
(p) Sample and hold "monolithic integrated (2) A "basic gate propagation delay time" of
circuits", "multichip integrated circuits", "film no less than 5 ns;
type integrated circuits" or "hybrid integrated (3) A product of the "basic gate propagation
circuits", having both of the following delay time" and the "basic gate power
characteristics: dissipation" per gate of not less than 70 pJ;
(I) An acquisition time of no less than 10 and
microsecond; and (4) No more than 24 input/output pads;
(2) Anon-linearity, (Le. a deviation from an
ideal straight line), of equal to or worse NOTE:
than .±..0.01 per cent of full scale for a hold
time of 1 microsecond; Sub-item (d) (3) (C) (a) does not permit shipment
(q) Timing "monolithic integrated circuits", of complex custom-built bipolar digital
"multichip integrated circuits", "film type "monolithic integrated circuits".
integrated circuits" or "hybrid integrated (b) Bipolar "monolithic integrated circuits", having
circuits", having both of the following all of the following characteristics:
characteristics: (1) Designed for operation in civil appli-
(I) A typical timing error of no less than .±..0.5 cations;
per cent; and (2) Being either:
(2) A typical rise time of no less than 100 ns; (A) Electronic switches, externally con-
(r) Voltage "monolithic integrated circuits", trolled by inductive, magnetic or
"multichip integrated circuits", "film type optical means; or
integrated circuits" or "hybrid integrated (B) Threshold value switches;
circuits", as follows: (3) With switching times of 0.5 microsecond
(1) Voltage comparators, having both of the or more; 'and
following characteristics: (4) No more than 24 input/output pads;
(A) A maximum input offset voltage of no
less than 2 mV; and NOTE:
(B) A 'typical switching speed', Le. typical Sub-item (d) (3) (C) (b) does not permit shipment
response time of no less than 30 ns; of complex custom-built bipolar digital
(2) Voltage references, having both of the "monolithic integrated circuits".
following characteristics: (c) "Monolithic integrated circuits" having all of
(A) A rated accuracy of no better than the following characteristics:
0.1 per cent; and (1) No "user-accessible microprogramma-
(B) A temperature coefficient of the bility";
voltage of no less than 15 x 10-6 /K; (2) Designed for and by virtue of circuit
(3) Linear type voltage regulators, having design limited to use in civil radio or
both of the following characteristics: television receivers;
(A) A rated nominal output voltage of 50 (3) Rated for operation at 11 MHz or less;
V or less; and (4) Not designed for station scanning appli-
(B) A maximum output current of 2 A or cations;
less; (5) Not utilizing charge-coupled device (CCD)
(4) Switching type voltage regulators, having technology;
both of the following characteristics: (6) Not intended for beam lead bonding; and
(A) A rated nominal output voltage of 40 . (7) If intended for video or luminance
V or less; and amplifiers, having both of the following
(B) A maximum output current of 150 characteristics:
mA or less; (A) A maximum rated supply voltage not
exceeding 30 V; and
NOTES: (B) A typical bandwidth not exceeding
1. For voltage regulators, the 358 K (85°C) 7.5 MHz;
upper temperature limit specified in (d) (B) (d) "Monolithic integrated circuits" having all of
(2) above is not applicable. The lower limit the following characteristics:
of 233 K (-40°C) is applicable. (1) No "user-accessible microprogramma-
2. See (d) (2) (D) (m) (4) for rms-to-DC voltage bility";
converters and (d) (2) (D) (m) (5) for (2) Not utilizing charge-coupled device (CCD)
voltage-to-frequency converters. technology;
(s) Non-coherent light-emitting alphanumeric (3) Not intended for beam lead bonding; and
displays, which do not incorporate other (4) Designed or programmed by the "manu-
"monolithic integrated circuits"; facturer" for any of the following appli-
(t) Non-coherent light-emitting alphanumeric cations only:
displays, which incorporate "monolithic inte- (A) Timekeeping applications (e.g.
grated circuits" having both of the following watches or clocks); or
characteristics: (B) Cardiac pacemakers or hearing aids;

58 Security export control March 1990


(e) Amplifier "monolithic integrated circuits" as (b) They are, by nature of design or performance, sub-
follows: stantially restricted to the particular application for
(1) Audio amplifiers, having a maximum which they have been designed.
rated power output of 25 W or less at an
ambient temperature of 298 K (25°C); or
(2) Operational amplifiers, having all of the
_. 'F11'~~, tij"tt1J
following characteristics:
(A) A typical unity-gain open-loop
~:~ 1ID~T~
~ tOt ridlatiOli ti
bandwidth of no more than 5 MHz;
(B) A typical open-loop voltage gain of no
" ·ta Ii~~at , . ,
," "~~c~epinll tb~ !!~ IU . (ll I(?;(,
more than 562,000 Le. 115 dB;
'~ (b) ,.f!lttem~ :~IlbStf.at "fJ>t pril'!(ect:~l~ii~t.~
(C) A maximum intrinsic rated input
offset voltage of no less than 2.5 mY; " L. .:'1 <k!signed
~~. the /i,r!i1fqf.,Sl!b;,.it~~:J».(I)~(~);. ~~~n ""
for~ 'In dyil;..pp1~QnI,liJted:JiJlflUl:i.i
and
(D) A typical slew rate at unity-gain not
., ~~d)~(!HD~(f)(2}\'(d) (21W)~(sH~(Or';(1I){2),:(PJ Ol)'.<~)t~ ;:
(c) Silicon<.l>eaed ,devic~ Jlxceeding tfi!!.limltitbf;""'1ir~::ii?(.. ::'
exceeding 2.5 VImicrosecond;
, (1) SUl)oolt,ems.(d) f2) (D~ (al. ~) or (1:);, ex~Pt tho.se 't"!tJ1'
(f) Voltage "monolithic integrated circuits" as
", lh,...mpre th,ll\ 28 termlOil\~ ~:r,:~. " .,. ,~.litt~r"$~'" ,r'
follows:
<t,\( ,(2) .Su~it~msJd)'f2) (Ql:(g) •.o,rJ~>:':· .!' ·'.i' ,~!\.,_" ..
(1) Voltage comparators, having both of the '. (3) Sub-iteme (d) (2) (D) (It). O)•. lm) (4) and,(5);;(n);:(r); (s) ~'
following characteristics:
,- .or(u);or , . : ",' , .' tt-".·, ...-r", !~*'
(A) A maximum input offset voltage of no
, . (4).. Sub-Ilem~ (d)'(2) W) (I) or (Q);., ~ ~" 'V'''!~ '''' " : ", ,J
less than 5 mY; and
(d) Silicon-based ~~It or.le~ "ml~rocomputeen:licr rcults"',
(B) A 'typical switching speed', Le. typical
excet:ding the limits.of sub-items 'Cd) ,(2) (D)1e),(l) ~j),(4).\\.<.,!
response time of no less than 50 ns.
(2) Linear type voltage regulators, having
(6)'apd(7); '.' . ··tt.>I.",'.,~ 1'.", . -:::r"-7:'" .
(e) Silicop,based{ "microprocessor! .-mi~ocir~uits: - :WIth' an ,
both of the following-characteristics:
(A) A rated nominal output voltage of 40
','." operan~ length of 16 bit..or lest" and an atltfrm~tlc'".lo8ic
".; ..... ".. urnt (ALU) not'wider than 32 biland~ce«!din"the limits ,1'
V or less; and ,;;";';':('l\ of sut>-:Items (d) (2);(0) (1).{1) io-,(~).· except: "" '';~; .. 't,., . '
(B) A maximum output current of I A or
':'h,."J, (1) Those· with &tbtal;t>rocesslng dllt~ rate. exCecldirlg
less; or '.' ..";>,?8 mill,io,n bit 'per second: . -', ' " . I
(3) Switching type voltage regulators, having
both of the following characteristics:
"i:.":;. .' "~" :(~l 'Bjt.~sUt:e "microprocessor microcircuits"; ~'l .:~
";(I).";Sili~on~ mein~ry'devi~, as follows: .' '.
(A) A rated nominal output voltage of 40 '.' (1)' ,:MC)~PRAMs with:.no more. than ?56,kblt;·, ,:
V or less; and ,',,:,(2k'MOS'SRAMs with,no.mor.e,than 64 kbit; , :.. '"
(B) A maximum output current of 150 ,J.,:)C (Sf. Mask PROMs with, no ,more tl)an 512 kbit; , .'
mA or less;
(4) Encapsulated integrated circuits having all of the
,,,:, •..{4): UV-EPROMs except,keyed access EPROMs with rto
-', .'" .: ." . .rnpre'fhan 256 kbit; •• .,
following characteristics: '~,":<'-,Sf '~RO~S'Wlth no,more than 64ikblt;"'.·"'>; '. ,,-:
(A) Not designed or rated as radiation hardened; < :;';;01:"(6) EEROM,S,with', no more'than;'6~;,kb)t:;'p;, .. ~'':}''·; :"~~

."~hl
(B) Not rated for operation at an ambient temperature
below 233 K (-40°C) or above 358 K (85°C);
(C) Packaged in hermetically sealed ceramic packages
excluded from embargo under sub-item (b); and
,0" :'~/;~;;:'i,,::,i,~, ,~~~t,,,,:i
(D) Containing unencapsulated integrated circuits • {g) Operational altlplifl~rsexceedtilgtl)e lllliltil o~ ilul,4tem'<
excluded from embargo under sub-item (d) (3). ,\+",.' ':td):(2) (D)(k) (4)-Which do nOI'have'a slew rate exceed!ng-,.>
.' ',' lQO'vo!t permlC:rosecorid;;'. -. .... ..... ~.:,
NOTES: '. tn)An~ogue-to..dljiital and;.dlgltal-t()0'8nalogue'eonv~tterli,i~'
1. Nothing in the above shall be construed as permitting the ~"'\;;;,excee~fitgthe limits 0,(. sub-item (d) (2) (DHP1l (I), to (3)/.
export of wafer or chip design or processing information '" /";exi;ept;,.: ';J;~i. '.':; ;cY (" .~. .' • '.: .... ,.
inherent in the manufacture of any embargoed class of . "·,H)~' ;4.'ttalogue-:tlrdigital conv.ertets with less tb;m it 500
"assembly", "module", integrated circuit or "circuit element", '. ·iii.c~nYers~o!! tiwe to a maximum resoluHon·';f'lZ>\
irrespective of any release of devices in any of these classes. ····bit··· < ' "<-" ' " ..
This restriction also applies to technology embodied both in '(2) .~1~lt~17~~naiogu~converters' witlt less tban 5Olfhs'
the equipment embargoed by Item IL 1355 and in its use. ,:".;settli,ng time for YoJtag~:.iQuti>utyand a maximum'
Integrated circuits having no "user-accessible micropro- resolution of 12 bit;' " " " , . z;> .' .. :.
grammability" (e.g. mask programmed) are only eligible for Diglla)-tQ-analogue' cOO1ierters .\\Iit-bdess than 25 ns ;,
release from embargo if: settling lime for current outpufand a··n1$Xil)'lum·....·;;.
(a) The design or "programme" are originated either by the [-I ·'resolutio,ll :ot' 12 bit: . : '. '." .~.
"manufacturer" alone or in concert with the user of the . Sfl,~on based 8-bill>r less'user-progra{llmab!e single Chip >:
integrated circuit; ,rmlcrocomputer microcircuits" ,embargoed _by. sub-item};.,;
(b) The "programme" is unalterably fixed at the time of (d);' .':)"':_':""···i l •• • ,/,'" ....." .. ; •. ",. .

manufacture; and r:QpllcaLlhtegrated circuits"; . ,'. . ::; ,1. 'l~


(c) The "manufacturer" established that the design, basic ,(l)EmbargC?ed.by~b:-llem (d): ...,' ''l" ';I/.~" ,.
functions and performance of the integrated circuit are " '" (2) With no,more thlo,Z,048 elementa;·and ,It) j •
only for the intended end-use. ,,(3) Npt exceedinli the Ilin~ts'ol.ltem IL 15.(a)'~h~-(b>:' .
':.(~~.f.Non:repro,ra~lJlm.abw'al~icon,~ase~' ·Idte'gr.at~d· circuitS .
NB: ",. speclaUy del\l8Jled. -or prokraptm~d _, .bY -' .the ..;:man,
Integrated circuits, including gate arrays and programmable "'Jacturer" for:busines$'.br office u$6.; \' -". ,i 1~ f",.
logic arrays, based only or primarily on customer-supplied (I) Sample aod hold integrated circuits exceeding the' Urnits :C
circuit design or "programmes" do not meet the criteria of l" of _sub-item (d) (2) (D) (p), with _an acgUisltion time of no"
this Note and are therefore not released under this Item. 1. less than ,500 M. '." .,.~;.> ./ 1 ~~ I ",

"Assemblies", "modules" or printed circuit boards with 6. Definition of terms:


mounted components. embargoed by sub-item (c) (2), which "assembly" -
by nature of their design or performance: A number of electronic components (Le. "circuit elements",
(a) Are substantially restricted to the particular civil appli- "discrete components", integrated circuits etc.) connected
cation for which they have been designed; and together to perform (a) specific function(s), replaceable as an
(b) Contain only components which are either free from entity and normally l:apable of being disassembled,
embargo or eligible for national discretion treatment. "basic gate power dissipation" -
Devices (encapsulated or unencapsulated) not released by The power dissipation value corresponding to the basic gate
sub·items (c) or (d) above. provided that: utilized within a family of "monolithic integrated circuits".
(a) They have been designed for identifiable civil appli- This may be specified, for a given family, either as the power
cations; dissipation per typical gate or as tile typical pawer dissipation

Security export control March 1990 59.


IL 1564 continued "programme" -
A sequence of instructions to carry out a process in, or
convertible into, a form executable by an electronic
per gate. computer.
"basic gate propagation delay time" - "software" -
The propagation delay time value. corresponding to the basic A collection of one or more "programmes" or "micropro-
gate utilized within a family of "monolithic integrated grammes" fixed in any tangible medium of expression.
circuits". This may be specified, for a given family, either as "speed"
the propagation delay time per typical gate or as the typical The time to fetch an operand C and another operand 0, both
propagation delay time per gate. from an external storage outside any work register, add these
operands and put the result back in storage. The addressing
NB: mode which yields the shortest execution time shall be used.
"Basic gate propagation delay time" is not to be confused The result of the add operation shall be stored in either the
with input/output delay time of a complex "monolithic same location as one of the addends or in some other
integrated circuit". location. This choice shall be made to give the shortest
"circuit element" - execution time at the highest specified clock frequency.
A single active or passive functional part of an electronic "speed-power dissipation product" -
circuit, such as one diode, one transistor, one resistor, one The product of the "speed" and the typical power dissipation
capacitor, etc. which shall be taken at the clock frequency used in the
"discrete component" - "speed" computation. The typical power dissipation may be
A separately packaged "circuit element" with its own any of the following, but must be the lowest value specified:
external connections. (a) The specified typical internal power dissipation;
"film type integrated circuit" - (b) One half the maximum internal power dissipation;
An array of "circuit elements" and metallic interconnections (c) The product of the nominal supply voltage and typical
formed by deposition of a thick or thin film on an insulating total supply current; or:
"substrate". (d) One half of the product of the nominal supply voltage
"hybrid integrated circuit" - and maximum total supply current.
Any combination of integrated circuits, "circuit element" or "substrate" -
"discrete components" connected together to perform (a) A sheet of base material with or without an interconnection
specific function(s). pattern and on which or within which "discrete components",
"manufacturer" - integrated circuits or both can be located.
For the purposes of this Item the individual or organization "user-accessible microprogrammability"
designing an integrated circuit or a "programme" for an The facility allowing a user to insert, modify or replace
intended application, in contrast to an individual or "microprogrammes".
organization merely programming an integrated circuit at, or "user-accessible programmability" -
in accordance with, a user's request. The facility allowing a user to insert, modify or replace
"microcomputer microcircuit" - "programmes" by means other than:
A "monolithic integrated circuit" or "multichip integrated (a) A physical change in wiring or interconnections; or
circuit" containing an arithmetic logic unit (ALU) capable of (b) The setting of function controls including entry of
executing general purpose instructions from an internal parameters.
storage, on data contained in the internal storage.

NB: IL 1565
The internal storage may be augmented by an external
storage.
Electronic computers, "related equipment",
"microprocessor microcircuit"- equipment or systems containing electronic com-
A "monolithic integrated circuit" or "multichip integrated puters, and technology therefor, as follows; and
circuit" containing an arithmetic logic unit (ALU) capable of specially designed components and accessories
executing a series of general purpose instructions from an for these electronic computers and "related
external storage.
equipment":
NB: (For the embargo status of "software", see Item IL 1566)
The "microprocessor microcircuit" normally does not contain
integral user-accessible storage, although storage present on- TECHNICAL NOTES:
the-chip may be used in performing its logic function. 1. Electronic computers and "related equipment" are
"microprogramme" - categorised as follows:
A sequence of elementary instructions, maintained in a "analogue computer" -
special storage, the execution of which is initiated by the Equipment which can, in the form of one or more continuous
introduction of its reference instruction into an instruction variables:
register. (a) Accept data;
"module" - (b) Process data; and
A number of electronic components (Le. "circuit elements", (c) Provide output of data.
"discrete components", integrated circuits etc) connected "digital computer" -
together to perform (a) specific function(s), replaceable as an Equipment which can, in the form of one or more discrete
entity and not normally capable of being disassembled. variables:
"monolithic integrated circuits" - (a) Accept data;
A combination of passive or active "circuit elements" or both (b) Store data or instructions in fixed or alterable (writable)
which: storage devices;
(a) Are formed by means of diffusion processes, implan- (c) Process data by means of a stored sequence of
tation processes or deposition processes in or on a single instructions which is modifiable; and
semiconducting piece of material, a so-called 'chip'; (d) Provide output of data.
(b) Can be considered as indivisibly associated; and
(c) Perform the function(s) of a circuit. NOTE:
"multichip integrated circuit" - Modifications of a stored sequence of instructions include
Two or more "monolithic integrated circuits" bonded to a replacement of fixed storage devices, but not a physical
common "substrate". change in wiring or interconnections.
"optical integrated circuit" - "hybrid computer"
A "monolithic integrated circuit" or a "hybrid integrated Equipment which can:
circuit", containing one or more parts designed to function as (a) Accept data;
a photosensor or photoemitter or to perform (an) optical or (b) Process data, in both analogue and digital
(an) electro-optical function(s). representations; and

60 Security export control March 1990


(c) Provide output of data. amplifiers, the effects of loading, the effects of phase shift
'related equipment" - or the generating of functions.
Equipment "embedded" in, "incorporated" in, or "associated"
with electronic computers, as follows: (d) "Hybrid computers" and "related equipment" therefor, with
(a) Equipment for interconnecting "analogue computers" all the following characteristics:
with "digital computers"; (1) The analogue section is embargoed by sub..item (c);
(b) Equipment for interconnecting "digital computers"; (2) The digital section has an internal fixed or alter'able
(c) Equipment for interfacing electronic computers to "local storage of more than 2,048 bit; and
area networks" or to "wide area networks"; (3) Facilities are included for processing numerical data
(d) Communication control units; from the analogue section in the digital section or vice
(e) Other input/output (I/O) control units; versa;
(f) Recording or reproducing equipment referred to this (e) "Digital computers" or embargoed "analogue computers"
item by Item It 1572; containing equipment for interconnecting "analogue
(g) Displays; or computers" with "digital computers";
(h) Other peripheral equipment. (f) "Digital computers" and "related equipment" therefor, with
any of the following characteristics:
NOTE: (1) Designed or modified for use in airborne vehicles,
"Related equipment" which contains an "embedded" or missiles or space vehicles and rated for continuous oper-
"incorporated" electronic computer, but which lacks "user- ation at temperatures from below 228 K (-45°C) to
accessible programmability", does not thereby fall within the above 328 K (+ 55°C);
definition of an electronic computer. (2) Designed or modified to limit electromagnetic radiation
to levels much less than those required by government
This Item includes: civil interference specifications;
(a) "Assemblies", "modules", or printed circuit boards with (3) Designed as ruggedized or radiation-hardened
mounted components referred to this Item by Item It equipment and capable of meeting military specifications
1564; for ruggedized or radiation-hardened equipment;
(b) Assemblies of materials or thin film devices or devices (4) Modified for military use; or
containing them referred to this Item by Item IL 1588; (5) Designed or modified for certifiable multi-level security
(c) Central processing unit - "main storage" cornbinations; or certifiable user isolation applicable to government
(d) Digital differential analyzers (incremental computers); classified material or to applications requiring an
and
equivalent level of security;
(e) Processors for stored-programme control. (g) Equipment or systems containing "digital computers"
(This ends the Technical Notes. For a complete list of definitions of embargoed by sub-item (f);
terms used in this Item, see Note 16 below.) (h) "Digital computers" and "related equipment" therefor, other
than those embargoed by sub-items (e) or (f), even when
Listed as follows: "embedded" in, "incorporated" in, or "associated" with
(a) "Analogue computers" and "related equipment" therefor, equipment or systems:
which are designed or modified for use in airborne vehicles,
missiles or space vehicles and rated for continuous operation NOTE:
at temperatures from below 228 K (-45°C) to above 328 K
(+55°C); The embargo status of these "digital computers" and "related
(b) Equipment or systems containing "analogue computers" equipment" therefor is governed by the appropriate Item
embargoed by sub-item (a); provided that:
(c) "Analogue computers" and "related equipment" therefor, (a) They are "embedded" in other equipment or systems;
other than those embargoed by sub-item (a), except: (b) The other equipment or systems are described in other
(i) Those which neither: Items in these Lists; and
(a) Are capable of containing more than 20 sunlmers, (c) The technology for these "digital computers" and
integrators, multipliers or function generators; nor "related equipment" is governed by sub-item G) below.
(b) Have facilities for readily varying the
interconnections of such components; or (1) Including "digital computers" and "related equipment",
(ii) Those which are limited as follows: as follows:
(a) They use neither: (i) Designed or modified for:
(1) Optical computation devices; nor
(2) Acoustic wave devices ernbargoed by Item IL NOTE:
1586 other than those exportable at National "Digital computers" and "related equipment"
Discretion pursuant to Note 1 to Item It 1586; containing equipment, devices or logic control for
(b) The rated errors for summers, inverters and the following functions are also included.
integrators are not less than: (a) "Signal processing";
(1) Static : 0.01%; (b) "Image enhancement";
(2) Total at 1 kHz : 0.15%; (c) "Local area networks";
(c) The rated errors for multipliers are not less than:
(1) Static : 0.025%; NOTE:
(2) Total at 1 kHz : 0.25% ; For the purpose of this sub-item, data com-
(d) The rated errors for fixed function generators (log munication systems when located within a
and sine/cosine) are not less than: single piece of equipment (eg television set, car)
Static : 0.1 % are not considered to be designed or modified
(e) No more than 350 operational amplifiers; and for "local area networks".
(f) No more than four integrator time scales switchable (d) "Multi-data-stream processing";
during one programme.
NOTE:
TECHNICAL NOTES: For the purpose of this sub-item, "digital
1. The percentage to (b) (1) above applies to the actual computers" and "related equipment" are not
output voltage; all the other percentages apply to full considered to be designed or modified for
scale, that is from maximum negative to maximum "multi-data-stream processing", if they:
positive reference voltages. (a) Utilize staged (pipelined) instruction
2. Total errors at 1 kHz to (b) (2) and (c) (2) above are to be interpretation for conventional single
measured with those resistors incorporated in the instruction - single data sequence
inverter, summer of integrator which provide the least processing; or
error. (b) Have an arithmetic unit implemented with
3. Total error measurements include all errors of the unit bit-slice microprocessor microcircuits.
resulting from, for example, tolerances of resistors and (e) Combined recognition, understanding and
capacitors, tolerances of input and output impedances of interpretation of image, continuous (connected)

Security export control March 1990 61


n.. 1565 continued
(b) Ruggedised above the level required for a
normal commercial/office environment, but
not necessarily up to levels specified in sub-
speech or connected word text other than item (f);
"signal processing" or "image enhancement" (2) Except:
described in sub-item (h) (I) (i) (a) or (b); (i) "Digital computers" or "related equipment"
(I) "Real time processing" of sensor data: therefor, provided:
(1) Concerning events occurring outside the (a) They are "embedded" in other equipment or
"computer using facility"; and systems;
(2) Provided by equipment embargoed by
Items IL 1501, IL 1502, IL 1510 or IL NOTE:
1518;
This does not preclude:
NOTE: Input/output control unit - disk drive
combinations having all of the following
This does not include digital radar signal characteristics:
processing by equipment which is: (1) "Total transfer rate" not exceeding 5.5
(a) Embargoed by Item IL 1501 (c) (2) (vi) million bit per second;
only, for which the conditions of Item (2) Total connected "net capacity" not ex-
IL 1501 apply; or ceeding 320 million bit;
(b) Freed from embargo by the two-year (3) No more than two independent drives;
limit in Item IL 1501 (c) (2) (vii). and
(g) Microprocessor or microcomputer develop- (4) "Total access rate" not exceeding 80
ment systems; accesses per second with a maximum
"access rate" of 40 accesses per second per
NOTE: drive;
For microprocessor or microcomputer (b) They are not the "principal element" of the
development systems, see Item IL 1529 (b) (6); other equipment or systems in which they are
(h) "Fault tolerance"; "embedded";
(c) The other equipment or systems are not
NOTE: described by other Items in these Lists;
For the purpose of this sub-item, "digital (d) They have been designed and used for non-
computers" and "related equipment" are not strategic applications;
considered to be designed or modified for "fault (e) They are by nature of design or performance
tolerance", if they utilize: restricted to the particular application for
(a) Error detection or correction algorithms in which they have been designed;
"main storage"; (f) The "total processing data rate" of anyone
(b) The interconnection of two "digital "embedded" "digital computer" does not
computers" so that, if the active central exceed 54 million bit per second;
processing unit fails, an idling but (g) The sum of the "total processing data rate" of
mirroring central processing unit can con- each "embedded" "digital computer" does not
tinue the system's functioning; exceed 100 million bit per second;
(c) The interconnection of two central (h) They do not include equipment or systems
processing units by data channels or by embargoed by sub-item IL 1519 (a) (2) or by
use of shared storage to permit one central Item IL 1567;
processing unit to perform other work (i) Not used; and
until the second central processing unit G) They do not include equipment described in
fails, at which time the first central pro- sub-item (h) (1) (i) (a) to (m), other than for:
cessing unit takes over in order to con- (1) "Signal processing" or "image
tinue the system's functioning; or enhancement" when lacking "user-
(d) The synchronization of two central accessible programmability" and when
processing units by "software" so that one "embedded" in medical imaging
central processing unit recognizes when equipment; or
the other central processing unit fails and (2) "Local area networks" which are excluded
recovers tasks from the failing unit. from embargo;
(i) Not used; (ii) "Digital computers" or "related equipment"
G) "User-accessible microprogrammability": therefor, provided:
(a) They are "incorporated" in other equipment or
NOTE: systems;
For the purpose of this sub-item, "digital (b) They are not the "principal element" of the
computers" and "related equipment" are not other equipment or systems in which they are
considered to be designed or modified for "incorporated";
"user-accessible microprogrammability", if this (c) The other equipment or systems are not
facility is limited to: embargoed by other Items in these Lists;
(a) Loading, reloading or inserting of (d) The "total processing data rate" of anyone
"microprogrammes", provided by the "incorporated" "digital computer" does not
supplier; or exceed 28 million bit per second;
(b) Simple loading of "microprogrammes", (e) The "total internal storage available to the
which mayor may not be provided by the user" does not exceed 9.8 million bit;
supplier, but which are neither designed to (f) They do not include embargoed "related
be accessible to the user nor accompanied equipment" other than input/output control
by training or "software" for user accessi- unit - disk drive combinations having all of the
bility. following characteristics:
(k) "Data (message) SWitching"; (1) "Total transfer rate" not exceeding 5.5
(I) "Stored programme controlled circuit million bit per second;
switching"; or (2) Total connected "net capacity" not
(m) "Wide area networks"; exceeding 320 million bit;
(ii) Having the following characteristics: (3) No more than two independent drives;
(a) Size, weight, power consumption and reliability and
or other characteristics (e.g. bubble memory), (4) "Total access rate" not exceeding 80
which allow easy application in mobile tactical accesses per second with a maximum
military systems; and "access rate" of 40 accesses per second per

62 Security export control March 1990


drive; (a) Card punches and readers;
(g) They do not include equipment or systems (b) Paper tape punches and readers;
embargoed by sub-item IL 1519 (a) (2) or by (c) Manually operated keyboards and teletype
Item IL 156,7; devices;
(h) They do not include equipment described in (d) Manually operated graphic tablets not having
sub-item (h) (1) (ii); more than 1,024 resolvable points along· any
(i) Not used; axis;
0) They do not include equipment described in (e) Impact printers;
sub-item (h) (1) (i) (a) to (m), other than for: (f) Non-impact printers, not embargoed by Item IL
~(l) "Signal processing" or "image en- 1572 (b) or (c), which do not exceed:
hancement" when lacking "user-accessible (1) 2,000 lines (30 pages) per minute; or
programmability" and when "embedded" (2) 600 characters per second;
in medical imaging equipment; or (g) Plotting equipment, not embargoed by Item IL
(2) "Local area networks" which are excluded 1572 (b) or (c), producing a physical record by
from embargo; ink, photographic, thermal, or electrostatic
techniques, which has:
NOTE: (1) A linear accuracy worse than or equal to
"Digital computers" or "related .±.. 0.004%; and
equipment" "incorporated" in equipment (2) An active plotting area less than or equal
exportable under the provisions of Items to 1,700 mnl (66.9 inch) by 1,300 mm (51.2
IL 1501, IL 1502, IL 1510 or IL 1518, inch);
which are for internal functions which (h) Digitising equipment, generating rectilinear
incidentally might be considered to be coordinate data by manual or semi-automatic
described by sub-item (h) (1) (i) (f), are tracing of physical records, which has:
exportable as part of that equipment. (1) A linear accuracy worse than or equal to
"Digital computers" or "related equip- .±.. 0.004 per cent; and
ment" for the "real-time processing" of the (2) An active digitising area less than or equal
outputs of the equipment embargoed by to 1,700 mm (66.9 inch) by 1,300 mm (51.2
Items IL 1501, IL 1502, IL 1510 or IL inch);
1518 and for Air Traffic Control systems (i) Not used;
are covered by this Item. (j) Optical mark recognition (OMR) equipment;
(Hi) "Digital computers" other than those described in (k) Optical character recognition (OCR) equipment
sub-item (h) (I) above, and "related equipment", which:
H

having all the following characteristics: (1) Does not contain "signal processing or
(a) Shipped as complete systems; "image enhancement" equipment; and
(b) Designed and announced by the manufacturer (2) Is only for:
for identifiable civil use; (i) Stylised OCR characters;
(c) Not specially designed for any equipment (ii) Other internationally standardised
embargoed by any other Item in these Lists; stylized character fonts; or
(d) "Total processing data rate" not exceeding 6.5 (Hi) Other characters limited to non-
million bit per second; stylised or hand printed numerics and
(e) "Total internal storage available to the user" up to 10 hand printed alphabetic or
not exceeding 6.2 million bit; and other characters;
(f) They do not include a central processing unit (I) Displays or monitors having all of the following
implemented with more than two micro- characteristics:
processor or microcomputer microcircuits; (1) Not including equipment described in sub-
item (h) (I) (H) above;
NOTE: (2) Not containing cathode ray tubes
This limit does not include any dedicated embargoed by Item IL 1541;
microprocessor or microcomputer microcircuit (3) If capable of other than alpha-numeric
used solely for display, keyboard or input/ characters, graphs and symbols, in fixed
output control, or any bit-slice microprocessor formats:
microcircuit. (i) Not more than 1,024 resolvable
(g) They do not include a microprocessor or micro- elements along any axis;
computer microcircuit with more than 16-bit (ii) Not more than 16 shades of grey or
word length or a bus architecture with more colour; and
than 16 bit; (Hi) The maximum bit transfer rate from
(h) They do not include analogue-to-digital or the electronic computer to the display
digital-to-analogue converter microcircuits does not exceed 19,200 bit per
exceeding the limits of Item IL 1568; second;

NOTE: NOTE:
This does not apply in the case of direct driven (ii) and (Hi) above do not apply in the
video monitors for normal commercial case of direct driven video monitors.
television; (m) Displays or monitors having all of the following
(i) Not used; characteristics:
(j) They do not include embargoed "related equip- (1) They do not contain cathode ray tubes;
ment" other than input/output control unit - (2) They are not capable of displaying more
disk drive combinations having all of the than 3 levels (Le. off, intermediate and full
following characteristics: on); and
(1) "Total transfer rate" not exceeding 5.5 (3) They do not have as an integral part of the
million bit per second; display device:
(2) Total connected "net capacity" not (a) circuitry; or
exceeding 200 million bit; (b) non-mechanical character generation
(3) No more than one independent drive; and devices;
(4) "Total access rate" not exceeding 40 (n) Displays having all of the following
accesses per second; and characteristics:
(k) They do not include equipment embargoed by (1) Not containing cathode ray tubes
sub-item IL 1519 (a) (2) or by Item IL 1567; embargoed by Item IL 1541;
(iv) Peripheral equipment, as follows, provided it lacks (2) Being part of industrial or medical
"user-accessible programmability": equipmi~nt; and

Security export control March1990 63


operand (data) word length of more than 16 bit
IL 1565 continued or a bus architecture with more than 32 bit;
(g) "Total connected capacity" of "main storage"
(3) Not specially designed for use with not exceeding 39 million bit (usually referred to
electronic computers; as 4 MByte;
(0) Graphic displays' specially designed for (h) Displays or monitors not exceeding the limits
signature or security checking having an active of Note 9(b) (8);
display area not exceeding 150 sq. cm (23.25 (i) Not used;
sq. inch); u) They do not include analogue-to-digital or
(P) Not used; digital-to-analogue converter microcircuits
(q) Light gun devices or other manual graphic exceeding the limits of Item IL 1568;
input devices which are:
(1) Part of unembargoed displays; and NOTE:
(2) Limited to 1,024 resolvable elements This does not apply in the case of direct driven
along any axis; video monitors for normal commercial
(r) Disk drives for non-rigid magnetic media television.
(floppy disks) which do not exceed: (k) Central processing unit the "total processing
(1) A "gross capacity" of 17 million bit; data rate" does not exceed 69 million bitls;
(2) A "maximum bit transfer rate" of 0.52 (I) 1/0 control unit drum or disk drive
million bit per second; or combinations;
(3) An "access rate" of 12 accesses per (a) a "total transfer rate" not exceeding 10.3
second; or million bitls;
(s) Cassette I cartridge tape drives or magnetic tape (b) a total connected "net capacity" not
drives which do not exceed: exceeding 1320 million bit (140 MBytes);
(1) A "maximum bit packing density" of 131 (c) a "total 'access rate" not exceeding 80
bit per mm (3,300 bit per inch) per track; accesses per second, with a maximum of
or 40 accesses per second for anyone drive;
(2) A "maximum bit transfer rate" of 2.66 (m) they do not include equipment embargoed by
million bit per second; Item IL 1519(a) (2) or by Item IL 1567;
(v) Inputloutput interface or control units, as follows, (See new definition of "personal computer" in
provided they lack Huser-accessible Note 16).
programmability": (i) Not used;
(a) Designed for use with peripheral equipment u) Technology, as follows:
free from embargo under sub-item (h) (2) (iv) (1) Technology applicable to the:
above; (i) Development, production or use (Le. installation,
(b) Designed for use with digital recording or operation and maintenance) of electronic computers
reproducing equipment specially designed to or "related equipment", even if these electronic
use magnetic card, tag, label or bank cheque computers or "related equipment" are not
recording media, free from embargo according embargoed by this Item; except
to Item IL 1572 (a) (H); or (a) Technology which is unique to "related
(c) Designed to meet ANSI/IEEE Standard equipment" free from embargo under sub-item
488-1978 or IEC Publication 625-1; (h) (2) (iv) (a) to (c), (e), (f), (m), (n) or (q) and
(vi) "Equipment for "local area networks" which do not which is not otherwise embargoed by any
exceed any of the following characteristics: other Item in these Lists; or
(a) Interfaces and protocols up to or including (b) The minimum technical. information necessary
Layer 2 of the Open System Interconnection for the use of electronic computers or "related
(051) reference model, that is ISO logical link equipment" free from embargo; or
control Draft International Standard (015) (H) Development, production or use of equipment or
8802/2, IEEE 802.2, 802.3, 802.4, 802.5, or systems embargoed by sub-item (b) or (g); or
equivalents; (2) Technology for the integration of:
(b) Implementations that contain functions of, or (i) Embargoed electronic computers or embargoed
equivalent to those provided by, CCITT X.25, "related equipment" into other equipment or
Level 3, protocols - none; systems whether or not the other equipment or
(c) Maximum "data signalling rate" on the systems are embargoed; or
common transmission medium - 2 million bit
per second; or NOTE:
(d) "Internetwork gateways" - none; Nothing in the above should be construed to
(vii) "Personal computers" and "related equipment" embargo technology for the integration which is
therefore, not excluded from ernbargo by other sub- unique to the other equipment or systems if they are
items of (h) (2), provided they meet all the following free from embargo.
conditions; (H) Un em bar g 0 e del e c t r 0 n ic corn put e r s 0 r
(a) They are not described in sub-item (h) (1) unembargoed "related equipment" into embargoed
above; equipment or systems.
(b) They are shipped as complete systems;
(c) They are not stand-alone graphic workstations NOTE:
exceeding the limits of Note 9(a) (7);
(d) They are not ruggedized above the level This does not, however, release from embargo tech-
required for a normal commercial!office nology for the integration of electronic computers
environment; or "related equipment" which are freed from
(e) They do not include a central processing unit embargo only by sub-item (h) (2) (i) or only by sub-
implemented with more than two item (h) (2) (ii).
microprocessor or microcomputer
microcircuits; NOTES:
1. "Digital computers" or "related equiplnent" therefor
NOTE: embargoed by sub-item (h), provided:
This does not preclude any dedicated (a) They are "incorporated" in other equipment or systenlS;
microprocessor or microcomputer microcircuit (b) They are not the "principal element" of the equipment or
used solely for display, keyboard or systems in which they are "incorporated";
inputloutput control, or any bit-slice micro- (c) The other equipment or systems are embargoed by other
processor microcircuit. Items in these Lists, and they are permitted for export
(f) They do not include a microprocessor or according to the provisions of the appropriate Item; ,
microcomputer microcircuit with a principal (d) The "total processing data rate" of any "incorporated'

,4 Security export control March 1990


"digital computer" does not exceed 28 million bit per (1) They are shipped as complete systems and do not
second; exceed:
(e) All other parameters do not exceed the relevant limits of (i) A "total processing data rate" of 43 million bit
Note 9 (b) (1) (ii) to (iv) and (b) (2) to (9) to this Item; and per second; and
(f) The "incorporated" "digital computers" or "related (ii) Any of the limits for parameters in Note 9 (b) (1)
equipment" therefor do not include: (ii) to (iv) and (b) (2) to (9) to this Item;
(1) Equipment embargoed by sub-item IL 1519 (a) (2) (2) They fail to meet the conditions of sub-items (h) (2)
or by Item IL 1567; (Hi), (iv) or (v) only by an accident of definition; or
(2) Equipment described in sub-item (h) (1) (ii); or (3) They:
(3) Equipment described in sub-item (h) (1) (i) (a) to (m), (i) Are designed for identifiable commercial/
other than for: office or personal use and substantially
(i) "Signal processing" or "image enhancement" restricted to the particular application for
when lacking "user-accessible programma- which they have been designed by nature of
bility" and being "embedded" in nledical design and performance;
imaging equipment; or (ii) Are of a type 'generally available to the public'
(ii) "Local area networks" which are excluded in non-proscribed areas; and
from embargo;
NB:
NB: For the purpose of this Note 'generally
"Digital computers" or "related equipment" "incor- available to the public' means:
porated" in equipment exportable under the (a) Also available at retail selling points, other
provisions of Items IL 1501, IL 1502, IL 1510 or IL than those specialized in selling electronic
1518, which are for internal functions which computers to the general public in model
incidentally might be considered to be described by series exceeding the limits in (1) above;
sub-itenl (h) (1) (i) (f), are exportable as part of that and
equipment. "Digital computers" or "related (b)Selling from stock by means of;
equipment" for the "real-time processing" of the (1) Over-the-counter transactions;
outputs of the equipment embargoed by Items IL (2) Mail order transactions;
1501, IL 1502, IL 1510 or IL 1518 and for Air (3) Telephone call transactions;
Traffic Control systems are covered by this Item. (Hi) Fulfil the conditions of (c) (1) above.

The rninimum technical information for the use 7. Spare parts for exported electronic computers or "related
(Le.installation, operation and nlaintenance) of electronic equipment", provided:
cornputers or "related equipment" authorized for export, (a) The parts are:
when shipped together with or solely for use with these (1) "Related equipment" or specially designed
electronic computers or "related equiprnent". components embargoed by this Item; or
3. Not used. (2) Equipment or components embargoed by other
4. Not used. Items in this List;
"Digital computers" or "related equipment" therefor, (b) The parts:
ernbargoed by sub-item (h), provided: (1) Are destined for enlbargoed equipment previously
(a) The "digital computers" or the "related equipment": authorized for export under a National Discretion
(1) Have been designed and announced by a manufac- note or under Note 12 to this Item or for equipment
turer for identifiable and dedicated rnedical free from embargo;
applications; (2) Are shipped in the mininlum quantities (ie a
(2) Are substantially restricted to the area of medical reasonable quantity not exceeding a six month
applications by nature of design and perfonnance; supply) necessary for the types and quantities of
(3) Are the equiplnent necessary for the medical exported equipment being serviced; and
application; (3) Do not upgrade the performance of the exported
Are exported as complete systems; equipment beyond the level:
Will be located within one "computer using facility"; (i) Specified in the relevant National Discretion
and note or Note 12 to this Item or
(6) Do not include communication control unit - (ii) Specified as free from embargo;
"corTlmunication channel" combinations; (c) If the parts are 'advanced technology parts', and not
(b) Equipment for "signal processing", "image eligible for export at National Discretion under another
enhancement", or "rDulti-data-stream processing": Itern in this List, the Western supplier's organisation
(1) Is "embedded"; must:
(2) Is designed or modified specially for the identifiable (1) Guarantee that parts will be replaced on a one-for-
and dedicated medical applications; one basis;
(3) Does not have "user-accessible microprogralnma- (2) Take measures to obtain custody of the defective
bility"; and parts; and
(4) Does not have "user-accessible programmability" (3) If custody is not obtained, certify that the defective
other than allowing for insertion of the original or parts are destroyed;
ITlodified "programmes" supplied by the original
manufacturer; TECHNICAL NOTE:
(c) The "total processing data rate" of anyone
For the purpose of this sub-paragraph, 'advanced
"incorporated" "digital COIllputer" does not exceed 54
technology parts' are either:
nlillion bit per second;
(a) Parts embargoed by Item IL 1564 (c) (2);
td) The "digital computers" or "related equipment" therefor
(b) Microprocessor, microcomputer, storage,
do not include:
programmed logic array or arithmetic logic
(1) Equipment or systems embargoed by sub-Item IL
unit microcircuits embargoed by Item IL 1564
1519 (a) (2) or Item It 1567; or (d);
(2) Equipment described in sub-iteln (h) (1) (i) (c) or (e) to
(c) Magnetk tape heads, magnetic disk heads,
(m).
magnetic drum heads, or non-exchangeable
"Digital cOlnputers" or "related equipment" therefor, magnetic disk or drum recording media.
embargoed by sub-item (h), provided that: embargoed by Item IL 1572; or
(a) They have been approved by the Department of Trade (d) Acoustic wave devices embargoed by Item IL
and Industry as eligible for export under the condition of 1586, other than those exportable at National
this Note; Discretion pursuant to the Note 1 to Item IL
(b) They are described in sub-iterD (h) (1) only by an accident 1586.
of definition; and
(c) They fulfil anyone of the following conditions: 8. Not used.

Security export control March 199065


IL 1565 continued included.
(iv) Number of microprocessor or microcomputer
9. "Digital computers" or "related equipment" therefor microcircuits implementing the central
embargoed by sub-item (h), provided that: processing unit - three;
(a) The "digital computers" or "related equipment" therefor:
(I) Are not described in sub-items (h) (I) (i) (d) to (m); NB:
(2) Are not used with "digital computers" produced in This limit does not include any dedicated
proscribed areas; microprocessor or microcomputer microcircuit
used solely for display, keyboard or
NB: input/output control, or any bit-slice
This does not preclude the exchange of data media. microprocessor microcircuit.
(3) Are exported as: (v) "Virtual storage" capability - 512 MByte;
(i) Complete systems; or
NB:
(ii) Enhancements to a previously exported system
provided that the enhanced system does not I. Supermini "digital computers" \:Vith a
exceed the limits of paragraph (b) of this Note; "virtual storage" capability exceeding the
(4) Have not been designed for any equipment: level in this sub-paragraph will not be
(i) Embargoed by any other Item in this List; and eligible for consideration under this Note.
(ii) Not eligible for consideration for export at It is recognized. however, that other
National Discretion to such an Item; "digital computers" (e.g. main frames) may
(5) Have been primarily designed and used for non- have a "virtual storage" capability
strategic applications; exceeding this limit and in such cases they
(6) Do not have any of the following characteristics: may be considered under this Note.
(i) They fall within the scope of both sub-items (h) 2. If the "total processing data rate" does not
(I) (ii) (a) and (b); or exceed 28 million bit per second this sub-
(ii) They fall within the scope of sub-item (h) (I) (ii) paragraph will not apply.
(a) and are systems based upon (2) Input/output control unit - drum or disk drive
"microprocessor microcircuits" having: combinations:
(a) A word length of more than 16 bit; or (i) "Total transfer rate" - 16 million bit per
(b) An arithmetic logic unit (ALU) with a bus second;
architecture of more than 32 bit; or (ii) "Total access rate" - :WO accesses per second;
(iii) They are ruggedised above the level required (iii) Total connected "net capacity" - 5,120 million
for a normal commercial/civil environment, bit·
but not necessarily up to the levels specified in (iv) "M'aximum bit transfer rate" of ilny drum or
sub-item (I), and are systems based upon disk drive - 16 n1illion bit per second;
"microprocessor microcircuits" having: (v) Number of independent drum 01 disk drives -
(a) A word length of more than 16 bit; or six, of which five must not exceed a "maximum
(b) An Arithmetic logic unit (ALU) with a bus bit transfer rate" of 10.3 million bit per second;
architecture of more than 16 bit; (vi) Exchangeable disk packs which contain
(7) Do not have all of the following characteristics: magnetic heads:
(a) "Access rate" of an independent seek
NB: mechanism - 20 accesses per second;
(b) "Net capacity" - 240 million bit;
This sub-paragraph does not apply to workstations (3) Inplot/output control unit - bubble memory
designed for and limited to graphic arts (e.g. combinations:
printing, publishing). (i) Total connected "net capacity" for point of sale
(i) They are stand-alone graphics work stations devices used by cashiers - 9.8 million bit;
designed or modified for the generation, (ii) Total connected "net capacity" for "digital
transformation, and display of 2 or 3 computers" or "related equipment" other than
dimensional vectors; those in (i) above - 2.1 million bit;
(ii) They have a "total processing data rate" of the (4) Input/output control unit - magnetic tape or
central processing unit exceeding 28 million bit cartridge-type streamer tape drive combinations:
per second; (i) Magnetic tape drives:
(iii) They have a central processing unit with a (a) "Maximum bit packing density" - 246 bit
word length exceeding 16 bit; and per mm (6,250 bpi);
(b) Maximum read/write speed - 508 Clll per
NB: second (200 ips);
Microprocessor based systems with 16-bit (c) "Maximum bit transfer rate" - 10 million
word-length and not more than a 32-bit bit per second;
architecture are regarded as 16-bit systems for (d) Number exceeding 131 bit/mm (3,:lOO bpi)
the purpose of his sub-paragraph. - four;
(iv) They exceed either of the following limits: (ii) Cartridge-type streamer tape drives;
(a) "Block move data rate" - 800,000 (a) Maximum "total transfer rate" - 16
pixels/ sec; or million bit/s;
(b) Maximum bit transfer rate of the channel (b) Number - two;
for direct access to the "main storage" (5) Communication control unit "communicatioll
(Direct Memory Access or DMA channel) channel" combinations:
- 11 million bit per second; (i) "Total data signalling rate" of all
(b) The "digital computers" or "related equipment" therefor "communication channels" terminating remote
do not exceed any of the following limits: from the "computer using facility" - 19,200
(I) Central processing unit "main storage" bit/s;
combinations: (ii) Maximum "data signalling rate" of any
(i) "Total processing data rate" - 54 million bit "communication channel" - 9,600 bit/s;
per second; (iii) Number of "communication channels" not
(ii) "Total connected capacity" of "main storage" dedicated full time to the given application -
- 39 million bit; three, provided:
(iii) "Non-volatile storage" with "user-accessible (a) They are connected to the public switched
programmability" including bubble memory - network;
none; (b) They have a "data signalling rate" not
exceeding 1,200 bit/s at the interface
NB: between the "digital computer" and the
Magnetic core "main storage" may however be public switched network; and

88 Security export control March 1990


(c) Number of "communication channels" not one transaction exceed any limit of (2),abov~;
limited to Telex interfaces for services (i) The "cumulative total processing· dala
conforming to CCITT recommendations must not exceed 285 million bitl s: and
F60 to F79 - one.
(6) Input I output or· communication control unit NB:
directly connected data channel combinations: When calculating the "cumulative 19tal
(i) "Total transfer rate" - 1.6 million bit/s; processing data rate", the "total processing
Oi) "Transfer rate of any data channel" - 1.6 data rates" of any stand~alone microcomputers
n1illion bitl s; are not to be included.
(Hi) Ternlinations of such combinations or any (ii) The Department of Trade and Industry shall:
extensions thereto outside the "computer using (a) Be reasonably satisfied that:
facility" - none; (1) The equipment will be used primarily
(7) Communication control unit - "local area network" for the specific non-strategic
combinations: application for which the export
would be approved; and
NB: (2) The equipment will not be used for
For the purpose this sub-paragraph all "local area the design, development or
networks" interconnected within a "computer using production of embargoed items,
facility" are considered as a single "local area especially not in microelectronics;
network". and
(i) Maximum "data signalling rate" on the (b) Be supplied with the full name and address
conlmon transnlission rnedium - 10 rnillion of the end-user and details of the end-use
bit/s; of the equipment.
Oi) Interfaces and protocols up to and including
Layer 2 of the Open Interconnection NB:
(051) reference model, logical link control Special consideration will be given to the activities of
Draft International Standard (OIS) 8802/2, proposed end users of "digital computers" which have a
IEEE 802.2, 802.3, 802.4, 802.5 or equivalents; "total processing data rate" exceeding 28 million bit per
(iii) Implementations that contain functi~)ns of, or second.
equivalent to those provided by, CCITT X.25,
Level 3, protocols - none; 10. Not used.
(iv) "Internetwork gateways" - none;
(v) "Communications channels" fronl such 11. Not used.
combinations to one "digital computer" located
outside the "computer using facility" - one, 12. Favourable consideration will be given to the export of
provided that: "digital computers" or "related equipment" therefor embar~
(a) the "cornmunication channel" is dedicated goed by sub-item (h), provided that:
full tinle to the given application; (a) The "digital computers" or "related equipment" theretor:
(b) the maXin1l1m "data signalling rate" does (1) Are not described in sub-items (h) (1) (i) (d) to (m);
not exceed 9,600 bit/s; and (2) Are not used with "digital computers" produced in
(c) the "digital computer" is not designed or proscribed areas;
nlodified for "local area networks";
(vi) The surn of the "total processing data rate" of NB:
all enlbargoed "digital computers" directly con- This does not preclude the exchange of data media.
nected to a "local area network" 285 nlillion (3) Are exported as:
bit/so (i) Complete systems; or
(ii) Enhancements to a previously exported system
NB: provided that the enhanced system does not
If the maxinlllnl "data signalling rate" on the exceed the limits of paragraph (b) of this Note;
conlmon transmission olediunl does not exceed (4) Have not been designed for any equipment:
2 Illillion bit per second, this sub-paragraph will (i) Embargoed by any other Item in this List; and
not apply. (ii) Not eligible for export at National Discretion to
(8) "Other peripheral devices"; such an Item;
0) Maxinluol bit transfer rate of any "tenninal (5) Have been primarily designed and used for non-
device" located rernqte frorn the "conlputer strategic applications;
using facility" 19.200 bitl s; (6) Do not have any of the following characteristics:
Oi) Displays or graphic input devices: (i) They fall within the scope of both sub-items (h)
(a) Resolvable elenlents along any axis (1) (ii) (a) and (b); or
1,024, and shades of grey or colour 64; (ii) They fall within the scope of sub-item (h) (1) (ii)
or (a) and are microprocessor-based systems
(b) Resolvable elements along any axis having a word length of more than 16 bit; or
320, and shades of grey or colour - 256; (Hi) They are ruggedized above the level required
(9) "Equivalent multiply rate" for "signal processing" or for a normal commercial/civil environment,
"image enhancenlent" equipment - 800,000 but not necessarily up to the levels specified in
operations per second; sub-item (f) and are microprocessor-based
(c) Exports covered by this Note are subject to the following systems having a word length of more than 16
conditions: bit; and
(1) The number, type and characteristics of the
equiprnent are reasonable for the application; NB:
(2) When the parameters of the equipnlent do not Microprocessor-based systems with 16~bit
exceed: word-length and not more than 32-bit
(i) "Total processing data rate" 28 nlillion bit/s; architecture are regarded as 16-bit systems for
and the purpose of this sub-paragraph.
(ii) "Maximum bit transfer rate" of any (7) Do not have all the following characteristics:
independent drum or disk drive 10.3 rniIlion
bit per second; NB:
Then, subject to the equiprnent not being destined This paragraph does not apply to workstations
for mHitary end-use, there are no linlitations on designed for and limited to graphic arts (e.g.
number of systems which may be licensed per printing, publishing).
transaction; (i) They are stand-alone graphics work stations
(3) When the parameters of any equipment involved in designed~ or moditied for tbe generation,

Security export control March 199,0 67


(ii) Cartridge-type streamer tape drives;
IL 1565 continued (a) Maximum "total transfer rate" - 16
transformation and display of 2 or 3 million bit I s;
dimensional vectors; (b) Number two;
(H) They have a "total processing data rate" of the (5) Communication control unit "communication
central processing unit exceeding 48 million bit channel" combinations:
per second; (i) "Total data signalling rate" of all
(Hi) They have a central processing unit, with a "communication channels" terminating remote
word-length exceeding 16-bit; and; from the "computer using facility" - 38,400
bit Is;
NB: (H) Maximum "data signalling rate" of any
"communication channel" - 19,200 bit/s;
Microprocessor based systems with 16-bit (Hi) Number of "communication channels" not
word-length and not more than a 32-bit dedicated full time to the given application -
architecture are regarded as 16-bit systems for six, provided that: #

the purpose of this sub-paragraph.


(a) They are connected to the public switched
(iv) They exceed either of the follow limits: network;
(a) "Block move data rate" - 1,500,000 (b) They have a "data signalling rate" not ex-
pixelslsec; or ceeding 1200 bit per second at the
(b) Maximum bit transfer rate of the channel interface between the "digital computer"
for direct access to the "main storage" and the public switched network; and
(Direct Memory Access or DMA channel) (c) Number of "communication channels" not
- 15 million bitl s; limited to telex interfaces for services
(b) The "digital computers" or "related equipment" therefor
conforming to CCITT recommendations
do not exceed any of the following limits: F60 to F79 two.
(1) Central processing unit - "main storage"
(6) Inputloutput or communication control unit -
combinations:
directly connected data channel combinations:
(i) "Total processing data rate" - 78 million bit/s;
(i) "Total transfer rate" 3.6 million bit/s;
(ii) "Total connected capacity" of "main storage"
(H) "Transfer rate of any data channel" 3.6
- 76.7 million bit;
million bitls;
(Hi) "Non-volatile storage" with "user-accessible
(Hi) Terminations of such combinations or of any
programmability" including bubble memory -
extensions thereto outside the "computer using
none;
facility" - none;
(7) Communication control unit - "local area network"
NB: combinations:
Magnetic core "main storage" may however be
included. NB:
(iv) "Virtual storage" capability - 512 MByte For the purpose of this sub-paragraph all "local area
networks" interconnected within a "computer using
NB: facility" are considered as a single "local area
Supermini "digital computers" with a "virtual network".
storage" capability exceeding the level in this (i) Maximum "data signalling rate" on the common
sub-paragraph will not be eligible for transmission medium 10 million bitls;
consideration under this Note. It is recognized, (ii) Interfaces and protocols up to and including
however, that other "digital computers" (e.g. Layer 2 of the Open System Interconnection
mainframes) may have a "virtual storage" (OSI) reference model, "that is ISO logical link
capability exceeding this limit and in such cases control Draft International Standard (DIS)
they may be considered under this Note. 8802/2, IEEE 802.2, 802.3, 802.4, 802.5 or
(2) Inputloutput control unit drum or disk drive equivalent;
combinations: (iii) Implementations that contain functions of, or
(i) "Total transfer rate" 22 million bit/s; equivalent to those provided by, CCITT X.25,
(H) "Total access rate" - 360 accesses per second; Level 3, protocols - none;
(Hi) Total connected "net capacity" 14,000 (iv) Internetwork gateways none;
million bit; (v) "Communications channels" from such
(iv) "Maximum bit transfer rate" of any drum or combinations to one "digital computer" located
disk drive - 20.6 million bit/s; outside the "computer using facility" one~
(v) Number of drun or disk drives exceeding a provided that:
"maximum bit transfer rate" of 10.3 million (a) the "communication channel" is dedicated
bitls - four; full time to the given application;
(vi) Exchangeable disk packs which contain (b) the maximum "data signalli~g rate" is
magnetic heads: 19,200 b/s; and
(a) "Access rate" of an independent seek (c) the "digital computer" is not designed or
mechanism - 29 accesses per second; modified for "local area networks";
(b) "Net capacity" - 640 million bit; (vi) The sum of the "total processing data rate" of
(3) Inputloutput control unit bubble memory all embargoed "digital computers" directly
combinations: connected to a "local area network" - 285
(i) Total connected "net capacity" for point of sale million bit per second.
devices used by cashiers - 9.8 million bit;
(H) Total connected "net capacity" for "digital NB:
computers" or "related equipment" other than 1. Only one "digital computer" may exceed
those in (i) above - 2.1 million bit; 54 million bit per second.
(4) Inputloutput control unit - magnetic tape or 2. If the maximum "data signalling rate" on
cartridge-type streamer tape drive combinations: the common transmission medium does
(i) Magnetic tape drives not exceed 2 million bitls, this sub-
(a) "Maximum bit packing density" - 246 bit paragraph does not apply.
per mm (6,250 bpi); (8) "Other peripheral devices":
(b) Maximum readlwrite speed - 508 cmls (i) "Maximum bit transfer rate" of any "terminal
(200 ips); device" located remote from the "computer
(c) "Maximum bit transfer rate" ,- 10 million using facility" 19,200 bitls:
bit/s; (ii) Displays· or graphic input devices:
(d) Number exceeding 131 bitls (3,300 bpi) - (a) Resolvable elements - 512 x 640, and
four; shades of grey or colour - 256; or

B8 Security export control March 1990


NB: paragraph will be waived for remote ~~erminal{ '.
Paragraph (a) does not prohibit the export devices" if they consist only of peripheral .
under this Note of displays for systems equipment freed from embargo by sub-item (h)
specially designed for and limited to (2) (iv) above.
graphic arts (eg printing, publishing) which 13. Not used.
have displays not exceeding 576 x 900 14. A limited range of equipment covered by Item IL 1565 for
resolvable elements and 256 shades of use with "digital computers" or "related equipment"
grey or colour. produced in proscribed areas, or the export of minimum
(b) Resolvable elements - 1024 x 1280, and technology, including the transfer of skills and data necessary
shades of grey or colour - 64; for fabrication, assembly and checkout of equipment, but
excluding design technology, which is necessary to manu-
NB: facture such equipment in those areas.
Paragraph (b) does not prohibit the export 15. Not used.
under this Note of displays for systems 16. Definitions of terms used in this Item
specially designed for and limited to "access rate" -
graphic arts (eg printing, publishing) which (a) Of an input/output control unit - drum or disk drive
have displays not exceeding 1560 x 1024 combination (R.J -
resolvable elements and 64 shades of grey Either the "access rate" of an input/output control unit
or colour. (Rac) or the sum of the individual "access rates" of all
(9) "Signal processing" or "image enhancement" independent seek mechanisms (Ra,)' whichever is
equipment: smaller.
(i) "Equivalent multiply rate" - 1,500,000 Thus: Rad = min (Rac; SUM RaJ;
operations per second; (b) Of an input/output control unit (RaJ -
(ii) Output - 10 million image elements per (I) With rotational position sensing (rps), the sum of the
second; individual "access rates" of all independent seek
(c) Applications under this Note must comply with the mechanisms (RaJ connected to the control unit.
following: Thus: Rac = SUM R., (with rps); or
(I) Provide information which includes: (2) Without rotational position sensing (rps), the
(i) A signed statement by a responsible number (C) of independent read/write channels
representative of the end-user{s) or the connected to the control unit divided by the least
importing agency describing the end·use and 'latency time' (t1m;n) of any connected independent
certifying that: seek mechanism.
(a) The "digital computers" or "related
equipment" will: Thus: Rac =~ (without rps)
(I) Be used only for civil applications; t1min
and (c) Of a seek mechanism (RaJ -
(2) Not be reexported or otherwise The reciprocal of the 'average access time' (t a.) of the
disposed of without permission from seek mechanism.
the Department of Trade and Thus: Ra' =_1_
Industry; t aa
(b) Responsible Western representatives of
the supplier will: 'average access time' of a seek mechanism (taal -
(1) Have the right of access to the The sum of the 'average seek time' (tsal and the
"computer using facility" and all 'latency time' (t l).
equipment, wherever located, during Thus: taa = t,a + t l
normal working hours and at any
other time the equipment is 'average seek time' (t,al -
operating; and The sum of the 'maximum seek time' (t,maxl and
(2) Be furnished information twice the 'minimum seek time' (t,m;n)' divided by
demonstrating continued authorized three.
application of the equipment; and Thus: t50 - t,ma. + 2t,min
(c) These Western representatives will be 3
notified of any significant change of appli· 'maximum seek time' (t,m.xl-
cation or of other facts, on which the (I) For fixed head devices, it is zero; or
licence was based; (2) For moving head or moving media devices, the
(ii) A full description of: rateil time to move between the two most widely
(a) The equipment; and separated tracks.
(b) Intended application and workload; and 'minimum seek time' (t,min) -
(iii) A complete identification of all end-users and (I) For fixed head devices, it is zero; or
their activities: (2) For moving head or moving media devices, the
(2) Not used.
rated time to move from one track to an adjacent
(3) When the parameters of the equipment do not
track.
exceed:
(i) "Total processing data rate" - 54 million bit 'latency time' (t l) -
per second; and The rotational period divided by twice the number of
(ii) "Total connected capacity" of "main storage" independent read/write heads per track.
- 39 million bit; "analogue computer" -
Then there is no visitation requirement; Equipment which can, in the form of one or more continuous
(4) When the parameters of the equipment exceed variables:
either limit in (3) above, the supplier will: (a) Accept data;
(i) Have a responsible Western representative (b) Process data; and
visit and inspect the "computer using facility" (c) Provide output of data.
and all equipment, wherever located, at least "associated" with equipment or systems -
quarterly for three years; and (a) Can feasibly be either:
(ii) Report periodically to the licensing authorities (i) Removed from such equipment or systems; or
whether the "digital computers" and "related (ii) Used for other purposes; and
equipment" therefor are still being used for the (b) Is not essential 1:0 the operation of such equipment or
approved purposes at the authorized location; systems.
"block move data rate" -
NB: The maximum number of pixels which can be moved per
The visitation requirements of this sub· second from one ioca~on to another in the storage which

Security export control MarchJ9.9.0,69


(3) Initialization;
,IL 1565 continued (4) Interrupts; and
functions as the frame buffer. (5) Data reordering times.
"communication channel" -
The transmission path or circuit including the terminating NB:
transmission and receiving .equipment (modems) for Simultaneous multiplication operations can occur because of:
transferring digital information between distant locations. (a) Multiple arithmetic units for operations such as complex
"computer operating area" - multiplication, convolution or recursive filtering;
The immediate contiguous and accessible area around the (b) Parallel pipelining;
electronic computer, where the normal operating, support and (c) More than one arithmetic unit in one data processing
service functions take place. unit; or
"computer using facility" - (d) More than one data processing unit in one system.
The end-users contiguous and accessible facilities: "fault tolerance" -
(a) Housing the "computer operating area" and those end- The capability to perform correctly without human
user functions which are being supported by the stated intervention after failure of any 'assembly', so that there is no
application of the electronic computer and its "related single point in the system the failure of which could cause
equipment"; and catastrophic failure of the system's functioning.
(b) Not extending beyond 1,500 metres in any direction from 'assembly' -
the centre of the "computer operating area". A number of components (Le. circuit elements, discrete
"cumulative total processing data rate" - components, microcircuits) connected together to
The sum of all "total processing data rates" in a given perform a specific function or functions, replaceable as
transaction. an entity and normally capable of being disassembled.
"data device" - "firmware" -
Equipment capable of transmitting or receiving sequences of See "microprogramme".
digital information. "gateway" -
"data (message) switching" - The function, realised by any combination of equipment and
The technique, including but not limited to store-and-forward "software", to carry out the conversion of conventions for
or packet switching, for: representing, processing or communicating information used
(a) Accepting data groups (including messages, packets, or in one system into the corresponding but different
other digital or telegraphic information groups which are conventions used in another system.
transmitted as a composite whole); "gross capacity" -
(b) Storing (buffering) data groups as necessary; The product of:
(c) Processing part or all of the data groups, as necessary, for (a) The maximum number of binary digit (bit) positions per
the purpose of: unformatted track; and
(1) Control (routing, priority, formatting, code conver- (b) The total number of tracks including spare tracks and
sion, error control, retransmission or journaling); tracks not accessible to the user.
(2) Transmission; or "hybrid computer" -
(3) Multiplexing; and Equipment which can:
(d) Retransmitting (processed) data groups when transmission (a) Accept data;
or receiving facilities are available. (b) Process data, in both analogue and digital
"data signalling rate"- representations; and
The rate as defined in ITU Recommendation 53-36, taking into (c) Provide output of data.
account that, for non-binary modulation, baud and bit per "image digitiser" -
second are not equal. Binary digits for coding, checking, and A device for directly converting an analogue representation
synchronization functions are included. of an image into a digital representation.
"image enhancement" -
NB: The processing of externally derived information-bearing
It is the maximum one-way rate, i.e., the maximum rate in images by algorithms such as time compression, filtering,
either transmission or reception. extraction, selection, correlation, convolution or trans-
"digital computer" - formations between domains (e.g. Fast Fourier Transform or
Equipment which can, in the form of one or more discrete Walsh Transform). This does not include algorithms using
variables: only linear or rotational transformation of a single image,
(a) Accept data; such as translation, feature extraction, registration or false
colouration.
(b) Store data or instructions in fixed or alterable (writable) "incorporated" in equipment or systems -
storage devices; (a) Can feasibly be either:
(c) Process data by means of a stored sequence of instructions (i) Removed from such equipment or systems; or
which is modifiable; and (ii) Used for other purposes; and
(d) Provide output of data. (b) Is essential to the operation of such equipment or
systems.
NB: "internetwork gateway" -
Modifications of a stored sequence of instructions include A "gateway" for two systems which are themselves "local
replacement of fixed storage devices, but not a physical change area networks", "wide area networks" or both.
in wiring or interconnections. "local area network" -
"embedded" in equipment or systems - A data communication system which:
Can feasibly be neither: (a) Allows an arbitrary number of independent "data
(a) Removed from such equipment or systems; nor devices" to communicate directly with each other; and
(b) Used for other purposes. (b) Is confined to a geographical area of moderate size (eg
"equivalent multiply rate" - office building, plant, campus, warehouse).
The maximally achievable number of multiplication "main storage" -
operations which can be performed per second considering' The primary storage for data or instructions for rapid access
that, in the case of simultaneous multiplication operations, all by a central processing unit. It consists of the internal storage
multiplication rates have to be summed in order to arrive at of a "digital computer" and any hierarchical extension
the "equivalent multiply rate": thereto, such as cache storage or non-sequentially accessed
(a) Assuming extended storage.
(1) Optimal operand locations in the "most immediate "maximum bit packing density" -
storage"; and The density of recording specified in accordance with the
(2) Operand lengths at least 16 bit, or more if this appropriate ANSI or ISO Standard (eg ANSI X3.14-1979, ISO
allows for faster operation; and 1863-1975; ANSI X3.22-1973; ISO 1873-1976; ANSI
(b) .Neglecting X3.39-1973; ISO 3788-1976; ANSI X3.48-1977; ISO
(1) Set-up operations; 3407-1976; ANSI X3.56-1977; ISO 4057-1979; ANSI
(2) Pipeline filling operations; X3.54-1976).

70 Security export control March 1990


"maximum bit transfer rate" - (g) Displays; or
(a) Of a drum or disk drive (Rtdrna.xl is the product of: (h) Other peripheral equipment.
(1) The maximum number of binary digit (bit) positions
per un formatted track; and NB:
(2) The number of tracks which simultaneously can be "Related equipment" which contains an "embedded'; or
read or written, divided by the rotational period; "incorporated" electronic computer, but which lacks "user-
(b) Of a magnetic tape drive ~'max), is the product of: accessible programmability", does not thereby fall within the
(1) The "maximum bit packing density"; definition of an electronic computer.
(2) The number of data bits per character (ANSI) or per "signal processing" -
row (ISO); and The processing of externally derived information-bearing
(3) The maximum tape read/write speed. signals by algorithms such as time compression, filtering,
" nicroprogramme" - extraction, selection, correlation, convolution or transfor-
A sequence of elementary instructions, maintained in a mations between domains (eg Fast Fourier Transform or
special storage, the execution of which is initiated by the Walsh Transform).
introduction of its reference instruction into an instruction "software" -
register. A collection of one or more "programmes" or
lost immediate storage" - "microprogrammes" fixed in any tangible medium of ex-
The portion of the "main storage" most directly accessible by pression.
the central processing unit: "stored-programme-controlled circuit switching" -
(a) For single level "main storage", this is the internal The technique for establishing, on demand and until released,
storage; or a direct (space-division switching) or logical (time-division
(b) For hierarchial "main storage", this is: switching) connection between circuits based on switching
(1) The cache storage; control information derived from any source or circuit and
(2) The instruction stack; or processed according to the stored "programme" by one or
(3) The data stack. more electronic computers.
"l'lulti-data-stream processing" - "terminal device" -
The "microprogramme" or equipment architecture technique A "data device" which:
which permits processing two or more data sequences under (a) Does not include process control sensing and actuating
the control of one or more instruction sequences by means devices; and
such as: (b) Is capable of:
(a) Parallel processing; (1) Accepting or producing a physical record;
(b) Structured arrays of processing elements; (2) Accepting a manual input; or
(c) Single Instruction Multiple Data (SIMD) operations; or (3) Producing a visual output.
(d) Multiple Instruction Multiple Data (MIMD) operations;
"net capacity" - NB:
Of a drum, disk or cartridge-type streamer tape drive, or a Normal groupings of such equipment (e.g. a combination of
bubble memory: paper tape punch/reader and printer), connected to a single
The total capacity designed to be accessible to the "digital data channel or "communication channel", shall be
computer" excluding error control bits. considered as a single "terminal device".
"total access rate" (Ralo') -
"non-volatile storage" - The sum of the individual "access rates" of all input/output
A storage device the contents of which are not lost when control unit - drum or disk drive combinations (Rod) provided
power is removed. with the system which can be sustained simultaneously as-
"other peripheral device" - suming the configuration of equipment which would
A "data device" which is: maximize this "total access rate".
(a) Peripheral to a central processing unit - "main storage"
combination; and Thus: Ralol = SUM Rad
(b) Not an input/output control unit - drum, disk or "total connected capacity" -
magnetic tape drive or bubble memory combination. The storage capacity excluding error control bits, word
"personal computer" - marker bits, and flag bits.
A microprocessor based "digital computer" that is: "total data signalling rate" -
(a) Designed for a commercial/office environment; The sum of the individual "data signalling rates" of all
(b) Designed and announced by the manufacturer for "communication channels" which:
personal, home or business use; and (a) Have been provided with the system; and
(c) Available for purchase over the counter at retail stores. (b) Can be sustained simultaneously assuming the
"principal element" - configuration of the equipment which would maximize
A "digital computer" or "related equipment" which is: this sum of rates.
(a) Either "embedded" or "incorporated" in another "total internal storage available to the user" -
equipment or system; and The sum of the individual capacities of all internal user-
(b) In replacement value more than 35% of the replacement alterable or user-replaceable storage devices, which may be:
value of the total equipment or system, ie including the (a) Included in the equipment at the same time; and
"digital computer" or "related equipment". (b) Used to store "software" instructions or data.
":,rogramme" - "total processing data rate" -
A sequence of instructions to carry out a process in, or (a) Of a single central processing unit, is its 'processing data
convertible into, a form executable by an electronic rate';
computer. (b) Of multiple central processing units which do not share
eal time processing" - direct access to a common "main storage", is:
Processing of data by an electronic computer in response to The individual 'processing data rate' of each central
an external event according to time requirements imposed by processing unit, Le., each unit is separately treated as a
the external event. single central processing unit as in (a) above; or
.elated equipment" - (c) Of multiple central processing units, which partially or
Equipment "embedded" in, "incorporated" in, or "associated" fully share direct access to a common "main storage" at
with electronic computers, as follows: any level, is the sum of:
(a) Equipment for interconnecting "analogue computers" (1) The highest of the individual 'processing data rates'
with "digital computers"; of all central processing units; and
(b) Equipment for interconnecting "digital computers"; (2) 0.75 times the 'processing data rate' of each
(c) Equipment for interfacing electronic computers to "local remaining central processing unit, sharing the same
area networks" or to "wide area networks"; "main storage";
(d) Communication control units; assuming the configuration of equipment, which would
(e) Other input/output (110) control units; maximize this sum of rates.
(f) Recording or reproducing equipment referred to Item IL processing data rate' ....
1565 by Item IL 1572; The maximuln of kiN'.;er:

Security export control


j ..
March'1990 7,1
IL 1565 continued NB:
If a "digital computer" has neither fixed point addition
(a) the 4floating point processing data rate' (R,); or nor fixed point multiplication instructions, then its 'fixed
(b) The 'fixed point processing data rate' (Rx). point processing data rate' is equal to zero.
'number of bits in a:
NB: Fixed point addition instruction' (niax) -
Fixed point multiplication instruction' (nimx) -
The 'processing data rate' of a central processing unit
Floating point addition instruction' (niaf) -
implemented with two or more microprocessor microcircuits
Floating point multiplication instruction' (nimf) -
not including any dedicated microprocessor microcircuit used
The appropriate shortest single fixed or floating point
solely for display, keyboard or input!output control, is the
instruction length which permits full direct addressing of
sum of the individual 'processing data rates' of all these
the "main storage".
microprocessor microcircuits.
'floating point processing data rate' (R,) -
The sum of: .
NB:
(1) 0.85 times the 'number of bits in a fixed point 1. When multiple instructions are required to simulate
instruction' (nix) or 0.85 times the 'number of bits in an appropriate single instruction, the number of bits
a floating point instruction' (nu), if no fixed point in the above instructions is defined as 16 bits plus
instructions are implemented; the number of bits (biax ' bimx ' biaf , bimf ) which permits
(2) 0.15 times the 'number of bits in a floating point full direct addressing of the "main storage".
instruction' (nif); Thus:
(3) 0.40 times the 'number of bits in a fixed point niax 16 + biax ;
operand' (Dox) or 0040 times. the 'number of bits in a nimx 16 + bimx ;
floating point operand' (Dot), if no fixed point niaf 16 + biaf ;
instructions are implemented; and nimf 16 + bimf ;
(4) 0.15 times the 'number of bits in a floating point 2. If the addressing capability of an instruction is
operand' (not); expanded by using a base register, then the 'number
Divided by the sum of: of bits in an instruction, fixed or floating point,
(1) 0.85 times the 'execution time' for a fixed point addition or multiplication' is the number of bits in
addition (tax) or for a floating point addition (tat)' if no the instruction with the standard address length
fixed point instructions are implemented; including the number of bits necessary to use the
(2) 0.09 times the 'execution time' for a floating point base register.
addition (tat); and 'number of bits in a fixed point operand' (nox )
(3) 0.06 times the 'execution time' for a floating point (a) The shortest fixed point operand length; or
multiplication (t mt ) or for the fastest available (b) 16 bit;
subroutine (tmsub ) to simulate a floating point whichever is greater.
multiplication instruction, if no floating point 'number of bits in a floating point operand' (nof) -
multiplication instructions are implemented. (a) The shortest floating point operand length; or
(b) 30 bit;
Thus: whichever is greater.
Rt = (0.85)nix + (0.15)nif + (0.40)nox + (0.15)nof 'execution time'
(a) The time certified or openly published by the
(0.85)tax + (O.09)tat + (0.06)tmf manufacturer for the execution of the fastest appro·
priate instruction, under th~ following conditions:
or if no fixed point instructions are implemented, then: (1) No indexing or indirect operations are
Rf = (l.OO)nit + (O.55)nof included;
(0.94)taf + (0.06)tmf (2) The instruction is in the "most immediate
or if no floating point multiplication instructions are implemented storage";
(tmf tmsub ) then: (3) One operand is in the accumulator or in a
Rt = (0.85)nix + (0.15)nimf + (OAO)nox + (0.I5)nof location of the Hmost immediate storage",
which is acting as the accumulator;
(0.85)tax + (0.09) tat + (O.06)tmsub (4) The second operand is in the "most immediate
storage"; and
NB: (5) The result is left in the accumulator or the same
If a "digital computer" has neither floating point addition location in the "most immediate storage",
nor floating point multiplication instructions, then its which is acting as the accumulator;
'floating point processing data rate' is equal to zero. (b) If only the maximum and minimum execution times
'fixed point processing data rate' (Rx) of the instructions are published, the sum of:
The sum of: (1) The maximum execution time of an instruction
(1) 0.85 times the 'number of bits in a fixed point
(tmaxl; and
addition instruction' (niax); (2) Twice the minimum execution tirne of this
(2) 0.15 times the 'number of bits in a fixed point instruction (tmin );
multiplication instruction' (nimx); and Divided by three
(3) 0.55 times the 'number of bits in a fixed point
operand' (nox ); Thus: t tmax + 21min
divided by the sum of: 3
(1) 0.85 times the 'execution time' for a fixed point
(t stands for any of the values tax' tait tmx ' or tmf);
addition (tax); and (c) For central processing units which simultaneously
(2) 0.15 times the 'execution time' for a fixed point
fetch more than one instruction from one storage
multiplication (tmx ) or for the fastest available
location:
subroutine (1msub) to simulate a fixed point multi- The average of the 'execution times' when
plication instruction if no fixed point multiplication
executing instructions fetched from all possible
instructions are implemented. locations within the stored word.
Thus: (d) If the longest fixed point operand length is smaller
Rx (0.85)niax + (0.I5)nimx + (0.55)nox than 16-bit, then use the time required for the fastest
(0.85)tax + (0.15)tmx available subroutine to simulate a 16 bit fixed point
or if no fixed point multiplication instructions are implemented operation.
(1mx= tmsub ), then:
NB:
Rx = (O.85)niaX + (0.I5)nimx + (O.55)nox
1. If the addressing capability of an instruction is
{0.85)tax + (0.15)tmsub expanded by using a base register, then the

72 Security export control March 1990


'execution time' shall include the time for adding Thus: RUtot = SUM ~t;
the content of the base register to the address part 'transfer rate' -
of the instruction. Of an input/output control unit - cartridge-type
2. When calculating 'processing data rate' for streamer or magnetic tape drive combination tRtJ: .
computers with cache sizes smaller then 64 K Bytes, The product of: .
the 'execution time' of the appropriate instructions (1) The number of independent read/write channels
will be calculated as follows: (C); and
(cache hit rate) x ('execution time' when both (2) The greatest "maximum bit transfer rate" (Rumaxm.J
instruction and operand are in cache storage) of all tape drives.
+ (1 - cache hit rate) x ('execution time' when
neither instruction nor operand are in cache Thus: Ru = c.~tmaxmax'
(c) Of the input/output or communication control unit -
torage), directly connected data channel combinations:
The cache hit rate being: The sum of the individual "transfer rates of all data
1.00 for cache size of 64 K Byte channels" provided with the system which can be
0.95 for cache size of 32 K Byte
sustained simultaneously assuming the configuration of
0.90 for cache size of 16 K Byte
equipment which would maximize this sum of rates.
0.85 for cache size of 8 K Byte
"transfer rate of any data channel" -
0.75 for cache size of 4 K Byte
The sum of the individual bit transfer rates of all the "other
"otal transfer rate" - peripheral devices", excluding "terminal devices", which can
(a) Of the input/output control .unit - .dru~, disk or be sustained simultaneously on the data channel.
cartridge-type streamer tape dnve combmatlOns (R,dto,):
"user-accessible microprogrammability" -
The sum of the individual 'transfer rates' of all
The facility allowing a user to insert, modify or replace
input/output control unit - drum, disk or cartridge-type
"microprogrammes".
streamer tape drive combinations (R,d) provided with the
"user-accessible programmability" -
system which can be sustained simultaneously assuming
the configuration of equipment which would maximize The facility allowing a user to insert, modify or replace
this sum of rates. "programmes" by means other than: .
(a) A physical change in wiring or interconnections; or
Thus: R,dtot = SUM R,d; (b) The setting of function controls including entry of
'transfer rate' - parameters.
(1) Of an input/output control unit - drum or disk "virtual storage" -
drive combination (R,d)' the smaller of either: The storage space that may be regarded as addressable "main
storage" by the user of a computer system in which virtual
NB: addresses are mapped into real addresses.
For the 'transfer rate' of an input/output control NB:
unit - cartridge-type streamer tape drive The size of "virtual storage" is limited by the addressing
combination, see (b) below. scheme of the computer system and not by the actual number
(i) The input/output control unit 'transfer rate' of "main storage" locations.
(R,c); or
(ii) The sum of the individual 'transfer rates' of all "wide area network" -
independent seek mechanisms (R,s)' A data communication system which:
(a) Allows an arbitrary number of independent "data
Thus: R,d = min (R,c; SUM R,s); devices" to communicate with each other;
(2) Of an input/output control unit (R,c): (b) May include "local area networks; and
(i) With rotational position sensing (rps), is the (c) Is designed to interconnect geographically dispersed
product of: facilities.
(a) The number of independent read/
write channels (C); and
(b) The greatest "maximum bit transfer
rate" (R,smaxmax) of all independent seek
mechanisms; or
(ii) Without rotational position sensing (rps), is two-
thirds of this product.
Thus:
R,c = C. R,smaxmax (with rps); or
R,c = 2 C. R,smaxmax (without rps);
3
(3) Of an independent seek mechanism (RtJ:
The product of:
(i) The "maximum bit transfer rate" (Rtsma,J; and
(ii) The rotational period (t,);
Divided by the sum of:
(i) The rotational period (t,);
(ii) The 'minimum seek time' (t smin); and
(iii) The 'latency time' (t l );
Thus: R" = Rtsmax x t,
t, + t smin + t l
'minimum seek time' (t sm1n) -
(1) For fixed head devices, it is zero; or
(2) For moving head or moving media devices, the
rated time to move from one track to an
adjacent track.
'latency time' (t l) -
The rotational period divided by twice the number of
independent read/write heads per track.
(b) Of the input/output control unit - magnetic tape drive
combinations (RUtot):
The sum of the individual 'transfer rates' of all
input/output control unit - magnetic tape drive
combinations (RtJ provided with the system which can
be sustained simultaneously assuming the configuration
of equipment which would maximize this sum of rates.

Security export.control Marclf'r990 73


n.. 1565 continued
Operation Instroctiun(s) Instr. Length
(Bytes)
Cycles

Add LHD HE. MEM 16


DAD 11
Totals 27
Multiply (Emulation 747
rootine)

(ii) Execution Times


Add 27 cycles divided by 8 MHz = 3.37
microseconds
Multiply 747 cycles divided by 8 MHz = 93.37
microseconds
(iii) Fixed Point PDR (XPDR)
XPDR = .85(32) + .15(16+16) + .55(16)
.85(3.37) + .15(93.37)
=2.42 million bits per second

NOTE:
Direct addressing capability of the l80 is 16 bit,
which means 65,536 addresses of storage.

(iv) Floating Poiht PDR (FP PDR)


FP PDR = 0 million bits per second (no floating
point addition nor multiplication instruction).
(v) "Total PDR"
'Total PDR" (l80 at 8 MHz) = 2.42 million bits
per second,
2, 8088/8087 at 4.77 MHz clock frequency
(i) Instruction lengths and cycles
Instr.
lnstrut> Length Cycles
Operation tions(s) (bytes) (OPN + EA + BUS)

Fixed point:
Add ADD ~ + 5 + 4 = 1S
Multiply MUL 12~ + 5 + 4 = 13S
NB:',~;", Floating point:
Add FADD IOU + 5 + 16 = 121
Supermini "digital computers" with"a'~irtual storage!' Moltiply FMUL 115 + 5 + 16 = 136
capability exceedihg the level in this;stib~patagraph will
.>
r, ITot be:ellglble :for consideration -undet-th'is Note. It>·is (ii) Execution times
recognized,'~howeven that'other "di8It~:tomputers"(e.. g. Fixed point:
m~n'rame5 and microcomputers) may have a "virtUal ADD 18 cycles divided by 4.77 MHz = 3.77
,17 ·if. , storage~' j:Bpab~ity eXceeding this liri.litJmd;iil such cases microseconds
tlley may be considered, undedb!s Note. ,:. ., .. MUL 138 cycles divided by 4.77 MHz = 28.93
" (91" The. oth r t~!1ical param'etersdl' the ~y.stem 7" ,'. th,e,. microseconds
. r· l' : limitS !c6ntained:in NGte 9 '(b) above wilhout'.takihg inlo"; Floating point:
"'f'~.P ~co,unH~ote9 (l)(4}(ii) (b).. . " ,:C'l"'" ' FADD 121 cycles divided by 4.77 MHz = 25.37
.~~ .....! . -, ,,)'~l 'J; ,:. • l' ~~: ..,~~:-:\~:' i-"';;'>·':~<·::' .' ,- ,.....;'_., microseconds
:?~.1lie;shipment of spare P.arls in .accord~ce wi!h Note 7 (a) ari9 . FMUL 136 cycles divided by 4.77 MHz = 28.51
, ';;~Ib}to lh,isJtem. ~.... r~ .. '. ~: ':.;. "' ~ :"Y ~ " microseconds
....." _ . ~ '\! . • :1 ' ,:,: '. ~:',;, ,>;';:
(iii) 'Fixed point PDR (XPDR)
XPDR = .85(32) + .15(32) + .55(16)
EXPLANATORY NOTES .85(3.77) + .15(28.93)
A. Conversion of Byte to bit in computing storage limits: = 5.41 million bits per second
(a) 1 MByte = (1024)2 Byte = 1.048,576 Byte (iv) Floating point PDR (FP PDR)
(b) 1 KByte = 1,024 Byte
(c) 1 Byte: usually equals 8 bit or 9 bit. FP PDR = .85(32) + .15(32) + .4(16) + .15(32)
B. Limits on "total connected capacity" of "main storage": .85(3.77) + .09(25.37) + .06(28.51)
The limits in the various Notes to Item 1565 assume a = 6.01 million bits per second.
9-bit Byte and an appropriate amount of cache storage (v) "Total PDR"
(16. 32, 48 or 64 kByte). as follows (although other "Total PDR" (8088/8087 at 4.77 MHx) = 6.01
combinations within these limits would be permissible): million bits per second.
Internal Cache "Total Connected
Storage Storage Capacity"
(MByte) (KByte) (milliun bit) IL 1566
U.25 16 2.5
U.5 16 4.~
"Software" and technology therefor, as follows:
Q75 32 7A
I~ ~ ~S
'1~ 4S 14~
NOTE:
2.U 4S 19.4 The embargo status of "specially designed software" for the use of
2.5 64 24.2 equipment described in other Items in these Lists (except Item IL
4.U 64 3~.U 1565) is dealt with in the appropriate Item, and the embargo status
SOU 128 76.7 of "software" for equipment described in [tern IL 1565 is dealt
C. Total Processing Data Rate: with in the present Item.
Two examples of applying the Note 16 definition of
"fixed point processing data rate" and "floating point TECHNICAL NOTES:
processing date rate" 1. "Software" is defined as follows:
1. l80 at 8 MHz clock frequency: "software" -
(i) Instruction lengths and cycles A collection of one or more "programmes" or "micro-

4 Security export control March 1990


programmes" fixed in any tangible medium of expression. NOTE: .. \:'
, programme" - "Software" for equipment which is' freed from
A sequence of instructions to carry out a process in, or embargo only by Item 1565 (h) (2) (vi) may contain
convertible into, a form executable by an electronic file server or printer server functions above layer 2
computer. of the Open System Interconnection (OSI) reference
, microprogramme" - model provided the protocols do not contain level 3
A sequence of elementary instructions, maintained in a of CCIIT X.25 or equivalent functions.
special storage, the execution of which is initiated by the (4) "Software" for computer-aided design, manufacture,
introduction of its reference instruction into an instruction inspection or test of items embargoed in these Lists;
register. (5) "Software" designed or modified to provide certifiable
"Software" is categorized as follows (there is a close m ulti-Ievel security or certifiable user-isolation
relationship and possible overlap among these categories): applicable to government-classified material or to
development system" - applications requiring an equivalent level of security, or
"Software" to develop or produce "software". This includes "software" to certify such "software";
"software" to manage those activities. Examples of a (b) Categorized "software" as follows:
"development system" are programming support (I) "Development sysiems" as follows:
environments, software development environments, and (i) "Development systems" employing "high·level
programmer-productivity aids. language" and designed for or containing
, programming system" - "programmes" or "databases" special to th~
, "Software" to convert a convenient expression of one or development or production of:
more processes ('source code' or 'source language') into (a) "Specially designed software" embargoed by
equipment executable form ('object code' or 'object any other Item in these Lists;
language'). (b) "Software" embargoed by sub-items (a) (2) or
. diagnostic system" - (a) (3) of this Item; including any subset
"Software" to isolate or detect "software" or equipment designed or modified for use as part of such a
malfunctions. "development system";
'maintenance system"- (ii) "Development systems" employing "high·level
"Software" to: language" and designed for or containing the
(a) Modify "software" or its associated documentation in "software" tools and "databases" for the
order to correct faults, or for other updating purposes; or development or production of "software" or any
(b) Maintain equipment. subset designed or modified for use as part of a
"operating system"- "development system" such as, or equivalent to:
"Software" to control: (a) Ada Programming Support Environment
(a) The operation of a "digital computer" or of "related (APSE);
equipment"; or (b) Any subset of APSE, as follows:
(h) The loading or execution of "programmes". (I) Kernel APSE;
"application software" - (2) Minimal APSE;
"Software" not falling within any of the other defined (3) Ada compilers specially designed as an
categories of "software", integrated subset of APSE; or
3. "Specially designed software" is defined as: (4) Any other subset of APSE;
The minimum "operating systems", "diagnostic systems", - (c) Any superset of APSE; or
"maintenance systems" and "application software" necessary (d) Any derivative of APSE;
to be executed on a particular equipment to perform the (2) "Programming systems" as follows:
function for which it was designed. To make other, (i) "Cross-hosted" compilers and "cross-hosted"
incompatible equipment perform the same function requires: assemblers;
(a) Modification of this "software"; or
(b) Addition of "programmes".
(This ends the Technical Notes. For a complete list of definitions of
NOTE:
terms used in the Item, see Note 12 below; see also Item IL 1565 For "cross-hosted" compilers and "cross-hosted"
for additional definitions .
relating to electronic computers.) assemblers which have to be used in conjunction
-. . . with microprocessor or microcomputer
USTED AS FOLLOWS: development instruments or systems described in
(,:, "Software" of whatever category, as follows: Item IL 1529, see that Item.
(I) "Software" designed or modified for any computer that is (ii) Compilers or interpreters designed or modified for
part ,of a computer series designed and produced within use as part of a "development system" embargoed
a proscribed area; except "application software" by (I) above;
designed for and limited to: (iii) Disassemblers, decompilers or other "software"
(i) Accounting, general ledger, inventory control, which convert "programmes" in object or assembly
payroll, accounts receivable, personnel records, language into a higher level language, except
wages calculation or invoice control; simple debugging "application software", such as
(ii) Data and text manipulation such as sort/merge, text mapping, tracing, check-point/restart, breakpoint,
editing, data entry or word processing; dumping and the display of the storage contents or
(iii) Data retrieval from established data files for their assembly language equivalent;
purposes of report generation or inquiry for the (3) "Diagnostic systems" or "maintenance systems"
functions described in (i) or (ii) above; or designed or modified for use as part of a "development
(iv) The non "real time processing" of pollution sensor system" embargoed by (I) above;
data at fixed sites or in civil vehicles for civil (4) "Operating systems" as follows:
environmental monitoring purposes; (i) "Operating systems" designed or modified for
(2) "Software" designed or modified for the design, "digital computers" or "related equipment"
development or production of items embargoed in these exceeding any of the following limits:
Lists; (a) Central processing unit - "main storage"
(3) "Software" designed or modified for: combinations:
(i) Embargoed "hybrid computers"; (I) "Total processing data rate" - 48 million
(ii) One or more of the functions described in Item IL bit per second;
1565 (h) (I) (i) (a) to ij) or (m) or (h) (2) (vi) or for (2) "Total connected capacity" of "main
"digital computers" or "related equipment" storage" - 25.2 million bit;
designed or modified for such functions, except the (3) "V1rtual storage" capability - 512 MByte
minimum "specially designed software" in machine· (for MByte, Note 17 of Item IL 1565);
executable form for "digital computers" and (b) Input/output control unit - drum, disk or
"related equipment" therefor which are freed from cartridge-type streamer tape drive combi-
embargo only by Item IL 1565 (h) (2) (i) or (ii), and nations: ,
only when supplied with the equipment or systems; (I) "TIJotaI IlI'ahsfer rate" - 15 million bit per

Security export pontrol Ml!rctf ; 990 7,6'


IL 1566 continued 2. This Item does not embargo "software" initially exported to a
proscribed destination prior to 1st January, 1984, provided:
(a) The "software" is identical to and in the same language
second; form (source or object) as initially exported; allowing
(2) "Total access' rate" - 320 accesses per minor updates for the correction of errors which do not
second; modify the initially exported functions;
(3) Total connected "net capacity'! - 7,000 (b) The accompanying documentation does not exceed the
million bit; level of the initial export; and
(4) "Maximum bit transfer rate" of any drum (c) The "software" is exported to the same proscribed
or disk drive - 10.3 million bit per second; destination as the initial export.
(c) Input/output control u~it - bubble memory 3. Minimum technical information for the use (ie installation,
combinations: operation and maintenance) of "software" authorised for
Total connected "net capacity" - 2.1 million export, when shipped together with or solely for use with this
bit; "software".
(d) Input/output control unit - magnetic tape 4. Not used.
drive combinations: 5. "Application software" embargoed by sub-item (a) (l) above,
(1) "Total transfer rate" - 5.2 million bit per but not otherwise embargoed by this Item or any other Item
second; in these Lists, provided that:
(2) Number of magnetic tape drives twelve; (a) The "application software" is designed for and limited to
(3) "Maximum bit transfer rate" of any the following:
magnetic tape drive - 2.6 million bit per (1) The approved end-use of legally exported
second; equipment or systems in conjunction with any
(4) "Maximum bit packing density" - 63 bit computer that is part of a cornputer series produced
per mm (1,600 bit per inch) per track; within a proscribed area and based on a design
(5) Maximum tape read/write speed - 508 originating in a member country; or
cm (200 inch) per second; (2) The monitoring and control of industrial processes
limited to the production of items not described in
NOTE: these Lists; and
This sub-item does not embargo "operating (b) No embargoed technology is provided.
systems" designed or modified for "digital 6. The provisions of this Item may allow the export of
computers" or "related equipment": "software" which is either:
(a) Not exceeding the above limits even when (a) "Standard commercially available" "software":
the "operating systems" can also be used (1) Designed for installation by the user without further
on "digital computers" or "related support by the supplier;
equipment" exceeding the above limits; or (2) Designed for use on "digital computers" and
(b) Belonging to a series containing models "related equipment" therefor which do not exceed
exceeding the above limits, if the "oper- the performance limits in Item IL 1565 Note 9 (b)
ating systems" are used on "digital with the substitution in Item IL 1565 Note 9 (b) (I) (i)
computers" or "related equipment" of the of a "total processing data rate" of 15 million bit per
series which do not exceed the above second; and
limits. (3) 'Generally available to the public'; or
(H) "Operating systems" providing on-line transaction
data processing which permit integrated tele- NB:
processing and "on-line updating" of "databases". For the purpose of this Note 'generally available to
(5) "Application software" as follows:
the public' means:
(i) "Software" for cryptologic or cryptanalytic (a) Also available at retail selling points, other than
applications; those specialised in selling electronic
(H) Artificial intelligence. "software", including
computers to the general public in model series
"software" normally classified as expert systems, exceeding the limits in (2) above; and
which enables a "digital computer" to perform (b) Selling by means of over-the-counter
functions that are normally associated with human transactions from stock.
perception and reasoning or learning; (b) "Software" in the public domain.
(Hi) "Database management systems" which are 7. Not used.
designed to handle "distributed databases" for: 8. Normal commercial "software" for civil Air Traffic Control
(a) Fault tolerance by using techniques such as (ATC) systems approved for export, provided that:
maintenance of duplicated "databases"; or (a) The "software" is commonly used by civil Air Traffic
(b) Integrating data at a single site from Control authorities outside proscribed areas, but not
independent remote "databases"; precluding the personalization of certain parameters for
(iv) "Software" designed to adapt "software" resident on civil Air Traffic Control authorities wherev~r located;
one "digital computer" for use on another "digital (b) The "software" is not designed or modified for any
computer", except "software" to adapt between two "digital computer" which is part of a "digital computer"
legally exported "digital computers"; series designed and produced within a proscribed area;
(c) Technology applicable to the development, production or use (c) The "software" is the minimum necessary to accomplish
(ie installation, operation and maintenance) of "software", the normal civil Air Traffic Control functions outside
even if the "software" is unembargoed, except:
proscribed areas;
(I) Technical data in the public domain; or (d) The "software" will not contain or be capable of
(2) The minimum technical information necessary for the
accomplishing any of the following functions:
use of "software" free from embargo. (1) Electronic Counter Counter Measures (ECCM);
(2) Weapon display, allocation or operation;
NOTE: (3) Intercept guiding capability; or
For the purposes of this sub-item, technology does not include (4) Interfacing with altitude determining radars, except
"software". secondary search radars;
(e) The "software" is further limited by the amount of
NOTES: "source code", which is to be the minimum necessary for
1. This Item does not embargo "software" not exceeding 5,000 the use (ie installation, operation and maintenance) of
statements in "source language", excluding data, provided: the "software";
H
(a) The "software is neither designed nor modified for use (f) In addition to the above limitations, the only other
as a module of a larger "software" module or system system "software" allowed is the minimum "pro-
which in total exceeds this limit; and gramming system" for the maintenance of the
(b) The "software" is not embargoed by sub-item (b) (5) "software";
above. (g) The information to accompany each case will include a

76 Security export control March 1990


signed statement of the end-user or importing agency, a "development system" are programming support -,.
full description of the "software" and its characteristics environments, software development environments" and- ;
vis-a-vis the sub-paragraphs above, its intended programmer-productivity aids.
application and workload and a complete indentification "diagnostic system"-
of all end-users and' their activities; and "Software" to isolate or detect "software" or equipment
(I) The "software" will not be used to provide or malfunctions.
process data associated with military control centres "digital computer" -
or military radars, or otherwise be associated with Equipment which can, in the form of one or more discrete
such radars or centres; and variables:
(2) The type and characteristics of the "software" are (a) Accept data;
reasonable for the specific civil Air Traffic Control (b) Store data or instructions in fixed or alterable (writable)
applications. storage devices;
"Operating systems" embargoed only by sub-item (b) (4) (ii) (c) Process data by means of a stored sequence of
above when supplied with "digital computers" and "related instructions which is modifiable; and
equipment" exported under the provisions of Item IL 1565, (d) Provide output data.
Notes 9 and 12, provided that these "operating systems" are:
(a) For use with a "digital computer" exported under the
provisions of Item IL 1565: NB:
(b) In machine-executable version; Modifications of a stored sequence of instructions include
(c) Limited to the minimum "standard commercially replacement of fixed storage devices, but not a physical
available" "software"; and change in wiring or interconnections.
(d) Not designed or modified for "database management "distributed database" -
systems" embargoed by sub-item (b) (5) (iii) above. A "database" which is physically located and maintained in
,j. "Software" embargoed by sub-item (a) (3) (ii) above for part or as a whole in two or more interconnected electronic
"digital computers" and "related equipment" exported under computers or "related equipment", such that inquiries from
the provisions of Item IL 1565, Notes 5 or 9 provided that: one location can involve "database" access in other
(a) The "software" is limited to: interconnected electronic computers or "related equipment".
(I) The minimum necessary for the approved "firmware" -
appliration; See "microprogramme".
(2) Machine-executable form; alld "high-level language" -
(3) "Specially designed software" for: A programming language that does not reflect the structure
(i) Equipment approved for export under Item IL of anyone given electronic computer or that of anyone given
1565, Note 5, for one or more of the functions class of electronic computers.
described in Item IL 1565 (h) (I) (i) (a), (b) or (d); "hybrid computer" -
or Equipment which can:
Equipment approved for export under Item IL
(ii) (a) Accept data;
1565, Note 9. for one or more of the functions (b) Process data, in both analogue and digital
described in Item IL 1565 (h) (I) (i) (a), (b) or (c); representations; and
(b) The "specially designed software" for "signal (c) Provide output of data.
processing" and "image enhancement" does not provide "maintenance system" -
for more than one of the following: "Software" to:
(I) Time (ompression; or (a) Modify "software" or its associated documentation in
(2) Transformations between domains (e.g. Fast Fourier order to correct faults, or for other updating purposes; or
Transform or Walsh Transform). (b) Maintain equipment.
11. Favourable consideration will be given to applications for the "microprogramme" -
export of "software" embargoed by sub-item (a) (3) (ii) above A sequence of elementary instructions, maintained in a
for "digital computers" and "related equipment" exported special storage, the execution of which is initiated by the
under the provisions of Item IL 1565, Note 12, provided that introduction of its reference instruction into an instruction
the "software" is limited to: register.
(a) "Software" for one or more of the functions described in "object code" or "object language" -
ItemlL 1565 (h) (I) (i) (a), (b) or (c); See "programming system".
(b) The minimum necessary for the approved application; "on-line updating" -
and Processing in which the contents of a "database" can be
(c) Machine-executable form. amended within a period of time useful to interact with an
12. Definitions of terms used in this Item: external request.
. "nalogue computer"- "operating system"-
Equipment which can, in the form of one or more continuous "Software" to control:
variables: (a) The operation of a "digital computer" or of "related
(a) Accept data; equipment"; or
(b) Process data; and (b) The loading or execution of "programmes".
(c) Provide output of data. "programme" -
.. .1pplication software" - A sequence of instructions to carry out a process in, or
"Software" not falling within any of the other defined convertible into, a form executable by an electronic
ciltegories of "software" computer.
. .:ross-hosted" - "programming system"-
For "programming systems", those which produce "Software" to convert a convenient expression of one or
"programmes" for a model of electronic computer different more processes ('source code' or 'source language') into
from that used to run the "programming system", Le. they equipment executable form ('object code' or 'object
have code generators for equipment different from the host language').
computer. "related equipment" -
".latabase" - Equipment "embedded" in, "incorporated" in, or "associated"
A collection of data, defined for one or more particular with electronic computers, as follows:
applications, which is physically located and maintained in (a) Equipment for interconnecting "analogue computers"
one or more electronic computers or "related equipments". with "digital computers";
";jatabase management system"- (b) Equipment for interconnecting "digital computers";
"Application software" to manage and maintain a "database" (c) Equipment for interfacing electronic computers to "local
in one or more prescribed logical structures for use by other area networks" or to "wide area networks";
"application software" independent of the specific methods (d) Communication control units;
used to store or retrieve the "database". (e) Other input/output (I/O) control units;
"'!evelopment system"- (f) Recording or reproducing ,equipment referred to Item IL
"Software" to develop or produce "software". This includes 1565 by Item IL 1572;
"software" to manage those activities. Examples of a (g) Displays; ()if \

Security expo{t control Mareh1990.77


IL 1566 continued components therefor and "specially designed
software" for the use of these equipment or
(h) Other peripheral equipment. systems:
NB: TECHNICAL NOTES:
"Related equipment" which contains an "embedded" or 1. Stored-programme-controlled communication switching
"incorporated electronic computer", but which lacks "user- equipment or systems are categorised as follows:
accessible programmability", does not thereby fall within the (a) Communication equipment or systems for "data
definition of an electronic computer. (message) switching":
"self-hosted - , "data (message) switching"
For "programming systems", those which produce The technique, including but not limited to store-
"programmes" for the same model of electronic computer as and-forward or packet switching, for:
that used to run the "programming system", Le. they only (a) Accepting data groups (including messages,
have code generators for the host computer. packets, or other digital or telegraphic
"software" information groups which are transmitted as a
A collection of one or more "programmes" or composite whole);
"microprogrammes" fixed in any tangible medium of (b) Storing (buffering) data groups as necessary;
expression. (c) Processing part or all of the data groups, as
"source code" or "source language" - necessary, for the purpose of:
See "programming system". (I) Control (routing, priority, formatting, code
"specially designed software" - conversion, error control, retransmission
The minimum "operating systems", "diagnostic systems", or journaling);
"maintenance systems" and "application software" necessary (2) Transrnission; or
to be executed on a particular equipment to perform the (3) Multiplexing; and
function for which it was designed. To make other (d) Retransmitting (processed) data groups when
incompatible equipment perform the same function requires: transmission or receiving facilities are
(a) Modification of this "software"; or available.
(b) Addition of "programmes". "local area network" -
"standard commercially available" - A data communication system which:
For "software", that which is: (a) Allows an arbitrary number of independent
(a) Commonly supplied to general purchasers or users of "data devices" to communicate directly with
equipment outside proscribed areas, but not precluding each other; and
the personalization of certain parameters for individual (b) Is confined to a geographical area of moderate
customers wherever located; size (eg office building, plant, campus,
(b) Designed and produced for civil applications; warehouse).
(c) Not designed or modified for any "digital computer" "wide area network" -
which is part of a "digital computer" series designed and A data communication system which:
produced within a proscribed area; and (a) Allows an arbitrary number of independent
(d) Supplied in a commonly distributed form. "data devices" to communicate with each
other;
(b) May include "local area networks"; and
(c) Is designed to interconnect geographically
dispersed facilities.
(b) Communication equipment or systems for "stored-
programme-controlled circuit switching":
"stored-programme-eontrolled circuit switching" -
The technique for establishing, on demand and until
released, a direct (space-division switching) or
logical (time-division switching) connection
between circuits based on switching control
information derived from any source or circuit and
processed according to the stored programme by
one or more electronic computers.
2. "Digital computers" or "affiliated equipment" when:
(a) "Embedded" in stored-programme-controlled communi-
cation switching equipment or systems are to be
regarded as specially designed components therefor;
(b) "Incorporated" in stored programme controlled
communication switching equipment or systems are
covered by this Item provided they are the standard
models customarily supplied by Western manufacturers
of the stored programme controlled communication
NOTE: switching equipment or systems; or
The embargo status of "software" specially designed for "data (c) "Associated" with stored programme controlled
(message) switching" or "stored programme controlled circuit communication switching equipment or systems are
switching" described in Item IL 1567 is dealt with exclusively covered by Item IL 1565, Item IL 1567 or IL 1572.
in Item IL 1567. 3. This Item includes statistical multiplexers, with digital input
In the case of "software" for mainframe "digital computers" and digital output, referred to this Item by Item IL 1519 (a), if
which may have a "virtual storage" capability exceeding the they satisfy the definitions of either "data (message)
limit of sub-item (b) (4) (i) (a) (3) and which may be considered switching" or "stored-program me-controlled circuit
for export under the conditions of Item IL 1565 (Notes 9 and switching".
12), the limitation of the "virtual storage" capability of 512
MByte does not apply. NB:
See Item IL 1519 (a) for statistical multiplexers which provide
IL 1567 only fixed routing, Le. routing which is neither:
(a) Determined when the circuit is established; nor
(b) Dynamically alterable.
Stored-programme-controlled communication (This ends the Technical notes. For a complete list of definitions of
switching equipment or systems and technology terms used in this Item, see Note 8 below; see also Item IL 1565
therefor, as follows; and specially designed for additional definitions relating to electronic computers and Item

78 Security export control March 1990


11 1566 for additional definitions relating to "software".) (2) "Stored programme controlled circuit switching"
equipment or systems, provided:
liSTED AS FOLLOWS: (i) The equipment or systems are designed for fixed
civil use in "stored programme controlled telegraph
(a Communication equipment or systems for "data (message) circuit switching" for data;
switching", including those for "local area networks'" or for (ii) The number, type and characteristics of such
"wide area networks", except: equipment or systems are normal for the
application;
NOTE: (iii) The equipment or systems do not contain "digital
For "data (message) switching" equipment or systems for computers" or "related equipment" embargoed by:
"local area networks" that can be used in conjunction with (a) Item IL 1565 (f);
electronic computers, see Item IL 1565. (b) Item IL 1565 (h) (1) (i) (a) to (k), or (m); or
(c) Item IL 1565 (h) (1) (ii);
"data (message) switching" equipment or systems, provided: (iv) The equipment or systems do not have either of the
(1) The equipment or systems are designed for fixed civil following features:
use according to the requirements of either: (a) Multi-level call pre-emption including
(i) CCITT Recommendations F.l to F.79 for store-and- overriding or seizing of busy subscriber lines,
forward systems (Volume 11 - Fascicle 11.4, Vllth "trunk circuits" or switches; or
plenary assembly, 10th-21st November, 1980); or
(ii) ICAO Recommendations for store-and-forward civil NOTE:
aviation communication networks (Annex 10 to the This does not preclude single level call pre-
Convention on International Civil Aviation, emption (e.g. executive override).
induding all amendments agreed up to and (b) "Common channel signalling";
including 14th December, 1981); (v) The maximum internal bit rate per channel does not
(2) The number, type and characteristics of such equipment exceed 9,600 bit Is;
or systems are normal for the application; (vi) The telegraph circuits, which may be telephone
(3) Such equipment or systems will be limited as follows: circuits, may carry any type of telegraph or telex
(i) The maximum "data signalling rate" of any circuit signal compatible with a voice channel bandwidth
does not exceed 4,800 bit/s; and of 3,100 Hz as defined in CCITT Recommendation
(ii) The sum of the individual "data signalling rates" of G.151;
all circuits does not exceed 27,500 bit/s; (vii) The "software" supplied:
(4) The equipment or systems do not contain "digital (a) Is limited to:
computers" or "related equipment" embargoed by: (1) The minimum "specially designed
(i) Item IL 1565 (f); software" necessary for the use (i.e.
(ii) Item IL 1565 (h) (1) (i) (a) to Gl, (I) or (m) installation, operation and maintenance)
(iii) Item IL 1565 (h) (1) (ii); of the equipment or systems; and
(5) The "software" supplied: (2) Machine-executable form; and
(i) Is limited to: (b) Does not include "software":
(a) The minimum "specially designed software" (1) Embargoed by Item IL 1527, IL 1566 (a)
necessary for the use (i.e., installation, (5) or Item ML lion the Munitions List; or
operation and maintenance) of the equipment
(2) To permit user-modification of generic
or systems; and "software" or its associat·ed
(b) Machine-executable form; and documentation; and
(ii) Does not include "software":
(viii) If the equipment or systems are not designed for
(a) Embargoed by Items IL 1527 or IL 1566 (a) (5)
installation by the user without support from the
or Item ML lion the Munitions List; or
supplier, then the "software" necessary for
(b) To permit user-modification of generic
commissioning is:
"software" or its associated documentation;
(a) Exported on a temporary basis only; and
and
(b) Kept under the control of the supplier; or
(6) If the equipment or systems are not designed for
installation by the user without support from the (3) "Stored programme controlled telephone circuit
supplier, then 'the "software" necessary for switching" equipment or systems, provided: .
commissioning is: (i) The equipment or systems are designed for fixed
(i) Exported on a temporary basis only; and civil use as "space-division analogue exchanges" or
(ii) Kept under the control of the supplier; "time-division analogue 'exchanges" which fulfil the
(b Communication equipment or systems for "stored- definition of "private automatic branch exchanges"
programme-controlled circuit switching"; except: ("PABXs");
(1) Key telephone systems, provided that: (ii) The equipment or systems do not contain "digital
(i) Access to an external connection is obtained by computers" or "related equipment" embargoed by:
pressing a special button (key) on a telephone, (a) Item IL 1565 (f);
rather than by dial or key-pad as on a "PABX"; (b) Item IL 1565 (h) (1) (i) (a) to (k) or (m); or
(ii) They are not designed to be upgraded to "private (c) Item IL 1565 (h) (1) (ii);
automatic branch exchanges" ("PABXs"); (iii) "Communication channels" or "terminal devices"
(iii) The "software" supplied: used for administrative and control purposes:
(a) Is limited to: (a) Are fully dedicated to these purposes; and
(1) The minimum "specially designed (b) Do not exceed a maximum "data signalling
software" necessary for the use (i.e. rate" of 9,600 bit per second;
installation, operation and maintenance) (iv) Voice channels are limited to 3,100 Hz as defined in
of the equipment or systems; and CCITT Recommendation G.151;
(2) Machine-executable form; and (v) Not used. .
(b) Does not include "software": (vi) The "PABXs" do not have either of the following
(1) Embargoed by Items IL 1527, IL 1566 (a) features:
(5) or Item ML lion the Munitions List; or (a) Multi-level call pre-emption including
(2) To permit user-modification of generic overridmg or seizing of busy subscriber lines,
"software" or its associated documen- "trunk circuits" or switches; or
tation; and
(iv) If the equipment or systems are not designed for NOTE:
installation by the user without support from the This does not preclude single-level call pre-
supplier, then the "software" necessary for emption (eg. executive override).
commissioning is: (b) "Common channel-signalling";
(a) Exported on a temporary basis only; and (vii) The "software" mpplied:
(b) Kept under the control of the supplier; (a) Is timited to.

Security export control March 1990 7~


IL 1567 continued 4. "Stored programme controlled telephone circuit switching"
equipment or systems embargoed by sub-item (b), provided
(1) The mInImum "specially designed that:
software" necessary for the use (Le. (a) The equipment or systems are designed for fixed civil
installation, operation and maintenance) use as "space-division digital exchanges" or "time-
of the equipment or systems; and division digital exchanges" which fulfil the definition of
(2) Machine·executable form; and
"private automatic branch exchanges" ("PABXs");
(b) Does not include Hsoftware": (b) It is considered that the equipment or systems:
(1) EIubargoed by Items It 1527, It 1566 (a) (1) Are designed and used for fixed civil "stored-
(5) or Item Mt lIon the Munitions List; or programme-controlled telephone circuit switching"
(2) To permit user·modification of generic applications; and
"software" or its associated documen~ (2) Will be operated in the importing country by a civil
talion; and end-user who has furnished to the supplier a signed
(viii) If the equipment or systems are not designed for statement, certifying that the equipment or systems
installation by the user without support from the will be used for the specified end-use at a specified
supplier, then the "software" necessary for location only;
commissioning is: (3) Do not support any form of Integrated Services
(a) Exported on a temporary basis only: and Digital Network (ISDN);
(b) Kept under the control of the supplier; (c) The number, type and characteristics of such equiprnent
or systems are normal for the approved application;
(c) Technology applicable to the development, production or use (d) The equipment or systems do not contain "digital
(Le. installation, operation and maintenance) of stored- computers" or "related equipment" embargoed by:
programme-controlled communication switching equipment (1) Item It 1565 (f);
or systems, even if these equipment or systems are not (2) Item IL 1565 (h) (1) (i) (a) to (k), or (nl); or
embargoed by this Item, except: (3) Itenl It 1565 (h) (1) (ii);
The minimum technical information necessary for the use of (e) The "PABX's" do not have any of the following features:
stored-program me-controlled communication switching (1) Multi-level call pre-emption, including overriding or
equipment or systems which are free from embargo. seizing of busy subscriber lines, "trunk circuits" or
NOTES: switches;
1. The minimum technical information for the use (Le. NOTE:
installation, operation and maintenance) of stored This does not preclude single level call pre-ernption
programme controlled communication switching equipment (e.g., executive override).
or systems authorised for export, when shipped together with (2) "Colnmon channel signalling";
or solely for use with these stored programme controlled (3) Dynamic adaptive routing;
communication switching equipment or systems. (4) Interconnections which are specially designed for
2. Spare parts for exported stored programme controlled multi-RF channel radio equipment embargoed by
communication switching equipment or systems, provided Item It 1531 (d) or (e) or specially designed for
that: multi-RF channel cellular radio equipment;
(a) The parts are: (5) Digital subscriber line interfaces;
(1) Specially designed components embargoed by this (6) Digital synchronisation circuitry which. uses
Item; or equipment ernbargoed by Itern It 1529 (a) (2);
(2) Equipment or components embargoed by other (7) Not used; or
Items in this List; (8) Centralized network control having all of the
(b) The parts: following characteristics:
(1) Are destined for embargoed equipment authorised (i) Is based on a network managernent protocol;
for export at national discretion or for equipment and
free from embargo; (ii)Does all the following:
(2) Are shipped in the minimum quantities necessary (a) Receives data fronl the nodes; and
for the types and quantities of exported equipment (b) Processes these data in order to;
being serviced; and (1) Control traffic; and
(3) Do not upgrade the performance of the exported (2) Directionalise paths;
equipment beyond the level: (f) "Communication channels" or "ternlinal devices" used
(i) Specified in the relevant national discretion for administrative and control purposes:
Note; or (1) Are fully dedicated to these purposes; and
(ii) Specified as free from embargo; (2) Do not exceed a maximum "data signalling rate" of
(c) If the parts are 'advanced technology parts' and not 9,600 bit per second;
eligible for export at national discretion under another (g) Voice channels are limited to 3,100 Hz as defined in
Item, the Western supplier's service organisation must: CCITT Recommendation G.151;
(1) Guarantee that parts will be replaced on a one-tor- (h) Not used.
one exchange basis; (i) Not used.
(2) Take measures to obtain custody ot the defective (j) The "software" supplied:
parts; and (1) Is limited to:
(3) If custody is not obtained, certify that the defective (i) The minimum "specially designed software"
parts are destroyed. necessary for the use (Le. installation,
operation and maintenance) of the equipment
TECHNICAL NOTE: or systems; and
For the purpose of this sub-paragraph, 'advanced (ii) Machine-executable form; and
technology parts' are either: (2) Does not include "software":
(a) Parts embargoed by Item It 1564 (c) (2); (i) Embargoed by Items It 1527, It 1566 (a) (5) or
(b) Microprocessor, microcomputer, memory, Item Mt lIon the Munitions List; or
programmed logic array or arithmetic logic unit (ii) To permit user-modification of generic
microcircuits embargoed by Item It 1564 (d); "software" or its associated documentation;
(c) Magnetic tape· heads, magnetic disk heads, magnetic (k) If the equipm'ent or systems are not designed for instal-
drum heads, or non-exchangeable magnetic disk or lation by the user without support from the supplier, then
drum recording media, embargoed by Item It the "software" necessary for commissioning is:
1572; or (1) Exported on a temporary basis only; and
(d) Acoustic wave devices embargoed by Item It 1586, (2) Kept under the control of the supplier;
other than those exportable at national discretion (I) Not used.
pursuant to Note 1. to Item It 1586. (m) The exporter must supply a statement identifying:
(1) The equipment or system to be provided;
3. Not used. (2) The intended application, including the nunlber of

80 Security export control March 1990


lines, number of trunks and traffic load; and (k) The "software" supplied:
(3) The operating authority; and (1) Is limited to:
(4) The location of the equipment or system. (i) The minimum "specially designed software"
necessary for the use (ie installation, operation
NB: and maintenance) of the equipment or systems;
The above HNational discretion" note applies solely to and
equipment which has been submitted by DTI to COCOM for a (ii) Machine-executable form; and
one-time review by that Committee. (2) Does not include "software":
(i) Embargoed by Item IL 1527, IL 1566 (a) (5) or
Not used. Item ML lIon the Munitions List; or
(H) To permit user-modification of generic
"Stored programme controlled circuit switching" equipment "software" or its associated documentation;
or systems, embargoed by sub-item (b), provided that: (I) If the equipment or systems are not designed for
(a) The equipment or systems are designed for fixed civil installation by the user without support from the
use as "stored programme controlled telephone circuit supplier, then the "software" necessary for
switching" exchanges which fulfil the definitions of commissioning is:
either "terminal exchange" or "transit exchange"; (1) Exported on a temporary basis only; and
(b) The equipment or systems: (2) Kept under the control of the supplier; and
(1) Were in service in public networks before (m) The exporter must supply a statement identifying:
January, 1984; and (1) The equipment or system to be provided;
(2) Were approved as such by the Department of Trade (2) The intended application, including the
and Industry before 15 April 1986; number of lines, and number of trunks and
(c) The equipm,ent or systems: traffic load;
(1) Are designed and used for fixed civil "stored (3) The operating authority; and
programme controlled telephone circuit switching" (4) The location of the equipment or system.
applications; (7) "Stored programme controlled circuit switching" equipment
(2) Will be operated in the irnporting country by a civil or embargoed by sub-item (b), provided:
end-user who has furnished to the supplier a signed (a) equipment or systems are designed for fixed civil
statenlent, certifying that the equipment or systems use as "stored programme controlled telephone circuit
will be used for the specified end-use at a specified switching" exchanges which fulfil the definitions of
location only; and either "terminal exchange" or "transit exchange";
(3) Do not support any form of Integrated Services (b) The equipment or systems:
Digital Network (ISDN); (1) Are designed and used for fixed civil "stored
(d) The number, type and characteristics of such equipment programme controlled telephone circuit switching"
or systems are norma) for the approved application; applications;
(e) The equipment or systems cannot be adapted to mobile (2) Will be operated in the importing country by a civil
use or security use, as described in Item IL 1565 (f) (1) to operating authority who has furnished to the
(4), (g), or (h) (1) (ii) (a) and (b); supplier a signed statement, certifying that the
(f) The equipment or systenls do not exceed any of the equipment or systems will be used for the specified
following lifilitS: end-use at a specified location only; and
(1) A termination capacity of either: (3) Do not support any form of Integrated Services
subscriber lines; or Digital Network (ISDN);
"trunk circuits"; (c) The number, type and characteristics of such equipment
(2) or fil0dified for a maximum capacity of or systems are normal for the approved application;
busy hour call attempts; or (d) The equipment or systems cannot be adapted to mobile
(3) or modified for switched traffic limited to use or security use, as described in Item IL 1565 (f) (I) to
erlang; (4), (g) or (h) (1) (ii) (a) and (b);
(g) The equipnlent or systefils do not have any of the (e) The equipment or systems do not have any of the
following features: following features:
(1) Multi-level call pre-emption including or (1) Multi-level call pre-emption including overriding or
seizing of busy subscriber lines, "trunk or seizing of busy subscriber lines, "trunk circuits" or
switches; switches;
NOTE: NB:
This does not preclude single level call pre-emption This does not preclude single level call pre-emption
(eg, executive override); (e.g., executive override).
(2) "Common channel signalling"; (2) "Common channel signalling";
(3) Dynamic adaptive routing; (3) Dynamic adaptive routing;
(4) Interconnections which are specially designed for (4) Interconnections which are specially designed for
muIti-RF channel radio equipment embargoed by multi-RF channel radio equipment embargoed by
Item IL 1531 (d) or (e) or designed for Item IL 1531 (d) or (e) or specially designed for
multi-RF channel cellular multi-RF channel cellular radio equipment;
(5) Digital subscriber line interfaces; (5) Digital subscriber line interfaces;
(6) Digital synchronisation circuitry which uses (6) Digital synchronisation circuitry which uses
equiplnent eInbargoed by Item IL 1529 (a) (2); equipment embargoed by Item IL 1529 (a) (2);
(7) Centralised network control having all of the (7) Not used; or
following characteristics: (8) Centralised network control having all of the
(i) Is based on a network management protocol; following characteristics:
and (i) Is based on a network management protocol;
(ii) Does all the following: and
(a) Receives data from the nodes; and (ii) Does all ,the following:
(b) Processes these data in order to; (a) Reeeives data from the nodes; and
(1) Control traffic; and (b) Processes these data in order to;
(2) Directionalise paths; (1) Control traffic; and
(h) "Comnlunication channels" or "terminal devices" used (2) Directionalise paths;
for administrative and control purposes: (f) "Communication channels" or "terminal devices" used
(1) Are fully dedicated to these purposes; and for administrative and control purposes:
(2) Do not exceed a "total data signalling rate" of 9,600 (1) Are fully dedicated to these purp,)ses; and
bit per second; (2) Do not exceed a maxin~um "data. signalling rate" of
(i) Not used. 9,600 bit per tiecQnd;
(D Voice channels are limited to 3,100 Hz as defined in (g) Voice chanrtels ate ~inlited to 3,100 Hz as defined in
CCITT Recommendation G.151; CCITT Recommendation G.151;

Security export~c~ntrol March 1990 8i


IL 1567 continued NB:
It is the maximum one-way rate, Le., the maximum rate in
(h) The "software" supplied: either transmission or reception.
(1) Is limited to: "digital computer"-
(i) The minimum "specially designed software lt Equipment which can, in the form of one or more discrete
necessary for the use (ie installation, operation variables:
and maintenance) of the equipment or systems; (a) Accept data;
and (b) Store data or instructions in fixed or alterable (writable)
(H) Machine-executable form; and storage devices;
(2) Does not include "software": (c) Process data by means of a stored sequence of
(i) Embargoed by Items IL 1527, IL 1566 (a) (5) or instructions which is modifiable; and
Item ML lIon the Munitions List; or (d) Provide output of data.
(H) To permit user-modification of generic
"software" or its associated documentation;
(i) Not used. NB:
0) If the equipment or systems are not designed for Modifications of a stored sequence of instructions include
installation by the user without support from the replacement of fixed storage devices, but not a physical
supplier, then the "software" necessary for change in wiring or interconnections.
commissioning is: "embedded" in equipment or systems -
(1) Exported on a temporary basis only; and Can feasibly be neither:
(2) Kept under the control of the supplier; (a) Removed from such equipment or systems; nor
(k) Not used, and (b) Used for other purposes.
(1) The exporter must supply a statement identifying: "fast select" -
(1) The equipment or system to be provided; A facility applicable to virtual calls which allows a data
(2) The intended application including the number terminal equipment to expand the possibility to transmit data
of lines, number of trunks and traffic load; in call set-up and clearing "packets" beyond the basic
(3) The operating authority; and capabilities of a virtual call.
(4) The location of the equipment or system. "local area network" -
A data communication system which:
NB: (a) Allows an arbitrary number of independent "data
The above "National Discretion" note applies solely to devices" to communicate directly with each other; and
equipment which has been submitted by DTI to COCOM for a (b) Is confined to a geographical area of moderate size (e.g.
one-time review by that Committee. office building, plant, campus, warehouse).
"PABX" -
8. Definitions of terms used in this Item: See "private automatic branch exchange".
"affiliated equipment" - "packet" -
Equipment, as follows: A group of binary digits including data and call ~ontrol signals
(a) Input/output (I/O) control units; which is switched as a composite Whole. The data, call control
(b) Recording or reproducing equipment; signals and possibly error control information are arranged in
(c) Displays; or a specified format.
(d) Other peripheral equipment. "Packet-mode operation" -
"common channel signalling" - The transmission of data by means ot addressed "packets"
A signalling method in which a single channel between whereby a transmission channel is occupied for the duration
e.xchanges conveys, by means of labelled messages, of the "packet" only. The channel is then available for use by
sIgnalling information relating to a muliplicity of circuits, or "packets" being transferred between different data terminal
calls and other information such as that used for network equipments.
management. In certain data communication networks the data may be
"communication channel" - formatted into a "packet" or divided and then formatted into
The transmission path or circuit including the terminating a number of "packets" (either by the data terminal equipment
transmission and receiving equipment (modems) for or by equipment within the network) for transmission and
transferring digital information between distant locations. multiplexing purposes.
"data device" - "private automatic branch exchange" -
Equipment capable of transmitting or receiving sequences of An automatic telephone exchange, typically incorporating a
digital information. position for an attendant, designed to provide access to the
"datagram" - public network and serving extensions in an institution such
Is a self-contained, independent entity of data carrying as a business, government, public-service or similar
sufficient information to be routed from the source to the organization.
destination data terminal equipment without reliance on "software" -
earlier exchanges between these source and destination data A collection of one or more "programmes" or
terminal equipments and the transporting network. "microprogrammes" fixed in any tangible medium of
"data (message) switching" - expression.
The technique, including but not limited to store-and-forward "space-division analogue exchange" -
or packet switching, for: A "space-division exchange", using an analogue (including
(a) Accepting data groups (including messages, packets, or sampled analogue) signal within the switching matrix. Such
other digital or telegraphic information groups which are exchanges can route digital signals, subject to the bandwidth
transmitted as a composite whole); limitations of the equipment. Thus, such exchanges in public
(b) Storing (buffering) data groups as necessary; networks commonly pass digital data at rates of several
(c) Processing part or all of the data groups, as necessary, kilobit per second per voice channel of 3100 Hz as defined in
for the purpose of: CCITT Recommendation G.151.
(1) Control (routing, priority, formatting, code
conversion, error control, retransmission or
journaling); NB:
(2) Transmission; or A "space-division analogue exchange" with a wideband
(3) Multiplexing; and switching matrix can be converted to a "space-division digital
(d) Retransmitting (processed) data groups when trans- exchange" by modifying some or all of the input interface
mission or receiving facilities are available. circuitry.
"data signalling rate" - "space-division digital exchange"
The rate as defined in ITV Recommendation 53-36, taking A "space-division exchange" which accommodates the
into account that, for non-binary modulation, baud and bit transmission through the switching matrix of digital signals
per second are not equal. Binary digits for coding, checking, requiring a bandwidth wider than a voice channel of 3100 Hz
and synchronization functions are included. as defined in CCITT Recommendation G.151.

82 Security E)xport control MarchjJl9n_.--..- . _ · · - · _ · - · · - · - · - - - - - - - . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -


NB: or voice signals are interleaved in time and routed through
A "space-division digital exchange" can be converted to a the switching matrix along a common physical path. The
"space division analogue exchange" by modifying some or all matrix may also include one or more stages of space-division
of the input interface circuitry. switching. The signal being routed through the matrix can be
"f lace-division exchange" - analogue (e.g. pulse amplitude modulation) or digital (e.g.
An exchange in which different streams of data or voice pulse code modulation, delta modulation or data).
signals are routed through the switching matrix along "total data signalling rate" -
physically different paths. The signal being routed through The sum of the individual "data signalling rates" of all
the matrix can be analogue (e.g. conventional amplitude "communication channels" which:
modulation, pulse amplitude modulation) or digital (e.g. pulse (a) Have been provided with the system; and
code modulation, delta modulation or data). (b) Can be sustained simultaneously assuming the
"; :)ecially designed software" - configuration of the equipment which would maximize
The minimum "operating systems", diagnostic systems", this sum of rates.
"maintenance systems" and "application software" necessary "transit exchange"-
to be .executed on a particular equipment to perform the (a) An exchange, typically 4-wire, used as a switching point
function for which it was designed. To make other, for traffic between other exchanges in the national
incompatible equipment perform the same function requires: network (historically known as a 'trunk exchange');
(a) Modification of this "software"; or (b) A 4-wire exchange serving outgoing, incoming or transit
(b) Addition of "programmes", international calls; or
";"ored programme controlled circuit switching"- (c) An exchange which performs any combination of
The technique for establishing, on demand and until released, functions in (a) or (b) above or those of a "terminal
a direct (space-division switching) or logical (time-division exchange".
switching) connection between circuits based on switching "trunk circuit" -
control information derived from any source or circuit and A circuit with associated equipments terminating in two
processed according to the stored "programme" by one or exchanges,
more electronic computers. "trunk exchange" -
"s'ored programme controlled telegraph circuit switching" - See "transit exchange",
Techniques essentially identical to those for "stored- "wide area network" -
programme-controlled telephone circuit switching", for A data communication system which:
establishing connections between telegraph (e.g. telex) (a) Allows an arbitrary number of independent· "data
circuits based solely on a subscriber-type of signalling devices" to communicate with each other;
information. (b) May include "local area networks"; and
"stored programme controlled telephone circuit switching" - (c) Is designed to interconnect geographically dispersed
The technique for establishing within an exchange, on facilities.
demand and until released, an exclusive direct (space-division
switching) or logical (time-division switching) connection Foa PEO'PLE'S REPOBJ.lCOP,CHlNA ONL'£f~'
between calling and called telephone circuits: 9. The shipment 01 "dat~ (ineSsa8ej Switching" eguipl~ttmt or
(a) 'Based solely on a subscriber-type of telephone signalling systems embargoed by sU,b-item (a), provided: " : >",.,
information, derived from the calling circuit; and (a) The 'equipment· or. systems are deSigned .to' m~(the
(b) Processed according to the stored "programmes" by one requirements of either>. , ,'. '
or more electronic computers. (I) CCITT Reconlinendations F.I ,to ,79 lor st6r~di'C'
The telephone circuits may carry any type of signal, e.g. forward systems' (Yolume- 11 -:: fascicle '!lA, Vllth'
telephone or telex, compatible with a voice channel plenary assembly, 10th-21st No'vember., 1980); or
bandwidth of 3,100 Hz or less. (2) ICAO RecommenqatlOJ'!s for store-and-'Iorward civil
"terminal device" - aviation cOJ!lmUnication rtetWorks (Annex Uho the
A "data device" which: Conventibn on InternllJional Civil: A~iation,
(a) Does not include process control sensing and actuating including an: .am~!idmelits agreed ',up.. i~O: ,~d .
devices; and including 14tli pece,riJber, 191Uli, ,;:' " ;.,;;}'::'"'
(b) Is capable of: (b) The equipment or systems: , ,.,: ',,';:;
(I) Accepting or producing a physical record;
(2) Accepting a manual input; or
(I) Are designed and used ' IQr f1xed.~\iii/"data
(message) switching," appU£ations, '..'.:: •. ,c:;'
(3) Producing a visual output.
(2) Will. b~ useti.priJ.harlIy. for' the s~Cified' CiviC'
apphcahoniatld ' .' ' . , , ' , . ..
NB: (3) WIU b~, o,perat~d ihfl).eiJ1l~rtlng country by:
Normal groupings of such equipment (e.g, a {i), ..!lle P.9~t,,rl):legtIlPh and, Telephone Aut~oTlty
combination of paper tape punch/reader and .. il).o~det,:J9:W-Qvide public "d4ta (message)
printer), connected to a single data channel or SWitching" SerVices for: '
"communication channel", shall be considered as a .(al.. Domestic civil use; or
single "terminal device". .' {p} . International civil use with Western,
"" 'minal exchange" - ·..countries;
(a) A local exchange used for terminating subscribers' lines; (ii) .'A' Civil authority, which Is a member of an
(b) A remote switching unit which performs some functions , intergovernmental organisation' InCluding
of a local exchange and operates under a measure of Western countries (e.g. ITU or ICAO), In order
control from the parent exchange; . to provide an extension of internalional :'data
(c) A local exchange, typically 2-wire, used as a switching (message) switching" services in the importing
point for traffic between subordinate local exchanges, country to fulfil a commitment to the-
>- intergovernmental organization; or
which may also provide 4-wire connections to and from
the national long-distance network; or (iii) An approved civilllublic service organization,
(d) An exchange which performs any combination of in orqer ~o m-ovl~ "data Jm~gej s.witchinf
". functions in (a), (b) or (c) above. ~ ........ ~ ... .. . servlrt In 11 densely PQpulatect" comm,erciAI .
li 'le-division analogue exchange" - .. ' area f r:
(a) , ivate omestJc civil u~; or . : '
'
_..'
. ..
A "time-division exchange" in which the parameter,
associated with an individual segment uf a stream of data or .cb} P.rivAt internation I· civil use witlL
", voice signals, varies continuously. ". 'f!,~em countries; -, " ~
li .le-division digital exchange" - {cl The number, tyJ>t: and dia'racteri ics of s clrequipment
A "time-division exchange" in which the parameter, or systems are no(ltlaJ !or the apDro -IIppll~tkin;
associated with an individual segment of a stream of data or (d) Not used;' .. ,;. •• "
voice signals, is one of a finite number of digitally coded (e) The equipine
I values. computen,lilr '! i~ent" e
"tL ,le-division exchange" - (I} ItemJL I •
l An exchange in which segments of different streams 01 data ~ (2} : It m (~(b) {1~)ro;.:..(;.,:.)....rp".:.:(j}::.,::to~~,,,,~~.,,,,_,,,:,,,,,,
Security export control March 1990 83
n.. 1567 continued
(g) (Not used)
(h) (Not used)
(i) (Not used)
(3),,, ltemlL 1565 .lh,j(~ )(ii); . , '.' (j) The "software" supplied:
(9 Tl\e "software" sypplied:, .'~., .' (I) Is limited to:
(1) Is limited ~o: '" ,..., ' ,,' , (i) The minimum "specially designed software"
(i) Theminiinu'm, ~'speci~lly d~lgned"soft'!V,are" necessary for the use (Le. installation,
necessary for the, use (Le. installation, operation and maintenance) of the equipment
operatic:inand, maintenance) ,of the equipment or systems; and
01 systems; and , ' . (ii) Machine-executable form; and
(i!) Machine-executable form; fnd ' (2) Does not include "software":
(2) Does not include ':software":, . (i) Embargoed by Items IL 1527, IL 1566 (a) (5) or
(i) Embargoed by Item IL 1527, IL U66 (a) (5) or Item ML lIon the Munitions List; or
Item ML lion the Munitions List; or (ii) To permit user-modification of generic "soft-
(ii) To permit user-modification of generic' "soft- ware" or its associated documentation; and
. ware" or its associated documentation; (k) (Not used);
(g) If the equipment or systems are not designed for 0) (Not used);
installation by the user without support from the (m) The exporter must supply a statement identifying:
supplier, then the "software" necessary for (1) T~ equipment or system to be provided; and
commissioning is: (2) The intended application.
(I) Exported on a temporary basis only; and
(2) Kept under the control of the supplier; 11. The shipment of "stored programme controlled circuit
(h) (Not used); . switching" equipment or systems, embargoed by sub-item (b),
(i) (Not used); and provided: .
(j) the exporter must supply: (a) The equipment or systems are designed for fixed civil
(I) A statement identifying: use of "stored programme controlled telegraph circuit
(i) The equipment or system to be provided;. and switching" for data;
(ii) The intended application and traffic load; and (b) The equipment or systems:
(2) A complete identification of all end-users and their (I) Are designed and used for fixed civil "stored
activities, programme controlled telegraph circuit switching"
10. The shipment of "stored programme controlled telephone applications; and
circuit switching" equipment or systems embargoed by sub- (2) Will be operated in the importing country by a civil
item (b), provided: end-user who has furnished to the supplier a signed
(a) The equipment or systems are designed for fixed civil statement, certifying that the equipment or systems
use as "space-division digital exchanges" or "time- will be used for the specified end-use at a specified
division digital exchanges" which fulfil the definition of location only;
"private automatic branch exchanges" ("PABXs"); (c) The number, type and characteristics of such equipment
(b) The Department of Trade and Industry is reasonably or systems are normal for the approved application;
satisfied that the equipment or systems: (d) The equipment or systems do not contain "digital
(1) Are designed and used for fixed civil "stored computers" or "related equipment" embargoed by:
programme controlled telephone circuit switching" (1) Item IL 1565 (f); .
applications; and (2). Item IL 1565 (h) (1) (i) (a) to (k) or (m); or
(2) Will be operated in the People's Republic of China (3) Item IL 1565 (h)(l)(ii);
by a civil end-user who has furnished to the supplier (e) The equipment or systems do not have the following
a signed statement, certifying that the equipment or features:
systems will be used for the specified end-use at a (1) Multi-level call pre-emption including overriding or
specified location only; seizing of busy subscriber lines, "trunk circuits" or
(c) Not used; , switches;
(d) The equipment or systems do not contain "digital
computers" or "related equipment" embargoed by;
(l) Item IL 1565 (f); NB:
(2) Item IL 1565 (h)(l)(i)(a)lo (k), or (m); or' : This does not preclude single level call pre-emption
(3) Item IL 1565 (h)(l)(ii); , (e.g. executive override).
(e) T~.I'! "PABXs" do not have the follOWing features: .. (2) "Common channel signalling";
(I) Multi-level caHpre-emptiorl, including overriding or (f) The maximum' internal bit rate per channel does not
seizing of busy sub'scriber lines, "trunk circuits': or exceed 19,200 bit per second;
switches; . (g) Not used;
(h) The "software" supplied:
NB: (1) Is limited to:
This does not preclude single level call pre-emption (I) The minimum "specially designed software"
(e.g. executive override). . necessary for the use (Le. installation,
(2) "Common chaimei signalling"; operation and maintenance) of the equipment
(3) Dynamic adaptive routing; or systems; and;
(4) (Not usec!); , (ii) Machirie-executable form; and
(5) (Not used); (2) Does not include "software":
'. (6) J?il{i~al synchronisatJoncjrcUi~ry', for which uses (i) Embargoed by Items IL 1527,IL 1566 (a) (5) or
equipment eIT!bargoes,by Item IL 1529 (a)(2); Item ML lion the Munitions List; or
(7) (Not used); '. " , (ii) To permit user-modification of generic
,(8) Centralised network c'Ontrol' having' all· of,tfte "software" or its associated documentation;
follpwing' characlt~ristjcs: , ' , " , (i) Not used
(i) 'Is based on a network manag~ment·Prot9.~01;·, (j) If the equipment or systems are not designed for instal-
,and' , '. " ' , ""-,:' lation by the user without support from the supplier. then
(ii) Does all the following:' the "software" necessary for commissioning is:
.(a) . Receives data from th,e nod~s; and (I), Exported on a temporary basis only;
(b) Processes these data in order to; " (2) Kept under the control of the supplier;
, -';' (I) Control traffic; aM ~ ,(k) Not used; and
.l.o (2) Directionalize patlis; ..(1), . The exporter must supply:
(f). "Communication channels" or "terminal devices" used .(1) A statement identifying:
for administrative and control purposes: " (i},The equipment or system to be provided; and
(I) Are hilly d~dlcllted' to these-purpo.ses; and .. , , (ii). The intended application and traffic load; and
(2) . Do Dot exce~d a.max,lmulJ1 "a~ta signalling ,ra~e" of ",(2) . A completejQenlification of all end-users and their
.19.,?OO ,bit'peuecoJ:ld;' (',':',,·;actiVlties.

84 Security export control March 1 990


12. The shipment of "stored programme controlled circuit
switching" equipment or systems, embargoed by sub-item. (b),
provided:
(8) The equipment or systems are designed for fixed civil
,N8} ' , . :- ','
r,:,:··_'{::.-~"
.. . .
use as "stored programme controlled telephone circuit Only':t~n~ions desCribed i'n .paragrlipl1 2 ofQ795 ~e to
switching" exchanges which fulfil the definitions of be' inch,ldeq~ .1'.liese Q795 functions may' not· prOVide
either "terminal exchange" or "transit exchange"; centtaliz~(f n,elwQ.rk contrQI. hJn~Uon,sas defined. in ,Notl!
(b) (Not used) 10 (e) (8) o,r Note 12 (g) (B')'I:':;"',,:},: /':;;, ,:'
(c) The Department of Trade and Industry is reasonably (c) No form of Integrilted Seryjce~, DigitiiJ:N.etw9r~:(ISDN) is,
satisfied that the equipment or systems: ' provided; " " ' . > ' '<d':::'~'~':i<:O:
(1) Are designed and used for fixed civil "stored (d) Equipment or"software'.' isresttict~d;toth9sen:ecessa~y
programme controlled telephone circuit switching" for the operation within a cltyor, for ::P~BXs!'i within a
applications; and radius 01100 kni; .' . ..' '. .. , . ' . . '
(2) Will be operated in the importing country by a civil (e) No means are provided which wiUaJiow "common
end-user who has furnished to the supplier a signed channel signalling" via analoguetransmisSionUnks;
statement, certifying that the equipment or systems (I) All the applicable conditions enumerated in (a) to (e)
will be used for the specified end-use at a specified above are accomplished by: .,. .
location only; (1) OmiSsion or physicai removal of eql!ipment 6f
(d) (Not used); coding; .
(e) The equipment or systems cannot be adapted to mobile (2) Over-writing with non-functioning statements; or
use or security use, as described in Item IL 1565 (I) (I) to (3) Reasonably non-reversible modifications.
(4), (g) or (h) (I) (ii) (a) and (b); 15. Technology or repair facilities embargoes by this Item for
(I) (Not used); repair of stored programme controlled communication
(g) The equipment or systems do not have the following switching equipment or systems, prOVided that:
features: (a) The technology to be transferred isstricUy limited to that,
(1) Multi-level call pre-emption including overriding or required for repair work;
seizing of busy subscriber lines, "trunk circuits" or (b) The repair facilities:
switches; (1) Are specially designed equipment for repair;
(2) Are to be used to repair embargoed equipment
NB: authorised for export at National Discretion' or
This does not preclude single level call pre-emption equipment free from embargo;
(e.g. executive override). (3) Are shipped in reasonable quantities necessary for.
(2) "Common channel signalling"; the types and quantities of exported equipment
(3) Dynamic adaptive routing; being serviced;
(4) (Not used); (4) Do not provide local production facilities; and
(5) (Not used); (5) Do not provide for testing of individual electrqnic
(6) Digital synchronisation circuitry which uses components
equipment embargoes by Item IL 1529 (a) (2); (c) The repair does not upgrade the equipment or systems
(7) (Not used); beyond the performance thresholds of Notes 10 or 12;
(8) Centralised network control having all of the (d) All the records of repair activity are kept by a
following characteristics: representative of the Western supplier;
(i) Is based on a network management protocol; (e) The exporter must supply a statement identifying:
and (1) The equipment to be provided; and
(ii) Does all the following: (2) The users and their activities; and
(a) Receives data from the nodes; and (I) Technology for general purpose computers is not eligible
(b) Processes these data in order to; for treatment under this Note, Le. it remains to be treated
(1) Control traffic; and under sub-item IL 1565 (j).
(2) Directionalise paths;
(h) "Communication channels" or "terminal devices" used NB:
for administrative and control purposes: Nothing in this Note shall be construed as overriding
(1) Are full dedicated to these purposes; and controls elsewhere in these lists.
(2) Do not exceed a maximum "data signalling rate" of
19,200 bit per second; 16 Applications for the following equipment for the People's
(i) (Not used); Republic of China only will receive favourable consideration,
(j) The "software" supplied: subject to the conditions specified:
(1) Is limited to: "Data (message) switching" equipment or systems embargoed
(i) The minimum "specially designed software" by sub-item (a), provided that:
ne~essary for the use (Le. installation, (a) The equipment or systems are designed for fixed civil
operation and maintenance) of the equipment use and stored programme controlled "packet-mode
or systems; and operation";
(ii) Machine-executable form; and (b) The equipment or systems do not have any of the
(2) Does not include "software": following features:
(i) Embargoed by Items IL 1527, IL 1566 (a) (5) or (I) "Datagram" service;
Item ML lion the Munitions List; or (2) "Fast select";
(ii) To permit user-modification of generic (3) Dynamic adaptive routing;
"software" or its associated documentation; (4) Precedence, priority' override or multilevel call
and preemption;
(k) (Not used); (5) Centralised network control having all of the
(I) (Not used); follOWing characteristics:
(m) The exporter must supply a statement identifying: (i) Is based on a network management protocol;
(1) The equipment or system to be provided; (H) Does all the follOWing:
(2) The intended application. (a) Receives data from the nodes: and
(3) The operating authority; and ~ Processes these.datainorder to;
(4) The location of the equipment or system. I (I) Conttoltraffic;and
, (2) birectionalise paths;
13. Not used; (c) The "software" supplied:
14. Equipment or "software" for "common channel signalling", (1) Is Iimitedto: '> •

contrary to the provisions in Notes 10 or 12, provided that: (i) The>rninimum "specially designed software",:'
(it) The "common channel signalling: is restricted to "quasi- necessary for the use' '(i",e. 'installatiQo,
associated" or "associated mode of operation" according operation and l1laintenance)iof the,equipmeilC
to CCITT Red Book, Volume X, fascicle X.l; or sY!ie'ms; bfJ~·;. ': '·'J~;'~·:';.<','~.·>:~f., .,>:.\/;.~' \.
(b) No functions, other than those described in the following (ii) MacIrVte-<1xtcutabl(! form; ar/d':':'<"~';"" ".

Security export control March 1990 85


de~igned "software"
IL 1567 continued !
this,' LiSt,;blld".speC!I!lly
mbdificati~ri,':,production.or'testingof .equipment
for
pr·.
:systems. /c'.... .
" ·;~~'~~~~~~~~~::'~~I~~.~:
MIL
'If$. " .,lItem
~~~;:~ i56~'(aii~;()~:'
lIon the MumtlOnsLlst; or::' ..',".'
~ u· \;",:~~:"...... _':~;: ,y
:NB:,:
".<,> • ~'. :_ ' ..

'-~~,ml ;ro'· permit user·moitlficati6n '/o.f,>'g~lie~lf.


. ." 'N6 ~~p~rtunder thefaVOl,tr.at>leconsideration provisions
t' .:" "software" or its associated.d(l(;um~nt~t1ori;, ... Of'Jhis slib-i>4ragtaph,:sh:~1I establish a ptecedent lor
~ ,(d), 'If the' equipment or systems' are riot designed ..for .e:xl>Ortapprovaf'iulder other entries inihis List.
·.In·stallatlon by' the u.s~r. witho~t ..sljppott , from 't\le
.~uPl!lier.. ,the.n the'i.';'so.ftwat.e:': nece'ssar y . Jot
NBi
comlfll~toOlngts: .." t'.. I>, , .' .• Sub-paragraphs (c) or (e) above do not preclUde exports 01
(1)' Exported on a temporary basis Qnly; and" " technology which would be possible according to the provisions of
(2) Kepllinijer the control of thesUppliet; ' . , " other Items.

'nodes' .'. ",' " . .


to
(e) ;:·SystemsJor,·'riarcket.ino(Ie opetation" are liinite~ five

:No.ltirtternetwork gateways(' are Provided other than for


,messages' originating from or terminating in Western IL 1568
':countries; . '
Analogue.to.digital and digital.to.analogue
···N~:.·' ..... . converters, position encoders and transducers,
as follows, and specially designed components
,,' ': Coill:i~cti6n.s. 01 private networks to international
",::\de~tinafioris must be via. public "internetwork gateways''. and test equipment therefor:
tsrEach node ill a system is limited to 64 ports;'
..,,(Ii),'.NocJe t~roughput dQes not exceed 153,600 octets per NOTE:
,"\:' "secorid; ,
For digital voltmeters or counters. see Item IL 1529.
(a) Electrical input type analogue-to·digital converters having
:". ~Q: any 01 the following characteristics:
,,:- On~ oct~tin.at any port, plus one octet out, also at any (I) A conversion rate 01 more than 200,000 complete
,.port,. equals a throQghput 01 one OGtet. One octet is conversions per second at rated accuracy;
defined as eight bits residing in the Qser data field. (2) An accuracy in excess 01 I part in more then 10,000 of
'All the applicable conditions enumerated in (a) to (e) full scale over the specified operating temperature
above are accomplished by:. range; or
'(1) Omission or physical removal of equipment or (3) A figure of merit of I x IOS or more (derived Irom the
. codipg;. number of complete conversions per second divided by
(2) Over'writing with non-Iunctioning statements; or the accuracy);
(3) Reasonably non-reversible modilications; (b) Electrical input type digital·to·analogue converters having
any 01 the following characteristics:
i 7, : Favolirable consideration will be given to Iice'nce applications (I) A maximum "settling time" of less than 3 microseconds
10r . th.~export, only to the People's Republic of China, 01 lor voltage output devices and less than 250 ns for
.technology embargoed by sub-item (c), and 01 current output devices;
.instrumentation, , test equipment, components or specially (2) An accuracy in excess 01 I part in more than 10,000 of
desiglled "soltw~e" therefore lor modilication, production or lull scale over the specilied operating temperature
use of equipment or systems, provided that: range;
.,,,{aJ,The characteristics 01 the equipment or systems are (3) A figure of merit (delined as the reciprocal olthe product
, limited to those which make them eligible for treatment 01 the maximum "settling time" in seconds and the
'." under Notes 10 or 12;
accuracy) of more than 2 x 109 lor voltage output
,(h) . Technology lor general purpose computers is not eligible
convertors or I x 10 10 lor current output converters;
.i' for treatment under this Note, I.e. it remains to be treated (c) Solid-state synchro-to-digital or digitaHo-synchro converters
iJndersub-item IL 1565 0); and resolver-to-digital or digital·to·resolver converters
(c) . Technology for testing of large scale integrated (LSI) (including multipole resolvers) having a resolution of better
dtcuitsor those with higher component densities is than.±.. I part in 5,000 per lull synchro revolution for single
limited to go/no-go tests; speed synchro systems or .±.. I part in 40,000 lor dual speed
'. '(d) Geti~ric ."software" is exported in machine executable systems;
~ lor~ only; , (d) Mechanical input type position encoders and transducers, as
,·,c;,:(e)·No technology for the desigh or development of printed lollows, excluding complex servo·Iollower systems:
,x:" . . circuit boards or integrated circuits is- $upplied; .' (I) Rotary types having:
;'/"{O,' TechnQ!ogy and training lot ~'soltware'( ate limited to the (i) A resolution of better than I part in 265,000 of full
:<;i,;::\;creatiOQ'of maintenance Qfcustomer specilic data bas,es scale; or
"",';: ..... and site P~raineters; (ii) An accuracy better than.±.. 2.5 arc·seconds;
""~gr Modil/catjon,otthe. equipment or systems is not (2) Linear displacement types having a resolution 01 better
permitted It,any, aspect of the design would result in than 5 micrometres;
exceeding :the. ,perlormance thresholds or leatures '01
. Notes 10.or 12;.' " . TECHNICAL NOTE:
(h): The contt8ci'I!iCludes exp\ieii' conditions to ensure that:
t (1) The.;teclinologyor equipment. or systems are not Sub·item (d) includes absolute and incremental shalt position
. '\',,' r,eexPorted,or exported, either: directly (>rindirectly, encoders, linear displacement encoders and inductosyns.
• to another' pro~rib~ dest!.n,ation without the (e) Any equipment described above which is designed to operate
. agreement':.!>l; the; L>eplittmentof .. Trade ·and below 218 K (-55°C) or above 398 K (+ 125°C);
7, Industry;'>":,;':, . :;''" , ... .,. .. . "
·(2)./The supplier may aPP9!nt/~I~p'resentati",e:in.Chii1ll TECHNICAL NOTE:
. . ~ who could verify, thaHhe'tnanuf!'.ctured.;~qulpm~nt "Settling time" is defined as the time required lor the output to
";" . Was:serving it$ intended use;. i'i':;' :,':;' " come within one-half bit of the final value when switching
:~ r" (3) • Any modification of the capabiliti.e~§~fu~~ti0l!s'Qf' between any two levels 01 the converters.
-.~' ·the equipment has been 'agreed by both parhes; :;.<
.' . (j) . The Weliterri personnel' haye right of access to alljtl}e; .. FOR l'EOr~E~SREPU8~ICOFCHINA ONLYi
~. _- f1lcil~tles"(IirestlyJnvolved 'in the' modification and . The Shipth~ritof"analog(je"to:c1igit~1'or digital-to-analogue
j' • /'producllcin 'df ffie ~quip~.ent·or systems; '. converters, as'ofolloWsL: '.... : ' " , ' "
Not !,Ised, ' , . " . - " .(a) Analoglle~to-diglt8i i;~rivetters with mote thail 200ns
.F'av9~rabl~ Co~sl~(kalion wULalso be givep to the export conversion time to ama'ximum resolutio.n of 12 bit;
"f'i1ii! "min.i,maIlY~ requited 48SPcljlted material$ and' (h) Digltal-tCi"anillogue c<fnv.eftets with :Iess·than 200 ns
cJ~~P9fI nts' emba{gtre~, by ~his:Jtetn or other Items in , '.. .'settling;'time",1or vi>ltage >output and' a maximum
4

86 Security export control March 1'990


resohJtion of 12bit, '! ,:.,~."~(/ ,,,,.
(c) Digital-ta-analogue converters with .less, tl1arV,25ns: IL 1572
"settling time"'. for current output;.and a·: maxImum'
resolution of 12 bit '" '. Recording or reproducing equipment,
"recording media" and technology, as follows,
and specially designed components, accessories
and "software" therefor:
NOTE:
IL 1570 For equipment which may be used in conjunction with electronic
computers. see Item IL 1565.
Thermoelectric materials and devices, as (a) Recording or reproducing equipment using magnetic
follows: techniques. except:
(i) When specially designed for:
(I) Audio programmes on tape or disk;
(a) Thermoelectric materials with a maximum product of the (2) Analogue recording or reproducing of video
figure of merit (Z) and the temperature (T in degrees K) in programmes on tape or disk; or
excess of 0.75;
i (b) Junctions and combinations of junctions using any of the NOTE:
materials in (a) above; This does not apply to magnetic heads mounted on
(c) Heat absorbing or electrical power generating devices servo-mechanisms which include piezoelectric
containing any of the junctions in (b) above, and specially transducers and have a gap width less than 0.75
designed components therefor; micrometre (29.5 microinches);
(d) Other power generating devices, and specially designed NB:
components therefor, which generate in excess of 22 W per Gap width is the dimension of the gap parallel to the
kg (IOW per pound) or of 17.70kW per cubic metre (500 W relative movement between tape and head.
per cubic foot) of the device's basic thermoelectric compon- (3) Digital reproducing (ie play-back only) of video
ents; programmes from tape or disk;
(ii) When specially designed to use magnetic card, tag. label
TECHNICAL NOTE: or bank cheque "recording media" with a magnetic
The figure of merit (Z) equals Seebeck coefficient square divided surface area not exceeding 85 cm 2 (13 sq.in.);
by the product of electrical resistivity and thermal conductivity. (iii) Analogue magnetic tape recorders having all of the
following characteristics:
NOTES: (a) Bandwidth at maximum speed not exceeding 300
1. See also Item IL 1205 (c). kHz per track;
2. The weight and cubic measurements in sub-item (d) above are (b) "Recording density" not exceeding 2,000 magnetic
not intended to encompass the complete device but to include flux sine waves per linear cm (5.080 magnetic flux
only the thermoelectric elements and assembly and the sine waves per linear inch) per track;
components for pumping calories. Other components, such as (c) Not including recording or reproducing heads
heating and cooling sources or containers, device frames or designed for use in equipment with characteristics
stands and control equipment are not to be included in the superior to those defined in (a) or (b) above;
calculations. (d) Tape speed not exceeding 155 COl/S (61 inches per
second);
(e) Number or recording tracks (excluding audio voice
track) not exceeding 28;
(I) Start-stop time not less than 25 ms;
IL 15